· access commander™ system administration guide access commander™ 1-1 chapter 1 access...

System Administration

Guide1. Access Commander 7. System Profile

2. Getting Started 8. User Monitor

3. System Utilities 9. User Profile

4. Facility Info Appendix A: JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration

5. Reminder Setup Appendix B: Email Notification Configuration

6. Report Profile

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide Access Commander™ 1-1

Chapter 1

Access Commander™

In This Chapter

9 Software Features and Benefits

9 Module Descriptions

9 Contact Information

ContentsContents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Access Commander™ Features and Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Comprehensive, Integrated, and Accurate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3System Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5System Administration Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Adhoc Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6Adhoc Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Facility Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Reminder Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Report Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Report Upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8System Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8User Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8User Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8

Main Menu Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Contract Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9Document Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Incoming Visit Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10International Incoming VAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10International Outgoing VAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11International Visitor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Inventory Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Outgoing Visit Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Personnel Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Property Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Secured Area Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Training & Conferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Visitor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Your Comments Are Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15World Wide Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

Back to the Main Menu

Access Commander™ Access Commander™ System Administration Guide1-2

Back to the Main TOC

Back to this chapter’s TOC

Overview

Access Commander™ is a web-based security accountability software developed to provide Facility Security Officers (FSO) and Special Security Officers (SSO) with a system that automates most of their responsibilities .

In developing this software, MathCraft, Inc . kept the FSO/SSO in mind throughout the design process . We developed a single tool that automatically streamlines many of your most important security functions . One of our most important objectives was to design a software tool that is complete in content, and easy to use and learn .

Overview

Access Commander™Access Commander™ System Administration Guide 1-3



Access Commander™ Features and BenefitsAccess Commander™ offers a wide range of features and benefits . Listed below are the highlights of these offerings .

Comprehensive, Integrated, and Accurate

� Improves accountability of classified assets . � Simplifies mundane security administration functions . � Maximizes corporate information sharing . � Real time access to corporate information . Can be segmented to support individual facilities as

necessary . � Custom management reports generated in real-time . � Complete audit trail of system transactions, providing the system administrator the ability to

audit all transactions of each authorized user . � Includes more than 140 commonly used standard reports . � First-rate ad-hoc report writer that allows customized report design, with the user choosing the

format and data to be included . � Data Encryption . Located on your corporate server, behind your firewall . Accessible over the

Web only by authorized personnel . � Enhanced visitor registration processing . With ViSi Commander™, the system permits the

pre-registration of visitors, and check-in of visitors with driver license, passport, and any government issued identification .

aCCess COmmander we™ Features and BeneFits




Total Compliance � The comprehensive tool for all FSOs and SSOs . Tracks all day-to-day requirements and assures

conformance to regulations . Eliminates security violations . � Provides real-time centralized view of security resources required to meet National Industrial

Security Programs Operation Manual (NISPOM) requirements as well as Defense Security Services (DSS), SAP/SAR and SCI requirements .

Convenient and Cost Effective � Can be set up in your organization large or small in a matter of hours . � Interfaces with PeopleSoft, SAP, MS SQL Server, LDAP and WebLogic . � Web-based interface offers a single point of installation and upgrade, reducing cost of

ownership . � Platform independent–will run on Windows, Linux, Unix and Mac OS environments . � Reminder screen that provides a “to do” list of past due and upcoming events . Reminders are

very important to managing events and following specific actions . Reminders integrate e-mail notification, allowing controlled notification of desired reminders to be sent to anyone on your allowed e-mail list .

� Scalable - can be used stand-alone or by hundreds of users . � Easy to use navigation . � Supports all browsers .

aCCess COmmander we™ Features and BeneFits




System Administration The System Administration section contains all the utilities to manage and optimize Access Commander operations .

The System Administration modules, accessed from the System Administration menu screen, include:

� ADHOC Query � ADHOC Report � Facility Info � Reminder Setup � Report Profile � Report Upload � System Profile � User Monitor � User Profile

Information regarding these modules, including step-by-step How To’s, can be found in this System Administrator Guide .

Figure 1-1. The System Administration menu screen.

g The Report Upload and ADHOC Report modules are not available on the AC cloud environment .

Additional system administration utilities, accessed from the System Admin menu link, include:

� DSS Office Management (covered in Chapter 4, Facility Info) � Maintain Sequences (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) � Maintain Skills (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities)

system administratiOn




� Fix/Reset Data (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) � Set SQL Log Level (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) � Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) (This utility is

not available in the AC cloud environment) � JPAS Import/Refresh (covered in Appendix A, JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration)

Figure 1-2. The System Admin menu link options.

System Administration Modules

Adhoc Query

The Adhoc Query module is used by DBAs and other authorized users to:

� Design and run custom queries that include fields that aren’t available on the various Access Commander™ Search screens

This module is covered in Chapter 4 Adhoc Query, in the Access Commander User’s Manual .





Adhoc Report

g The ADHOC Report module is not available on the AC cloud environment .

The Adhoc Report module is used by DBAs and other authorized users to:

� Design and easily build reports that include any set of data elements within Access Commander . Reports are designed using Microsoft® Access, with tables being automatically loaded with the fields within the Access Commander modules .

This module is covered in Chapter 5 Adhoc Report, in the Access Commander User’s Manual .

Facility Info

The Facility Info module is used by Database Administrators (DBAs) and other authorized users to maintain the records of cleared facilities .

Easily tracked within this module are:

� Facility Verification � Facility Inspection

Access Commander™ uses the data stored in the Facility Info module to process:

� Visit Requests � Document Transmittals � Contracts � DD254 transactions

This module is covered in Chapter 4 Facility Info, in this manual .

Reminder Setup

The Reminder Setup module is used by DBAs to:

� Adjust the time period in which reminder messages are generated to users (default = 5 days) � Determine which reminder tasks will appear on the Reminder Listing screen during system

logon

This module is covered in Chapter 5 Reminder Setup, in this manual .

Report Profile

The Report Profile module is used by DBAs to:

� Add new reports to the system





� Modify existing reportsThis module is covered in Chapter 6 Report Profile, in this manual .

Report Upload

g The Report Upload module is not available on the AC cloud environment .

The Report Upload module is used by DBAs to:

� Upload new or modified reports to the system (they display in the Report Profile module on the corresponding Report Profile Detail Listing screen)

� Roll back an existing report to its previous version

This module is covered in Chapter 3 System Utilities, in this manual .

System Profile

The System Profile module is used by DBAs to:

� Customize the system values in the drop-down list boxes that display on Access Commander™ screens

� Define global system settings (e .g ., facility ID segmentation)

This module is covered in Chapter 7 System Profile, in this manual .

User Monitor

The User Monitor module is used by DBAs to:

� View a list of Access Commander™ users logged into the system � Log a user off of the system, when necessary

This module is covered in Chapter 8 User Monitor, in this manual .

User Profile

The User Profile module is used by DBAs to:

� Assign users and grant/modify their permissions to system functions � Remove users from the system � Designate the facilities to which users have access (applies only when facility ID segmentation

is active)

This module is covered in Chapter 9 User Profile, in this manual .





Main Menu ModulesAccess Commander™ divides its associated functions into modules to simplify the management of information . Information regarding these Main Menu modules, including step-by-step How To’s, can be found in the Access Commander™ User’s Manual .

Figure 1-3. The Main Menu screen.

Contract Administration

The Contract Administration module provides the functionality to track all classified contracts awarded to an organization . This module also tracks the following data associated with each contract:

� Subcontractors � Personnel � Property � Documents � DD254s � Associated Documents

In addition, reports are available to support Defense Security Service (DSS) inspections .

main menu mOdules




Document Management

The Document Management module tracks classified documents within an organization . This comprehensive module includes tools to manage:

� Bar-Code Scanning � Keyword Searching � Document Transmittals � Document Incorporations � Document Destruction � Document Revisions � Document Copies � Working Papers � Inventory Control � Custodian Management � Periodic Document Declassification (Executive Order 12958)

Incoming Visit Request

The Incoming Visit Request module manages visit request activity for visitors to the facility . Access Commander provides an easy-to-use screen to assign and reas sign visitors to each visit .

Information Systems

The Information Systems module tracks classified computer systems . This comprehensive module tracks the following activities associated with a system:

� Hardware � SSP Information � Software � Users � Seal logs � Certification Test Guide (Part 1 and 2) � Reviewers � Associated Documents � Contracts

International Incoming VAL

The International Incoming VAL module is used to input and maintain all international incoming visit request records .

main menu mOdules




This module’s features include:

� Visitor assignment tracking � Amendment � Associated documents � Export to PDF and Microsoft Word formats

International Outgoing VAL

The International Outgoing VAL module is used to input and maintain all international incoming visit request records .


� Recurring, One Time and Emergency visit types � NATO and Non-NATO Contractor, Government and Dual VAL types � Built-in workflow with corresponding role-based permissions � Visit request cloning � Visit Authorization Letters (VALs) for employees � Export request data to Excel � Recurring visit amendment � Print and export the RFV

International Visitor Control

The International Visitor Control module tracks all international visitors to a classified facility .

The International Visitor Control module’s features include tools for tracking:

� Security clearance level � Visit authorizations � Visit history � VAL and non-VAL visits � Associated documents

Inventory Management

The Inventory Management module provides advanced inventory capability . Its features include:

� Handheld wireless barcode scanning of property and documents � Downloading of scanned data into the system to permit generation of various exception

reports

main menu mOdules




Outgoing Visit Request

The Outgoing Visit Request module tracks all employee visit requests . Access Commander provides an easy-to-use screen to assign and unassign person nel to each visit authorization letter .


� Visit Authorization Letters (VALs) for employees � VALs can be e-mailed and exported in PDF and Microsoft Word formats � All customer templates are supported

Personnel Management

The Personnel Management module stores information of all cleared personnel as required by NISPOM .

It tracks information including:

� Clearances from multiple agencies (e .g ., DOD, DOE, DOJ, DHS, Treasury) � Background Investigations / Reinvestigations � Security Clearances and Special Access � Violations � Visit Authorizations � Foreign Travel � Special Programs Tracking � Assigned Documents � Assigned Property � Courier Management � Training � Photo Capture and Electronic Signature � Associated Documents � Skills

Property Management

The Property Management module is the inventory control subsystem that tracks all assigned properties and equipment (e .g ., access keys, notebook PCs, cellular phones) that require accountability . The Property Management mod ule assigns equipment to employees to track items within their control .

Tools included in this module provide the functionality to manage assets, including but not limited to:

� Bar-Code Scanning � Containers/Safes

main menu mOdules




� SCIFs � Alarms � Billets � Employee/Visitor Property Assignment � Inventory Control � Inventory Reports

Secured Area Management

The Secured Area Management stores all information related to secured areas .

The following secured area information can be tracked:

� Accreditation history � Industry partners � Waiver history � Facility inspection � Facility associated documents � Secured area inspections � Alarm/Access control � Equipment � Amenities

Training & Conferences

The Training & Conferences module tracks visitors and employees attending training classes, meetings, or conferences .

The Training & Conferences module:

� Is loosely designed to adapt to an organization’s specific tracking needs � Captures registrations and attendance specific to Security Classes and Annual Indoctrination

Briefings

Visitor Control

The Visitor Control module tracks all visitors to a classified facility . The Visitor Control module’s features include tools for tracking:

� Visitor Check-In/Check-Out � Security Clearances and Special Accesses � Clearances from Multiple Agencies (e .g ., DOD, DOE, DOJ, DHS, Treasury) � Foreign Travel � Training

main menu mOdules



Back to this chapter’s TOCmain menu mOdules

� Violations � Background Investigations/Reinvestigations � Visit Authorizations Tracking � Assigned Documents � Assigned Property � Special Programs Tracking � Photo Capture � Visit History � Visitor Badges � Access List � Associated Documents



Back to this chapter’s TOC COntaCt us/suppOrt

Your Comments Are WelcomeWe value and appreciate your comments as an Access Commander™ user . Your opinions are the most valuable and important input we receive .

Have an idea for a new feature you would like to include in future upgrades, and/or enhancement to the software or documentation? We encourage you to contact us!

E-mail us at: [email protected]

World Wide WebVisit us at our website: http://www.accesscommander.com

SupportFor technical support, e-mail [email protected] .

http://www.accesscommander.com

mailto:[email protected]

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide Getting Started 2-1

Chapter 2

Getting Started

In This Chapter

9 System Installation

9 Facility Information Registration

9 System Setup Requirements

9 System Access How To’s

9 System Administration Menu Screen

9 System Admin Menu Link (System Utilities)

ContentsWhat You Need To Know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Facility Information Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Password Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Customizing System Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3User Profile Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Backup and Restore Database Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Running Access Commander™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Log On to Access Commander™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Create a Short Cut Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Log Off of Access Commander™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Main Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Accessing Main Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

System Administration Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Accessing System Administration Menu Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

System Admin Menu Link - System Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11


Getting Started Access Commander™ System Administration Guide 2-2

what yOu need tO KnOwBack to the Main TOC


What You Need To KnowOnce Access Commander™ has been installed successfully, the following procedures must be performed to ensure proper operation of the software:

� Facility Information Registration � Password Protection � Customizing System Profile � User Profile Setup (assign User IDs, passwords, and set user permissions)

Please refer to the Access Commander™ Installation Guide for instructions to complete the three phases of installation:

� Phase 1 - Pre-Installation1 . Ensure that the server meets minimum hardware and software requirements2 . Configure the MS SQL Server according to the instructions in the guide

� Phase 2 - Installation1 . Install the A/C Database2 . Install the A/CWeb Application, Reports and JBOSS Web Server3 . Request a Permanent License

� Phase 3 - System Configuration and Customization1 . Update the Default Personnel Record2 . Update the Default Facility Record3 . Update the Default User Profile4 . Configure System Parameters5 . Customize Drop-Down List Boxes6 . Enter Additional Facilities7 . Add Users8 . Load the Logo9 . Checklist of additional system configuration/customization

InstallationAn installation CD is supplied along with the software . It will be customized for your installation profile . If you cannot locate the CD, contact us at [email protected] .

Facility Information RegistrationThe first task for the DBA after successful logon is to update the default facility and personnel information in the system . This is important because all the reports and system permissions depend on this information for trouble free operation. For new installation, the default facility ID

mailto:[email protected]

Getting StartedAccess Commander WE™ System Administration Guide 2-3



is “Unknown” . Use the instructions in the Update Facility section of Chapter 3, Facility Info, to update this record to reflect your correct facility information .

The default user in the Personnel Management module must be updated to the name of the actual DBA . Refer to the Update Employee section of the Personnel Management chapter in the Access Commander User’s Manual to reflect the DBA’s information .

Password ProtectionPassword protection is an important means of guarding against unauthorized access to information in Access Commander . A password is required in order to log on to Access Commander™ . For initial log on, the DBA assigns a password to the users . The software prompts for a new password at initial logon to the system based on the system settings . A reminder message will periodically remind the user to change the password .

A valid password must have:

� at least 6 characters

The DBA has the authority to enforce password complexity rules . If the password complexity rule is active (this is configured by a System Administrator in the System Profile module), the following criteria are also required for a password to be valid:

� an uppercase letter (A – Z), � a lower case letter (a – z), � a special character (!@#$%^&*_, etc .), and � a digit (0 – 9) .

Refer to Chapter 6 ,System Profile for more information .

The steps for changing a password can be found in the Password Maintenance section of Chapter 2, Getting Started in the Access Commander™ User’s Manual .

Customizing System ProfileThe values in the pick list or drop-down list boxes are customizable to the facility’s specifications in the System Profile module . It is the responsibility of the DBA to tailor these values in cooperation with the system users to meet the facility’s requirements . Use the instructions in Chapter 6, System Profile to update the values .

User Profile SetupIt is the responsibility of the DBA to assign user:

� IDs




� Passwords � Permissions

Use the instructions in Chapter 8, User Profile to set up user profiles .

Backup and Restore Database FilesDaily backup of the database file is strongly advised to minimize inadvertent or catastrophic loss of data . MathCraft recommends that the company’s computer support staff be consulted for the backup procedure being used . The computer support staff should also be contacted if the database file has to be restored as well .


running aCCess COmmanderBack to the Main TOC


Running Access Commander™Access Commander™ is a web-based software activated by the browser (such as MS Internet Explorer® or Netscape®) or through a shortcut icon . Contact the computer support staff for the URL to the Access Commander™ computer . The URL should be https:\\www.machine name, where machine_name is the name of the host computer created by the computer support staff .

Log On to Access Commander™

1 . Double click the Access Commander™ short cut icon on the desktop . If an icon is not available, type your local Access Commander™ URL in the browser and press <Enter> or click the Go button . The Log On screen displays .

Figure 2-1. The Log On screen.

g You may want to add the address to your Favorites list (Favorites menu, Add to Favorites… menu option) or create a short cut icon for your desktop . (Need help? See Create a Shortcut Icon, in this chapter .)

2 . In the User Name field, enter your assigned user name .

3 . In the Password field, type your assigned password .

4 . Click the Logon button .The Reminder Listing screen displays automatically every day on first logon if there are any pending reminder items for you, or the Main Menu displays .

Create a Short Cut Icon

1 . On your desktop screen, click the right mouse button to display the shortcut menu .

2 . Move the cursor to New and click Shortcut .The Create Shortcut window opens .

3 . In the Type the location of the item field, type in the URL for Access Commander™ .

4 . Click the Next button .The Select a Title for the Program window displays .

5 . Type Access Commander in the field .


running aCCess COmmanderBack to the Main TOC


6 . Click the Finish button .The short cut icon displays on your desktop .

Log Off of Access Commander™

Figure 2-2. The Log Off link.

1 . Click the Log Off link on the menu bar at the top of the screen . The Log On screen displays .


main menu sCreenBack to the Main TOC


Main Menu ScreenThe Main Menu screen displays the modules most often used by Security Administrators . For a summary of each module’s functionality, see Main Menu Modules in Chapter 1, Access Commander™ .

Figure 2-3. The Main Menu screen.

Accessing Main Menu Screen

The Main Menu screen displays after logging in, unless the Reminder Listing screen displays .

g The Reminder Listing screen displays automatically every day on first logon if there are any pending reminder items for you .

The Main Menu screen can be accessed from the following Access Commander™ screens using the Main Menu link:

� Reminder Listing screen � System Administration menu screen � Module’s Search screen � Module’s Listing screen


main menu sCreenBack to the Main TOC


� Module’s Info screen � Module’s Reports screen

To use the Main Menu link:

Figure 2-4. The Main Menu link on the Reminder Listing screen.

1 . Click the Main Menu link (as shown in Figure 2-4) on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Reminder Listing, or System Administration menu screen . The Main Menu screen displays .

Getting StartedAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide 2-9


Back to this chapter’s TOC SyStem AdminiStrAtion menu Screen

System Administration Menu ScreenThe System Administration menu screen displays the modules primarily used by System Administrators .

Figure 2-5. The System Administration menu screen.

The following System Administration modules are included in this guide:

� Facility Info (Chapter 4) � Reminder Setup (Chapter 5) � Report Profile (Chapter 6) � System Profile (Chapter 7) � User Monitor (Chapter 8) � User Profile (Chapter 9)

The following modules, for which the icons display on the System Administration menu screen, are covered in the Access Commander™ User’s Manual:

� Adhoc Query (Chapter 4) � Adhoc Report (Chapter 5)

Accessing System Administration Menu Screen

The System Administration menu screen can be accessed from most Access Commander screens using the System Admin link:

� Reminder Listing screen � Main Menu screen � Module’s Search screen



Back to this chapter’s TOCSyStem AdminiStrAtion menu Screen

� Module’s Listing screen � Module’s Info screen � Module’s Reports screen

To use the System Admin link:

Figure 2-6. The System Admin link on the Reminder Listing Screen.

1 . Click the System Admin link (as shown in Figure 2-6) on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Reminder Listing, or Main Menu screen . The System Administration menu screen displays .

Getting StartedAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide 2-11


Back to this chapter’s TOC SyStem Admin Link - SyStem UtiLitieS

System Admin Menu Link - System UtilitiesIn addition to the functionality available in the modules on the System Admin menu, there are several system utilities that are accessed from the System Admin menu bar link (shown in Figure 2-7) . The utilities are also available via the System Profile icon on the System Administration menu (shown in Figure 2-8) .

The system utility options are:

� Reminder/Email Notification Setup (covered in Chapter 5, Reminder Setup) � Maintain Sequence(s) (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) � Maintain Skill(s) (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) � HRDW Load - Approve Changes (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) � Fix/Reset Data (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) � Set SQL Log Level (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) � Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents (covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities) � JPAS Import/Refresh (covered in Appendix A, JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration)

Figure 2-7. The System Admin menu bar link options.



Back to this chapter’s TOCSyStem Admin Link-SyStem UtiLitieS

Figure 2-8. The System Profile icon system utilities options.

Additional System Administration How To’s covered in Chapter 3, System Utilities, are:

� Customizing Info screen fields � Configuring Employee Generated VAL Request � Configuring unlimited read-only system access

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide System Utilities

Chapter 3

System Utilities

In This Chapter

9 Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents

9 Customize Info Screen Fields

9 Employee Generated VAL Request

9 Fix/Reset Data

9 Report Upload and Rollback

9 Maintain Number/Code Sequences

9 Maintain Skills

9 Set SQL Log Level

9 Unlimited Read-Only System Access

Contents

3-1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Batch Upload Scanned Photos/Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Batch Upload Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Upload Batch Scanned Photos/Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5

Customize Info Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7Show/Hide Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7Accessing Show/Hide Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Hide Info Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9Make an Info Screen Field Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Format Info Screen Field Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Customize an Info Screen Field’s Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Restore Default Field Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Employee Generated VAL Request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Set Up Employee Generated VAL Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Fix/Reset Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Fix/Reset Data/App Server Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Resetting Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Reset Counts Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Reset Next Values for Sequences Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Fix Clearances and/or Accesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Reset Counts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Reset Next Values for Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Report Upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19


System Utilities Access Commander™ System Administration Guide 3-2


Back to this chapter’s TOCCOntents

Report Management Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Upload a New Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Roll Back a Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Maintaining Number/Code Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Accessing Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Sequence Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Accessing Sequence Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Sequence Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Accessing Sequence Info Screen - Add New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Accessing Sequence Info Screen - Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Accessing Sequence Info Screen - View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Sequence Info Screen - Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Sequence Info Screen Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Modules Containing Generated Sequence Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Add a New Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Update a Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Delete a Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31View (Read-Only) a Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Maintain Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Skill Category Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Accessing Skill Category Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Skill Category Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Skill Category Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - Add New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Skill Category Info Screen Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Skill Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Accessing Skill Info Screen - Add New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39Accessing Skill Info Screen - Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39Accessing Skill Info Screen - View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Skill Category How To’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40Add a New Skill Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40Update a Skill Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40Delete a Skill Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41View (Read-Only) a Skill Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

Skill How To’s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43Add a New Skill to a Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43Update a Skill within a Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43Delete a Skill from a Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44View (Read-Only) a Skill within a Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44

Set SQL Log Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46Set SQL Log Level Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47Set the SQL Log Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47

Shared User System Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48Unlimited Read-Only System Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49

Configure Unlimited Read-Only System Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49

System UtilitiesAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide 3-3

OverviewBack to the Main TOC


OverviewIn addition to the functionality available in the modules on the System Admin menu, there are several system utilities that are accessed from the System Admin link . In addition to accessing the System Administration modules, the following utility options are included:

� Maintain Sequence(s) � Maintain Skills � Fix/Reset Data � Set SQL Log Level � Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents

Figure 3-1. The System Admin link options.

Also covered in this chapter is:

� Customizing Info screen fields � Configuring Employee Generated VAL Request � Configuring Shared User system access � Configuring Unlimited Read-Only system access



Back to this chapter’s TOCBatch Upload Scanned photoS/docUmentS

Batch Upload Scanned Photos/Documents

How To’s In This Section

9 Upload Batch Photos/Scanned Documents

Overview

The System Administrator uses the Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents System Admin menu link option to access the Upload Scanned Documents screen .

Figure 3-2. The Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents option.

Batch Upload Screen

The Batch Upload screen displays when you click the:

� Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents option on the System Admin link



Back to this chapter’s TOC Batch Upload Scanned photoS/docUmentS

Figure 3-3. The Upload Scanned Documents screen.

Upload Batch Scanned Photos/Documents

To upload batch scanned documents and/or photos:

� Batch Upload screen, Upload button

To use the Upload button: 1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link .

The options display .

2 . Click the Batch Load Photos/Scanned Documents option .The Batch Upload screen displays .

3 . Select the applicable category for the upload from the Batch Load Type drop-down list .



Back to this chapter’s TOCBatch Upload Scanned photoS/docUmentS

4 . Enter the path to the folder you are uploading in the Enter Upload Batch field (e .g ., C:/BatchUpload) .

5 . Click the Upload button .The batch uploads .

g If the upload was not successful, check the files to ensure that the correct naming convention was used as detailed on the Batch Upload screen .

6 . To upload another batch, repeat from step 3 above .

7 . To return to the Main Menu, click the Return button .The Main Menu displays .


CustOmize inFO sCreen FieldsBack to the Main TOC


Customize Info Screen Fields


9 Hide/Show Fields

9 Make Selected Fields Required Fields

9 Format Input Text

9 Customize Field Names

9 Restore Default Field Settings

Overview

Access Commander™ provides the functionality to customize the fields on module Info screens .

For users with System Administrator access, the Set Up Screen Fields link displays on applicable Info screens when the Info screen is accessed in Add New or Update mode . When the link is clicked, the Show/Hide screen displays, giving the SA the option to:

� Hide a field - the field does not display on the Info screen � Designate a field as required and, conversely, as not being required � Rename a field � Change field formatting - Capitalize the entire field name, or capitalize the first character of

each word in its title

Show/Hide Screen

The Show/Hide screen displays when you click the:

� Set Up Screen Fields link on the corresponding Info screen in Add New or Update mode




Figure 3-4. The Personnel Info Show/Hide screen.

The Show/Hide screen is used to customize the applicable fields on a module’s Info screen . The screen displays the fields on the Info screen ordered by tabs, and in the order they appear on the tabs .

Accessing Show/Hide Screen

To access the Show/Hide screen for an Info screen:

� Corresponding Info screen in Add New or Update mode, Set Up Screen Fields link

To use the Set Up Screen Fields link:

Figure 3-5. The Set Up Screen Fields link.




1 . Access the module’s Info screen for which the fields are being customized .

2 . Click the Setup Screen Fields link in the upper right-hand corner .The Info screen’s Show/Hide screen displays .

Hide Info Screen Fields

When the Hide checkbox is checked, that field will always be invisible on the Info screen . If you also check that field’s Except in Update checkbox, the field is only hidden when the field is not updateable (View mode, or the user doesn’t have update access to the facility) .

System default required fields (they display in red and the Required checkbox is checked/protected on the Show/Hide screen) cannot be completely hidden . They can only be hidden when not updateable .

To hide fields:

� Show/Hide screen, Hide column checkbox (Except in Update column checkbox, when applicable)

To use the Hide column checkbox: 1 . Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module’s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode) .

(Need help? See Accessing Show/Hide Screen in this section) .

2 . Click the Hide checkbox to hide a field on the corresponding Info screen .A checkmark displays in the checkbox .

g For some fields, a checkmark automatically displays in the Except in Update checkbox when the Hide checkbox is clicked . If this the case, the checkbox in the Except in Update checkbox can not be removed .

3 . Click the Except in Update checkbox to hide the field in Add New and View mode, but display the field when in Update mode .

4 . Repeat steps 2 and 3 as applicable .

5 . Click the Submit button .The message, “New rules successfully saved!” displays .

6 . Click the OK button .The Info screen displays .The change(s) made display on the Info screen .




Make an Info Screen Field Required

g Fields that are required by default can not be selected to no longer be required . These default required fields display in red, and the checkbox in the Required field is checked/protected on the Show/Hide screen .

To make a field a required field:

� Show/Hide screen, Required? column checkbox

To use the Required? column checkbox: 1 . Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module’s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode) .


2 . Click the Required? checkbox to change the field to a required field on the corresponding Info screen .A checkmark displays in the checkbox .

g If a field’s checkbox is greyed out, that field can not be made a required field .

If a field’s checkbox is greyed out and has a checkmark, that field must remain a required field .

3 . Repeat step 2 as applicable .



Format Info Screen Field Text

To change the format of a field’s input text:

� Show/Hide screen, Format Input Text drop-down listbox

To use the Format Input Text drop-down listbox: 1 . Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module’s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode) .


2 . For the field, select the desired formatting option in the Format Input Text drop-down listbox . This automatically formats text input by a user as specified . The default format options are:

� Capitalize the whole field � Capitalize 1st character of each word

g If the drop-down listbox in the Format Input Text column does not display for a field, this customization option does not apply for that particular field .

A checkmark displays in the checkbox .







Customize an Info Screen Field’s Name

To change the name of a field:

� Show/Hide screen, Customized Field Name textbox

To use the Customized Field Name text box: 1 . Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module’s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode) .


2 . For the field, type the desired field name in the Customized Field Name field .




Restore Default Field Settings

To restore the default settings for all fields:

� Show/Hide screen, Reset to Defaults button

To use the Reset to Defaults button: 1 . Access the Show/Hide screen from the applicable module’s Info screen (in Add New or Update mode) .


2 . Click the Reset to Defaults button .The message, “Successfully restored to defaults!” displays .

3 . Click the OK button .The Info screen displays .The fields display in their default settings on the Info screen .



Back to this chapter’s TOCEmployEE GEnEratEd Val rEquEst

Employee Generated VAL Request

How To In This Section

9 Set up Employee Generated VAL Request

Overview

The Employee Generated VAL Request utility in Access Commander gives employees a separate utility that allows them to submit their outgoing visit requests . Security Administrators can search for all pending request in the Outgoing Visit Request module and either approve or reject the requests .

Employees login to https://server_name or ip/accmdrweb/jsp/evlogin .jsp to access the In/Out Visit Request Logon screen .

Figure 3-6. The In/Out Visit Request Log On screen.

System Administrator sets up which Authentication field/type in the Enterprise Authentication system profile . See Chapter 7, Table 7-49 Enterprise Authentication .

Figure 3-7. The Enterprise Authentication Profile on the Profile Header Listing screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOC EmployEE GEnEratEd Val rEquEst

Figure 3-8. The Profile Detail Listing screen for Enterprise Authentication.

Set Up Employee Generated VAL Request

1 . Place the link for employees to access the In/Out Visit Request Log On screen on you company intranet . The link should be either:

� https://server_name/accmdrweb/jsp/evlogin .jsp or � https://ip/accmdrweb/jsp/evlogin .jsp

2 . Access the Enterprise Authentication system profile and set up the authentication method used to validate employees . All employees who have a record in Personnel Management module will then be able to log in on the In/Out Visit Request Log On screen . For example, if SSN4 is the value for the Authentication type to be used, the employee needs to enter his or her last name as the User ID and the last four digits of his/or her Social Security Number .


Fix/reset dataBack to the Main TOC


Fix/Reset Data


9 Reset Next Values for Record Keys

9 Reset Counts

Overview

The System Administrator uses the Fix/Reset Data System Admin menu link option to access the:

� “Fix” options (e .g ., Fix Clearance(s) in Personnel Listing) when the clearances and accesses are incorrect on the Personnel, Document, and Property Listing screens .

� “Reset Counts” options (e .g ., Reset Counts in Contracts) when the counts for assignments are incorrect .

� Reset Next Values for Record Keys option when a user receives the duplicate key error message when trying to add a new record . Periodically the “NextID” keys (for EMID, DOCID, EQUITEMID, etc .) are out of sequence . The “Fix” options are used to reset the keys .

Figure 3-9. The Fix/Reset Data option.




Fix/Reset Data/App Server Screen

The Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen displays when you click the:

� Fix/Reset Data option on the System Admin link

This screen displays the links to:

� Fix clearances � Fix accesses � Reset Counts � Reset Next Values for Record Keys

Figure 3-10. The Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen.




Resetting Screen

The Resetting screen displays when you click one of the:

� Fix options on the Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen

Figure 3-11. The Resetting screen example.

Reset Counts Screen

The Reset Counts screen displays when you click one of the:

� Reset Counts options on the Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen

Figure 3-12. The Reset Counts screen example.

Reset Next Values for Sequences Screen

The Reset Next Values for Sequences screen displays when you click the:

� Reset Next Values for Record Keys option on the Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen




Figure 3-13. The Reset Next Values for Sequences screen.

Fix Clearances and/or Accesses

To fix clearances and/or accesses:

� Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen, applicable Fix option

To use the Fix option: 1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link .


2 . Click the Fix/Reset Data option . The Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen displays .

3 . Click the applicable Fix option (e .g ., Fix Clearance(s) in Personnel Listing) . The Resetting screen displays (e .g ., Resetting Clearance(s) in Personnel Listing Screen) with a confirmation message (e .g ., Reset Clearance(s) in Personnel Listing Screen Successfully Done .) The Continue link displays .

4 . Click the Continue link . The Main Menu screen displays .

Reset Counts

To reset counts:

� Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen, applicable Reset Counts option

To use the Fix option: 1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link .






3 . Click the applicable Reset Counts option (e .g ., Reset Counts in Contracts) . The Reset Counts screen displays (e .g ., Reset Counts in Contracts) with a confirmation message (e .g ., Reset Counts in Contracts Successfully Done . Please wait .) The Continue link displays .


Reset Next Values for Sequences

To reset the next values for sequences:

� Fix/Reset Data/App Server screen, applicable Reset Next Values for Record Keys option

To use the Reset Next Values for Record Keys option: 1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link .



3 . Click the applicable Reset Next Values for Record Keys option . The Reset Next Values for Sequences screen displays with the confirmation message, “Reset Next Values for Sequences Successfully Done . Please wait .” The Continue link displays .



repOrt uplOad and rOllBaCKBack to the Main TOC


Report Upload


9 Upload a New Report

9 Roll Back a Report

Overview

The System Administrator uses the Report Upload System Admin menu icon to access the Report Management screen .

Figure 3-14. Report Upload on the System Administration menu.

Report Management Screen

The Report Management screen displays when you click the:

� Report Upload icon on the System Administration menu

This screen displays the fields to:




� Upload new reports � Roll back reports to the previous version

Figure 3-15. The Report Management screen.

Upload a New Report

To upload a new or modified report file:

� Report Management screen, Upload button

To use the Upload button: 1 . Click the Report Upload icon on the System Administration menu .

The Report Management screen displays .

2 . Click the Browse button, locate and select the report file provided by MathCraft .

3 . Select the report file to upload .The file name displays in the Select File field .

4 . Click the Upload button . The file uploads and the message, “Report Upload Successful!” displays . The file will display in the Report Profile module on the corresponding Report Profile Detail Listing screen .

5 . Click the Return button . The Main Menu screen displays .

6 . To complete the process, access the Report Profile module . See Chapter 6, Report Profile for the steps to add the report to the corresponding module .




Roll Back a Report

To return to the previous version of a report file:

� Report Management screen, Rollback button

To use the Rollback button: 1 . Click the Report Upload icon on the System Administration menu .

The Report Management screen displays .

2 . Enter the file name of the file to roll back in the Report File Name field . The name must be exact of an error message will display stating that the file could not be found .

3 . Click the Rollback button . The file uploads and the message, “[File Name] was successfully rolled back to the previous version” displays . The previous version of the report will display on the corresponding Reports screen .

4 . Click the Return button . The Main Menu screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOCMaintaining nuMber/Code SequenCeS

Maintaining Number/Code Sequences


9 Add a New Sequence

9 Update a Sequence

9 Delete a Sequence

9 View (Read-Only) a Sequence

Overview

Access Commander™ provides the functionality for users to easily generate numbers and codes in applicable modules using predetermined sequence numbers and patterns .

The sequence icon displays on applicable Info screens when the Info screen is accessed in Add New mode . See Table 3–3 in this section for a list of Info screens in Access Commander™ that display the sequence icon .

Figure 3-16. The sequence icon and menu on the Property Info screen.

Existing sequences display in a menu that displays when the cursor is placed on the sequence icon . Clicking on the desired sequence populates the corresponding field on the Info screen . After the Add button is clicked, the number or code displays, based on the next number for the chosen sequence . Numbers and codes can also be entered manually .

Only users for whom the Maintain Sequence(s) checkbox is checked (Maintain Sequence(s) section) on the Assign User’s Security screen can maintain sequences . See Table 9-26 in Chapter 9, User Profile for more information .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Maintaining nuMber/Code SequenCeS

Figure 3-17. The Maintain Sequence(s) permission on the Assign User’s Security screen.

Users with Maintain Sequence(s) permission can:

� Add new sequences � Update existing sequences (only the Last Number Used field should be updated) � Delete existing sequences

Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen

The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen displays when you click the:

� Maintain Sequence(s) option on the System Admin link

The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen is used to select the sequence type that needs to be updated or to which a new sequence is being added .

Figure 3-18. The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen.

g The Maintain Sequence(s) option displays only for users for whom the Maintain Sequence(s) checkbox is checked (Maintain Sequence(s) section) on the Assign User’s Security screen . See Table 9-26 in Chapter 9, User Profile for more information .




Accessing Maintain Sequence(s) Search Screen

To access the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen:

� System Admin link, Maintain Sequence(s) option

To use the Maintain Sequence(s) option:

Figure 3-19. The Maintain Sequence(s) option on the System Admin link.

1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link . The options display .

2 . Click the Maintain Sequence(s) option . The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen displays .

Sequence Listing Screen

The Sequence Listing screen displays when you click the:

� Find button on the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen � Cancel, Done, or Exit button on the Sequence Info screen

The Sequence Listing displays the:

� Results of your search on the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen � + Add New link � View, Update, and Delete buttons




Figure 3-20. The Sequence Listing screen.

Accessing Sequence Listing Screen

To access the Sequence Listing screen:

� Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen, Find button

To use the Find button:1 . Access the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen . (Need help? See Accessing Maintain Sequence(s)

Search Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Select the Sequence Type and/or Facility Code, as applicable .

3 . Click the Find button .The Sequence Listing screen displays the sequences that match the search criteria .

Sequence Info Screen

The Sequence Info screen displays when you click the:

� + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Sequence Listing screen � + Add New link on the Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen

The Sequence Info screen is used to:

� Add a new sequence when in Add New mode � Modify an existing sequence when in Update mode � View an existing sequence when in View (read-only) mode




Figure 3-21. The Sequence Info screen in Add New mode.

When in Add New mode, the Sequence Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 3-21 .

Figure 3-22. The Sequence Info screen in Update mode.

When in Update mode, the Sequence Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 3-22 .




Figure 3-23. The Sequence Info screen in View mode.

When in View mode, the Sequence Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure 3-23 .

Accessing Sequence Info Screen - Add New

To access the Sequence Info screen in Add New mode:

� Sequence Listing or Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen, + Add New link

To use the + Add New link: 1 . Access the Maintain Sequence(s) Search or Sequence Listing screen . (Need help? See Maintain

Sequence(s) Search Screen or Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the + Add New link .The Sequence Info screen displays in Add New mode .

Accessing Sequence Info Screen - Update

To access the Sequence Info screen in Update mode:

� Sequence Listing screen, Update button

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the Sequence Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this

chapter .)

2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the sequence .The Sequence Info screen displays in Update mode .




Accessing Sequence Info Screen - View

To access the Sequence Info screen in View mode:

� Sequence Listing screen, View button

To use the View button: 1 . Access the Sequence Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this

chapter .)

2 . Click the View button in the column next to the sequence .The Sequence Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode .

Sequence Info Screen - Data Fields

The data fields on the Sequence Info screen are listed in Table 3-1 .

Table 3-1. Sequence Info screen data fields.

Field Name ExplanationSequence Format REQUIRED .

Enter the format for the sequence . This format displays in the sequence list for user selection .

The format of a sequence can consist of a combination of all alphanumeric keys and special characters .

The # (pound sign) represents the maximum number generated . For example:DOC-02-#### has 4 decimal places . The system will generate DOC-02-0001 through DOC-02-9999 maximum . DOC-02-## has 2 decimal places . The system will generate DOC-02-0001 through DOC-02-99 .

The pound sign can be inserted any place in the pattern . For example:Beginning: ###-02-DODMiddle: 02-#####-PPPEnd: DOC-02-####

Sequence Type Select the sequence type .

The sequence types are designated in the Sequence Type profile elements . See Table 7-188 in Chapter 7, System Profile, for more information .

Last # Used REQUIRED.

Default is 0 .

Enter the desired starting number, if different from default .

Description Enter a description for the sequence . The description displays on the Sequence Listing screen . Users do not see this description .

Facility Code REQUIRED.

Select the applicable Facility Code .

Disabled? Click to disable the sequence .




Sequence Info Screen Command

One command is available on the Sequence Info screen, as described in Table 3-2 .

Table 3-2. Sequence Info screen command.

Command FunctionalityBack to Sequence Listing Return to the Sequence Listing screen without saving the new sequence or changes

made to an existing sequence .

Modules Containing Generated Sequence Numbers

There are four modules within Access Commander™ that contain numbers that can be configured to generate sequentially . These modules, the numbers that are generated, the screen on which they are located, and the field names are listed in Table 3-3 .

Table 3-3. Modules that contain generated sequenced numbers.

Module Number or Code Generated

Screen Field

Document Management

Document Control Number

Document Info (Document tab) Control #

Document Management

Document Destruction Certificate Number

NOTE: This number can be generated on two screens .

(1) Document Destruction Info (Destruction Certificate Info tab)

(2) Document Listing-Assign to New Destruction Certificate

Certificate #

Document Management

Document TransmittalCertificate Number

NOTE: This number can be generated on two screens .

(1) Document Transmittal Info

(2) Document Listing-Assign to New Transmittal Certificate

Certificate #

Property Management

Item Number Property Info (Property tab) Safe/Item#

Facility Info Facility Code Facility Info (Physical Address tab) Facility Code

Training & Conferences

Conference Number Training/Conference Info (Training & Conference tab)

Conference #

Add a New Sequence

To add a sequence:

� Sequence Listing screen, + Add New link




To use the + Add New link:1 . Access the Sequence Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this

chapter .)

2 . Click the + Add New link .The corresponding Sequence Info screen displays .

3 . Enter the format in the Format field, complete the other required field(s), select the Sequence Type if desired, and enter the Description if desired .

4 . Click the Add button . The screen refreshes . The message, “The information has been added .” and the Done button display .

5 . Click the Done button .The Sequence Listing screen displays . The new sequence displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

6 . To add another sequence, repeat from step 4 above .

Update a Sequence

g Only the Last Number Used field should be updated . Do not modify the pattern itself; create a new sequence if necessary .

To update an existing sequence:

� Sequence Listing screen, Update button

To use the Update button:1 . Access the Sequence Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this

chapter .)

2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the desired sequence .The Sequence Info screen displays .

3 . Update only the Last Number Used field .

4 . Click the Update button .The screen refreshes . The message, “The information has been updated .” and the Done button display .

5 . Click the Done button . The Sequence Listing screen displays . The updated format displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

6 . To update another format, repeat from step 4 above .




Delete a Sequence

To delete an existing sequence:

� Sequence Listing screen, Delete button

To use the Delete button: 1 . Access the Sequence Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this

chapter .)

2 . Click the Delete button in the column next to the desired sequence .The Sequence(s) – Delete Confirmation screen displays .

3 . Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default) .The Sequence Listing screen displays . The deleted sequence no longer displays .

4 . To delete another sequence, repeat from step 2 above .

View (Read-Only) a Sequence

All sequence fields are displayed on the Sequence Listing screen columns . You can also view them on the Sequence Info screen by following the steps below .

To view a sequence on the Sequence Info screen:

� Sequence Listing screen, View button

To use the View button:1 . Access the Sequence Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this

chapter .)

2 . Click the View button in the column next to the desired sequence .The Sequence Info screen displays .

3 . View the information .

4 . Click the Exit button . The Sequence Listing screen displays . The viewed sequence displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

5 . To view another format, repeat from step 2 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOCMaintain SkillS

System Utilities System Administration Guide 3-32

Maintain Skills


9 Skill Category How To’s

9 Skill How To’s

Overview

Access Commander™ provides the functionality for users to assign skills to personnel records .

System Administrators maintain the list of skills .

Figure 3-24. The Skills section on the Others tab, Personnel Info screen.

Skill Category Search Screen

The Skill Category Search screen displays when you click the:

� Maintain Skill(s) option on the System Admin link

The Skill Category Search screen is used to select the sequence type that needs to be updated or to which a new sequence is being added .

A new skill category can also be added from this screen using the + Add New link .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Maintain SkillS

System Utilities 3-33

Figure 3-25. The Skill Category Search screen.

Accessing Skill Category Search Screen

To access the Skill Category Search screen:

� System Admin link, Maintain Skill(s) option

To use the Maintain Skill(s) option:

Figure 3-26. The Maintain Skill(s) option on the System Admin link.

1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link . The options display .

2 . Click the Maintain Sequence(s) option . The Maintain Sequence(s) Search screen displays .





Skill Category Listing Screen

The Skill Category Listing screen displays when you click the:

� Find button on the Skill Category Search screen

The Skill Category Listing displays the:

� Results of your search on the Skill Category Search screen � + Add New link � View, Update, and Delete buttons

Figure 3-27. The Skill Category Listing screen.

Skill Category Info Screen

The Skill Category Info screen displays when you click the:

� + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Skill Category Listing screen � + Add New link on the Skill Category Search screen

The Skill Category Info screen is used to:

� Add a new skill category when in Add New mode � Modify an existing skill category when in Update mode � View an existing skill category when in View (read-only) mode

When in Add New mode, the Skill Category Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 3-28 .





Figure 3-28. The Skill Category Info screen in Add New mode.

When in Update mode, the Skill Category Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, and has two tabs, as shown in Figures 3-29 and 3-30:

� Category � Skills

Figure 3-29. The Skill Category Info screen, Category tab, in Update mode.

Figure 3-30. The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, in Update mode.





When in View mode, the Skill Category Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure 3-31 .

Figure 3-31. The Skill Category Info screen in View mode.

Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - Add New

To access the Skill Category Info screen in Add New mode:

� Skill Category Listing or Skill Category Search screen, + Add New link

To use the + Add New link: 1 . Access the Skill Category Search or Skill Category Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill

Category Search Screen or Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the + Add New link .The Skill Category Info screen displays in Add New mode .

Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - Update

To access the Skill Category Info screen in Update mode:

� Skill Category Listing screen, Update button

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the Skill Category Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in

this chapter .)

2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the sequence .The Skill Category Info screen displays in Update mode .





Accessing Skill Category Info Screen - View

To access the Skill Category Info screen in View mode:

� Skill Category Listing screen, View button

To use the View button: 1 . Access the Skill Category Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in

this chapter .)

2 . Click the View button in the column next to the sequence .The Skill Category Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode .

Skill Category Info Screen Commands

Two commands are available on the Skill Category Info screen, as described in Table 3-4 .

Table 3-4. Sequence Info screen commands.

Command FunctionalityBack to Skill Category Listing Return to the Skill Category Listing screen without saving the new category or changes

made to an existing category .

Back to System Admin Menu Return to the System Admin menu screen without saving the new category or changes made to an existing category .

Skill Info Screen

The Skill Info screen displays when you click the:

� + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Skills tab

The Skill Info screen is used to:

� Add a new skill to a category when in Add New mode � Modify an existing skill within a category when in Update mode � View an existing skill within a category when in View (read-only) mode � Delete a skill from a category

When in Add New mode, the Skill Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 3-32 .





Figure 3-32. The Skill Info screen in View mode.

When in Update mode, the Skill Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 3-33 .

Figure 3-33. The Skill Info screen in Update mode.

When in View mode, the Skill Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure 3-34 .

Figure 3-34. The Skill Info screen in View mode.





Accessing Skill Info Screen - Add New

To access the Skill Info screen in Add New mode:

� Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, + Add New link

To use the + Add New link: 1 . Access the Skill Category Info screen in Update mode . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info

Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Skills tab .The Skills tab displays with any existing skills and the +Add New link .

3 . Click the + Add New link .The Skill Info screen displays in Add New mode .

Accessing Skill Info Screen - Update

To access the Skill Info screen in Update mode:

� Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, Update button

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the Skill Category Info screen in Update mode . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info


2 . Click the Skills tab .The Skills tab displays with any existing skills .

3 . Click the Update button in the column next to the skill .The Skill Info screen displays in Update mode .

Accessing Skill Info Screen - View

To access the Skill Info screen in View mode:

� Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, View button

To use the View button: 1 . Access the Skill Category Info screen in Update mode . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info


2 . Click the Skills tab .The Skills tab displays with any existing skills .

3 . Click the View button in the column next to the skill .The Skill Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode .





Skill Category How To’s


9 Add a New Skill Category

9 Update a Skill Category

9 Delete a Skill Category

9 View (Read-Only) a Skill Category

Add a New Skill Category

To add a skill category:

� Skill Category Listing screen, + Add New link

To use the + Add New link:1 . Access the Skill Category Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in

this chapter .)

2 . Click the + Add New link .The Skill Category Info screen displays .

3 . Enter the skill category name in the Skill Category .

4 . Click the Add button . The screen refreshes . The message, “The information has been added .” , the Re-Edit This Record, and the Done button display .

g Click the Re-Edit This Record link to have access to the following tab:

Skill(s)

5 . Click the Done button .The Skill Category Listing screen displays . The new sequence displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

6 . To add another sequence, repeat from step 4 above .

Update a Skill Category

g Only the Last Number Used field should be updated . Do not modify the pattern itself; create a new sequence if necessary .

To update an existing skill category:





� Skill Category Listing screen, Update button

To use the Update button:1 . Access the Skill Category Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in

this chapter .)

2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the desired category .The Skill Category Info screen displays .

3 . Update only the Last Number Used field .


5 . Click the Done button . The Skill Category Listing screen displays . The updated format displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

6 . To update another format, repeat from step 4 above .

Delete a Skill Category

To delete an existing skill category:

� Skill Category Listing screen, Delete button

To use the Delete button: 1 . Access the Skill Category Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Sequence Listing Screen in this

chapter .)

2 . Click the Delete button in the column next to the desired sequence .The Skill Category(s) – Delete Confirmation screen displays .

3 . Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default) .The Skill Category Listing screen displays . The deleted sequence no longer displays .


View (Read-Only) a Skill Category

All sequence fields are displayed on the Skill Category Listing screen columns . You can also view them on the Skill Category Info screen by following the steps below .

To view a skill category on the Skill Category Info screen:

� Skill Category Listing screen, View button





To use the View button:1 . Access the Skill Category Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Listing Screen in

this chapter .)

2 . Click the View button in the column next to the desired sequence .The Skill Category Info screen displays .


4 . Click the Exit button . The Skill Category Listing screen displays . The viewed sequence displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

5 . To view another format, repeat from step 2 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Skill How To’S


Skill How To’s


9 Add a New Skill to a Category

9 Update a Skill within a Category

9 Delete a Skill from a Category

9 View (Read-Only) a Skill within a Category

Add a New Skill to a Category

To add a skill to a category:

� Skill Category Info screen, Skill tab, + Add New link

To use the + Add New link:1 . Access the Skill Category Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this

chapter .)


3 . Click the + Add New link .The Skill Info screen displays .

4 . Enter the code to be used for the skill in the Skill Code field .

5 . Enter a description for the skill in the Description field .

6 . Click the Add button . The screen refreshes . The message, “The information has been added .” displays .

7 . Click the Done button .The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, displays . The new skill displays on the tab .

8 . To add another skill to the category, repeat from step 4 above .

Update a Skill within a Category

To update an existing skill within a category:

� Skill Category Info screen, Skill tab, Update button

To use the Update button:1 . Access the Skill Category Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this

chapter .)



Back to this chapter’s TOCSkill How To’S



3 . Click the Update button in the column next to the desired skill .The Skill Info screen displays .

4 . Update the fields as needed .


6 . Click the Done button . The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, displays . The skill’s updated information displays in the corresponding column(s) .

7 . To update another skill, repeat from step 3 above .

Delete a Skill from a Category

To delete a skill from a category:

� Skill Category Info screen, Skill tab, Delete button

To use the Delete button: 1 . Access the Skill Category Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this

chapter .)


3 . Click the Delete button in the column next to the desired skill .The Skill Info screen displays with the Delete and Cancel buttons .

4 . Click the Delete button .The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, displays . The deleted skill no longer displays .


View (Read-Only) a Skill within a Category

All skill fields are displayed on the Skill Category Info, Skill tab columns . You can also view them on the Skill Info screen by following the steps below .

To view a skill on the Skill Info screen:

� Skill Category Info screen, Skill tab, View button

To use the View button:1 . Access the Skill Category Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing Skill Category Info Screen in this

chapter .)



Back to this chapter’s TOC Skill How To’S


2 . Click the Skills tab .The Skills tab displays with the skills within the category .

3 . Click the View button in the column next to the desired skill .The Skill Info screen displays in View mode .


5 . Click the Exit button . The Skill Category Info screen, Skills tab, displays .

6 . To view another skill, repeat from step 3 above .


set sQl lOg levelBack to the Main TOC


Set SQL Log Level


9 Set the Database SQL Statements Log Level

Overview

The System Administrator (SA) uses the Set SQL Log Level System Admin menu link option to access the Set SQL Log Level screen . On this screen the SA can select the level at which the database SQL statements will be logged in Access Commander .

Figure 3-35. The Set SQL Log Level option.


set sQl lOg levelBack to the Main TOC


Set SQL Log Level Screen

The Set SQL Log Level screen displays when you click the:

� Set SQL Log Level option on the System Admin link

Figure 3-36. The Set SQL Log Level screen.

The SQL log file is stored under c:\temp .

Set the SQL Log Level

To set the SQL log level:

� Set SQL Log Level screen, applicable Level drop-down list box

To use the Level drop-down list box: 1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link .


2 . Click the Set SQL Log Level option . The Set SQL Log Level screen displays .

3 . Click the arrow for the Level drop-down list box field . The list box values display .

4 . Select the applicable log level: � Log All - Access Commander will log as much information as possible of all the database activities

from Access Commander � Log SQL Statement Only - Access Commander will log all the SQL statements sent from Access

Commander to the database � Disable the Log - Access Commander will not log any database activities

5 . Click Apply . The Main Menu screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOCShared USer SyStem acceSS

Shared User System AccessThis option is available for web portal administrator use . It configures the “user” as A/C View Only for all web portal users and is intended for enterprise A/C use .

Shared User system access if configured on the User Info screen in the User Profile module by checking the Shared User checkbox .

Figure 3-37. The Shared User checkbox on the User Info screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOC Unlimited Read-Only SyStem acceSS

Unlimited Read-Only System AccessSystem Administrators can add as many Access Commander read-only users as they wish without worrying about the license count to be used by these read-only users .

Users logged in as Read-Only users display in the Active User Listing section in the User Monitor module as a “Y” in the R/O (Read-Only) column .

Users are configured as read-only on the User Info screen in the User Profile module by being given a designated Assigned UserID .

Configure Unlimited Read-Only System Access

To configure a user as a read-only user:

� User Info screen, Assigned UserID field and � Assign User’s Security screen, View checkbox(es)

To use the Assigned UserID field:1 . Access a user’s User Info screen . (Need help? See Chapter 9, User Profile in this guide .)

2 . In the Assigned User ID field, enter, “ro_user_##” . The first user should be “01”, with additional read-only users being given the next available sequential number (e .g ., ro_user_01, ro_user_02, ro_user_03)

3 . Complete the other fields on the screen . (Need help? See Chapter 9, User Profile in this guide .)

4 . Access the Assign User’s Security screen . (Need help? See Chapter 9, User Profile in this guide .)

5 . Check the View checkbox for applicable module(s) . (Need help? See Chapter 9, User Profile in this guide .)

6 . Click the Save & Return button .The user has been set up as a read-only user .When the user signs in, all modules to which he or she was not given View access will be greyed out on Main Menu screen .

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide Facility Info 4-1

Chapter 4

Facility Info

In This Chapter

9 Module Overview

9 Facility Info Screens

9 Basic How To’s

9 How To’s By Tab

9 Defense Security Service (DSS) Office How To’s

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Facility Access - New User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Host Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Ignore Safe Checkbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Facility ID Segmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Facility Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8Accessing Facility Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8Facility Quick Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9

Facility Listing Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Accessing Facility Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Facility Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Accessing Facility Info Screen - Add New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Accessing Facility Info Screen - Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15Accessing Facility Info Screen - View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15Facility Info Screen Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Facility Info Screen Tabs - Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Facility Activity Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Accessing Facility Activity Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Facility Reports Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22Accessing Facility Reports Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Basic Facility Info How To’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Search Facility Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Add a Facility Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Update a Facility Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Delete Facility Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28View (Read-Only) a Facility Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29Change a Facility’s Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Copy Physical Address to the Classified Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30View a Facility Record’s Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31Export Data for Records on the Facility Listing Screen to Excel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Physical/Mailing Address Tab–Facility Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33


Facility Info Access Commander™ System Administration Guide 4-2



Cognizant/Remark Tab–Facility Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34Granted By Address Tab–Facility Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35Classified Address Tab–Facility Info Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. Tab–Facility Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37Verification(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38Facility Verification Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38Facility Selection (Search) Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Facility Selection (Listing) Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40Add a Facility Verification Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40Update a Facility Verification Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Delete a Facility Verification Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42View (Read-Only) Facility Verification Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Inspection(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44Inspection Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44Add a Facility Inspection Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45Update a Facility Inspection Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46Delete a Facility Inspection Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47View (Read-Only) a Facility Inspection Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Associated Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49Upload Facility Associated Doc Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49Upload Associated Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50Remove Associated Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50View (Read-Only) Associated Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51Download Associated Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54DSS Office Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55Accessing DSS Office Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55DSS Office Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57DSS Office Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - Add New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59DSS Office Info Screen Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59DSS Office Info Screen - Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60Search DSS Office Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60Add a DSS Office Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62Update a DSS Office Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62Delete a DSS Office Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63View (Read-Only) a DSS Office Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63

Email Notification Info Tab–Facility Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65Reminder/Email Notification(s) Facility Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66Set Up a Facility for Reminder/Email Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66Next Step to Complete Reminder/Email Notification Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67

Facility InfoAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide 4-3



Overview

The Facility Info module within Access Commander™ is used by System Administrators (SAs) and other authorized users to input and maintain all facility records .

Within this module facility records can be:

� Added � Updated � Deleted � Viewed � Changed from Active to Inactive status, and vice versa

The following can be assigned to and unassigned from a facility:

� Facility Accesses � Safeguard Accesses

The following activities associated with a facility can be tracked:

� Verification History � Inspection History

Additional functionality includes:

� Associated Documents � Preformatted reports, including address labels

Access Commander™ uses the data stored in the Facility Info module to process:

� Visit Requests � Document Transmittals � Contracts � DD254 Transactions

Users with System Administration access can additionally:

� Add new host facilities (System Administrators can only add new customer facilities if given permission)

� Change customer facilities to host facilities, and vice versa � Turn off the check for a container safe when assigning documents to custodians for selected

host facilities � Configure Email Notification for a facility

This chapter also covers how Defense Security Service (DSS) offices are:

� Added � Updated � Deleted � Viewed

Overview




Facility Access - New UserWhen a new user is assigned, facility accesses are added using the following algorithm:

� If the user is a System Administrator, he/she will have Update access to all facilities � If the user is not a System Administrator, but the Access Commander system profile parameter

Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) is set to Y (see Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters in Chapter 7, System Profile), then he/she will have Update access to his/her own employment facility (in employee record) .

Figure 4-1. The Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) parameter.

g Based on customer requirements, changes may have been made to these rules .

For more information about granting users’ facility accesses, see:

� Chapter 9, User Profile, Facility Access section

FaCility aCCess - new user




Host Facilities Only users with System Administrator access to the Access Commander™ system can add new host facilities . The Customer Facility checkbox is checked by default on the Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab . System Administrators can uncheck the box to designate that the new facility being added is a host, rather than customer, facility .

Figure 4-2. The Customer Facility checkbox on the Physical/Mailing Address tab.

When a new host facility is added:

� All System Administrators are given Update access to the newly added host facility � Depending on customer requirements, all non-System Administrators may also be given View

access to the newly added host facility

When a host facility is updated:

� If the facility code is changed, all accesses assigned to the old facility are transferred to the new one

� If the host facility is changed to a customer facility, all accesses assigned to users will be removed for the facility

When a host facility is deleted:

� All accesses assigned to users for the facility are removed

When a customer facility is updated:

� If the customer facility is changed to a host facility, the accesses to the facility are added to the users as a newly inserted host facility

Users with System Administrator can turn off the check for a container safe when assigning documents to custodians for selected host facilities . See the Ignore Safe Checkbox section in this chapter for more information .

hOst FaCilities




Ignore Safe CheckboxThe Ignore Safe checkbox on the Facility Info screen can be used to turn off the check for a container safe when assigning documents to custodians for selected host facilities . Only users with System Administrator access to the Access Commander™ system can check the box .

The Ignore Safe checkbox is not checked by default on the Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab .

Figure 4-3. The Ignore Safe checkbox on the Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab.

When the checkbox is checked:

� A facility default safe is created (i .e ., [FACILITY CODE]-DEF-SAFE) � All the employees under the facility are assigned to the default safe � All the employees who are not under the facility, but their clearances are held there, are

assigned to the default safe � Any new employee added under the facility are assigned to the default safe � Any new clearance added for the facility is assigned to the default safe

ignOre saFe CheCKBOx




Facility ID Segmentation Upon installation of the system, the default setting is for the data in the system to be segmented by Facility Code . Facility ID segmentation gives the capability to limit, on an individual basis, a user’s permission to perform many system functions for only those facilities to which he/she has access, such as document destruction . It is set in the System Profile module (System Profile Listing screen, Access Commander System Parameters profile, Force CageCode Segmentation parameter) . See Table 7-4 in Chapter 7, System Profile, for more information .

Figure 4-4. The Force CageCode Segmentation parameter on the Profile Detail Listing screen.

When left active, the facilities to which the user has View or Update access is designated in the User Profile module . See the Facility Access section in Chapter 8, User Profile, for more information .

FaCility id segmentatiOn



Back to this chapter’s TOCFacility Search Screen

Facility Search Screen

Overview

The Facility Search screen contains the fields that can be filled in and/or selected as search criteria . This allows you to narrow down the search for a specific facility record or group of facility records .

Figure 4-5. The Facility Search screen.

Accessing Facility Search Screen

Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are four ways to access the Facility Search screen:

� System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon � System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon, Facility Search option � Facility Listing or Facility Info screen, Search link � System Admin link, Facility Management option



Back to this chapter’s TOC Facility Search Screen

To use the Facility Info icon: 1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need help? See Accessing System Administration

Menu Screen in Chapter 2 .)

2 . Click the Facility Info icon . The Facility Search screen displays .

To use the Facility Search option: 1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need help? See Accessing System Administration


2 . Place the cursor on the Facility Info icon .The Facility Info pop-up menu displays .

3 . Click the Facility Search option . The Facility Search screen displays .

To use the Search link: 1 . Access the Facility Listing or Facility Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen or

Accessing Facility Info Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Search link .The Facility Search screen displays .

To use the Facility Management option:1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link .


2 . Click the Facility Management option .The Facility Search screen displays .

For more information about searching, see Searching in Chapter 2, Getting Started .

Facility Quick Search

The Quick Search menu bar link includes three facility search options:

� Facility Code � Organization � City



Back to this chapter’s TOCFacility Search Screen

Figure 4-6. Facility Quick Search options.

For more information about using the Quick Search menu bar link, see Searching in Chapter 2, Getting Started .




Facility Listing Screen

Overview

The Facility Listing screen:

� displays the results of your search on the Facility Search screen . Records are displayed in table format . The columns in the table display key data for each record (e .g ., Facility Code, Security POC, Clearance) .

Figure 4-7. The Facility Listing screen.

Accessing Facility Listing Screen

To access the Facility Listing screen:

� Facility Search screen, Find Facilities button

To use the Find Facilities button:1 . Access the Facility Search screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Search Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Enter search criteria to narrow down the search for the specific facility record or group of facility records .

3 . Click the Find Facilities button .The Facility Listing screen displays with the results of your search .If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays .

FaCility listing sCreen



Back to this chapter’s TOCFacility inFo Screen

Facility Info Screen

Overview

The Facility Info screen is used to:

� Add new facility records to the system when in Add New mode � Modify existing facility records when in Update mode � View existing facility records when in View (read-only) mode

Figure 4-8. The Facility Info screen in Add New mode.

When in Add New mode, the Facility Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, and has the following tabs, as shown in Figure 4-8:

� Physical/Mailing Address � Cognizant/Remark � Granted By Address � Classified Address



Back to this chapter’s TOC Facility inFo Screen

Figure 4-9. The Facility Info screen in Update mode.

When in Update mode, the Facility Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, and has the following tabs, as shown in Figure 4-9:

� Physical/Mailing Address � Cognizant/Remark � Granted By Address � Classified Address � Verification/Inspection/Assoc . Docs . � Email Notification Info (for Host facilities)




Figure 4-10. The Facility Info screen in View mode.

When in View mode, the Facility Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure 4-10 .

Accessing Facility Info Screen - Add New

Depending on where you are in the Access Commander™ system, there are two ways to access the Facility Info screen in Add New mode:

� System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon, Add New option � Facility Search or Facility Listing screen, Add New link

To use the Add New option: 1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need help? See Accessing System Administration


2 . Place the cursor on the Facility Info icon .A pop-up menu displays .




3 . Click the Add New option .The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, displays in Add New mode .

To use the Add New link: 1 . Access the Facility Search or Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Search Screen

or Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Add New link .The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, displays in Add New mode .

Accessing Facility Info Screen - Update

To access the Facility Info screen in Update mode:

� Facility Listing screen, Update button

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the Facility Search screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Search Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Enter the search criteria .

3 . Click the Find Facilities button .The Facility Listing screen displays with the results of your search .

g If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays . If this is the case, click the Search link and search again . (Need help? See Searching in Chapter 3 .)

4 . Click the Update button in the column next to the facility’s name .The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, displays in Update mode .

Accessing Facility Info Screen - View

To access the Facility Info screen in View mode:

� Facility Listing screen, View button

To use the View button: 1 . Access the Facility Search screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Search Screen in this chapter .)


3 . Click the Find button .The Facility Listing screen displays with the results of your search .

g If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays . If this is the case, click the Search link and search again .

4 . Click the View button in the column next to the facility’s name .The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, displays in View (read-only) mode .




Facility Info Screen Commands

There is one command on the Facility Info screen .

Table 4-1. Command on the Facility Info screen.

Command Screen Accessed Use the command toBack to Facility Listing Facility Listing return to the facility listing screen .

g New records and changes to fields will not be saved when you use this command .

Facility Info Screen Tabs - Data Fields

The data fields on the Facility Info screen (in Update mode) are listed in the following tables . They are organized by tab, as they display on the screen from left to right (see Figure 4-8) .

Table 4-2. Facility Info, Physical/Mailing Address tab data fields.

g The fields on this tab can be customized by a System Administrator . A field can be renamed, designated as required or not required, and be hidden from view . The table lists the default fields, which may differ from what you see on this tab .

Field Name Explanation

Physical/Mailing ADDRESS TAB:

Facility Code REQUIRED . Enter the code of the facility .

Facility Type Select the facility type .

Customer Facility Click to check/uncheck, as appropriate .When checked, designates the facility as a customer facility .When not checked, designates the facility as a host facility .

Status Select the status of the facility .

Change Date Enter the date the record changed .

Clearance Click to select the type of clearance of the facility .

Clearance Date Enter the clearance date .

Facility Access(es) Click the down arrow and click the checkbox(es) for the facility’s access(es) .

Verification Date Enter the PIC verification date of the facility .

Expiration Date REMINDER . Enter the date PIC verification expires .

Safeguard Select the safeguard level of the facility .

Safeguard Date Enter the date of the safeguard issued to the facility .

Safeguard Access(es) Click the down arrow and click the checkbox(es) for the facility’s safeguard access(es) .

Organization REQUIRED . Enter the name of the organization to occupy the facility .

Division Enter the division within the company or agency .

Physical Address 1 Enter the first line of the facility’s physical address .

Address 2 Enter the second line of the facility’s physical address, if applicable .




Field Name ExplanationCity Enter the city of the facility’s physical address .

State/Province Enter the two-character state abbreviation, or the province, of the facility’s physical address .

Zip/Post Code Enter the five-digit and +4 zip code, or the post code, of the facility’s physical address .

Country Select the country of the facility’s physical address .

Mailing Address 1 Enter the first line of the facility’s mailing address .

Address 2 Enter the second line of the facility’s mailing address, if applicable .

City Enter the city of the facility’s mailing address .

State/Province Enter the two-character state abbreviation, or the province, of the facility’s mailing address .

Zip/Post Code Enter the five-digit and +4 zip code, or the post code, of the facility’s mailing address .

Country Select the country of the facility’s mailing address .

Security POC Enter the name of the security Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility .

Phone Enter the security POC’s phone number .

Fax Enter the security POC’s fax number .

Email Enter the security POC’s email .

2 Enter the name of the second security Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility .

Phone Enter the second security POC’s phone number .

Fax Enter the second security POC’s fax number .

Email Enter the second security POC’s email .

3 Enter the name of the third security Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility .

Phone Enter the third security POC’s phone number .

Fax Enter the third security POC’s fax number .

Email Enter the third security POC’s email .

VAL Sec POC Enter the name of the VAL security Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility .

Phone Enter the VAL security POC’s phone number .

Fax Enter the VAL security POC’s fax number .

Email Enter the VAL security POC’s email .

VAL Tech POC Enter the name of the VAL technical Point Of Contact (POC) for the facility .

Phone Enter the VAL technical POC’s phone number .

Fax Enter the VAL technical POC’s fax number .

Email Enter the VAL technical POC’s email .

Ignore Safe when assigning document(s) to custodian(s)

Click to check/uncheck, as appropriate .When not checked, documents cannot be assigned to a custodian who is not assigned to the required safe .

When checked: � A facility default safe is created (i .e ., [CAGECODE]-DEF-SAFE � All the employees under the facility are assigned to the default safe � All the employees who are not under the facility, but their clearances are held there,

are assigned to the default safe � Any new employee added under the facility are assigned to the default safe � Any new clearance added for the facility is assigned to the default safe




Table 4-3. Facility Info, Cognizant/Remark tab data fields.



COGNIZANT/REMARK TAB: Office Click the Office button to display the DSS Office Listing screen and select the correct

office .

Address 1 PROTECTED. Populates the first line of the COG office’s address after the office is selected .

Address 2 PROTECTED. Populates the second line of the COG office’s address after the office is selected .

City PROTECTED. Populates the city of the COG office’s address after the office is selected .

State PROTECTED. Populates the state of the COG office’s address after the office is selected .

Zip PROTECTED. Populates the zip code of the COG office’s address after the office is selected .

Phone PROTECTED. Populates the COG office’s phone number after the office is selected .

Fax PROTECTED. Populates the COG office’s fax number after the office is selected .

Remarks Enter a comment for the COG office .

Table 4-4. Facility Info, Granted By Address tab data fields.



GRANTED BY ADDRESS TAB: Organization Enter the name of the Granted By organization .

Division Enter the name of the Granted By division .

Address 1 Enter the first line of the Granted By organization’s address .

Address 2 Enter the second line of the Granted By organization’s address, if applicable .

City Enter the city of the Granted By organization’s address .

State/Province Enter the two-character state abbreviation, or the province, of the Granted By organization’s address .

Zip/Post Code Enter the five-digit and +4 zip code, or the post code, of the facility’s mailing address .

Country Select the country of the Granted By organization’s address .

Attention Enter the name of the Granted By organization’s contact for attention .

Phone Enter the phone number of the Granted By organization’s contact .

Fax Enter the fax number of the Granted By organization .

Table 4-5. Facility Info, Classified Address tab data fields.






CLASSIFIED ADDRESS TAB: Organization Enter the name of the facility’s classified address organization .

Division Enter the name of the facility’s classified address division .

Address 1 Enter the first line of the facility’s classified address .

Address 2 Enter the second line of the facility’s classified address, if applicable .

City Enter the city of the facility’s classified address .

State/Province Enter the two-character state abbreviation, or the province, of the facility’s classified address .

Zip/Post Code Enter the five-digit and +4 zip code, or the post code, of the facility’s classified address .

Country Select the country of the facility’s classified address .

Attention Enter the name of the facility’s classified address contact for attention .

Phone Enter the phone number of the facility’s classified address contact .

Fax Enter the fax number of the facility’s classified address .

Email Enter the email address of the facility’s classified address contact .

Table 4-6. Facility Info, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab data fields.

g Refer to Table 4-8, Facility Verification screen data fields. and Table 4-9, Inspection Info screen data fields. for more information .


VERIFICATION/INSPECTION/ASSOC. DOC. TAB:

Verification(s) Section Click the + New button to add new verification records . Maintain existing verification records using the View, Update and Delete buttons .

Inspection(s) Section Click the + New button to add new inspection records . Maintain existing inspection records using the View, Update and Delete buttons .

Associated Doc(s) Section Click the Upload Associated Doc. link to associate documents to the contract . Click the Remove (-) button to delete the associated document . Use the File Description link to view and download/save the associated document .

Table 4-7. Facility Info, Email Notification Info tab data fields.



EMAIL NOTIFICATION INFO TAB: Email Address Enter the Email address to which the notifications will be sent for the facility .

Email Display Name Enter the name to display in the From field in the email receivers In Box .

Email User Name Enter the userid of the account to be used to login into the SMTP server if the email server requires authentication .

If authentication is not needed, leave the field blank .




Field Name ExplanationEmail Password Enter the password of the account to be used to login into the SMTP server .


Email Password Again If a password was entered in the Email Password field, enter the same password again in this field for confirmation .

SMTP Email Server Name/IP Enter the DNS SMTP server name or server IP address .

Email Server Port Enter the SMTP port to be used by the server (typically 25) .

Enable SSL Check if your server requires secured SSL protocol .

Enable Email Notification Check to activate Email notification for this facility .

Notify Employees Check to send the corresponding email notification to the employee(s) involved in the notification . For example, Sam Smith’s VAL to visit Company XYZ expires in 20 days . If this checkbox is checked, Sam Smith will receive the notification .

Customized Fields System Administrators can add up to 5 data entry fields on this tab .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Facility activity inFo Screen

Facility Activity Info ScreenThe Facility Activity Info screen displays the pertinent data that needs to be tracked for the selected record, as well as the user who performed the action .

Figure 4-11. The Facility Activity Info screen.

Accessing Facility Activity Info Screen

To access the Facility Activity Info screen:

� Facility Info screen, Activities link

To use the Activities link: 1 . Access the Facility Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Info Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Activities link .The Facility Activity Info window displays .

3 . Click the Close link to close the window .The Facility Info screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOCFacility RepoRts scReen

Facility Reports Screen

Overview

The Facility Reports screen displays the preformatted reports available for the Facility Info module . Reports can be customized as specified and requested by your employer .

Figure 4-12. The Facility Reports screen.

The records upon which the selected report is based is determined by:

� Records displaying on the Facility Listing screen . In other words, those records that matched the search criteria entered on the Facility Search screen during the most recently completed search . For example, a user may want to include only active facilities, so he/she would complete a search for facilities with Active facility status . Then on the Facility Reports screen, the Row(s) in List radio button is selected .In some cases you may need to complete a search prior to running a report to ensure that the appropriate records are included for the specific report . If you need to include all records in the system, you will do so by selecting the All radio button on the Facility Reports screen, in which case it doesn’t make a difference what search was last completed .

� Records selected on the Facility Listing screen .To include only a single facility record or specific facility record in a report, check that record’s Select checkbox(es) on the Facility Listing screen . Then select the Selected Row(s) radio button on the Facility Reports screen to include only the selected records in the report .

� Radio button selected on the Facility Reports screen . Depending on the report selected, the applicable button(s) display: Selected Row(s), Row(s) in List, and All .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Facility RepoRts scReen

For more information about generating reports, see Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To’s in the User’s Manual .

Accessing Facility Reports Screen

Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are two ways to access the Facility Reports screen:

� Facility Listing screen, Reports link � Facility Info screen, Reports link

To use the Reports link: 1 . Access the Facility Listing or Facility Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen or

Accessing Facility Info Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Reports link .The Facility Reports screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOCBasic Facility inFo How to’s

Basic Facility Info How To’s

In This Section

9 Search Facility Records

9 Add a Facility Record

9 Update a Facility Record

9 Delete a Facility Record

9 View a Facility Record

9 Change a Facility’s Status

9 Copy Physical Address to the Classified Address

9 View a Facility Record’s Activities

9 Export Data for Records on the Facility Listing Screen to Excel

Search Facility Records

Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are four ways to search for facility records:

� System Admin menu screen, Facility Info icon � System Admin menu screen, Facility Info icon, Facility Search option � Facility Listing or Facility Info screen, Search link � System Admin link, Facility Management option

To use the Facility Info icon:

Figure 4-13. The Facility Info icon.

1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2 .)

2 . Click the Facility Info icon . The Facility Search screen displays .


4 . Click the Find Facilities button .The Facility Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria .If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays .

5 . To search for another facility record, click the Search link on the Facility Listing screen .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Basic Facility inFo How to’s

To use the Facility Search option:

Figure 4-14. The Facility Search option.



3 . Click the Facility Search option . The Facility Search screen displays .




To use the Search link:

Figure 4-15. The Search link.

1 . Access the Facility Listing or Facility Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen or Accessing Facility Info Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Search link .The Facility Search screen displays .







To use the Facility Management option:

Figure 4-16. The Facility Management option.

1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen .The options display .

2 . Click the Facility Management option .The Facility Search screen displays .


4 . Click the Find button .The Facility Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria .If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank Facility Listing screen displays .


Add a Facility Record

g It is always best practice to search for a facility before adding a new one to prevent duplicate facility records .

There are two ways to add a new facility record:

� System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon, Add New Facility option � Facility Listing or Facility Search screen, + Add New link

To use the Add New Facility option:

Figure 4-17. The Add New Facility option.



3 . Click the Add New Facility option . A blank Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays .




4 . Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields as needed, on all 4 tabs: � Physical/Mailing Address � Cognizant/Remark � Granted By Address � Classified Address

5 . Click the Add button .The message, “The information has been added .” and the Done button display .

6 . Click the Done button .The Facility Listing screen displays . The new facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

7 . To add another facility record, click the + Add New link on the Facility Listing screen .

To use the + Add New link:

Figure 4-18. The + Add New link.

1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the + Add New link . A blank Facility Info screen displays .

3 . Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields as needed, on all 4 tabs: � Physical/Mailing Address � Cognizant/Remark � Granted By Address � Classified Address


5 . Click the Done button .

6 . The Facility Listing screen displays . The new facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

7 . To add another facility record, click the + Add New link on the Facility Listing screen .

Update a Facility Record

To update a facility record:

� Facility Listing screen, Update button




To use the Update button:

Figure 4-19. The Update button.


2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the facility record .The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays .

3 . Complete the updates on all 5 tabs: � Physical/Mailing Address � Cognizant/Remark � Granted by Address � Classified Address � Verification/Inspection/Assoc . Doc . � Email Notification Info (if facility is a Host facility)

4 . Click the Update button .The message, “The information has been updated .” and the Done button display .

5 . Click the Done button .The Facility Listing screen displays .The updated record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

6 . To update another facility record, repeat from step 2 above .

Delete Facility Record

Deleting facility records must be done with care . Once a facility record is deleted it cannot be restored . Follow your employer’s guidelines when using the Delete button .

To delete a facility record:

� Facility Listing screen, Delete button

To use the Delete button:

Figure 4-20. The Delete button.





2 . Click the Delete button in the column next to the facility record .

g If the facility record cannot be deleted, the following message displays: “Unable to delete Facility: XXX . There is/are Visit(s), Contract(s), Operating Facility(ies), Transmittal Certificate(s), Sub Contract(s), Employee(s)/Visitor(s) assigned to it .” .

The Facility Listing – Delete Confirmation screen displays .

3 . Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default) .The message, “The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted .” displays .

4 . Click the OK button . The Facility Listing screen displays .The facility record no longer displays .

5 . To delete another facility record, repeat from step 2 above .

View (Read-Only) a Facility Record

To view all of a facility record’s data:

� Facility Listing screen, View button

To use the View button:

Figure 4-21. The View button.


2 . Click the View button in the column next to the facility record .The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays .

3 . View the information on all 5 tabs: � Physical/Mailing Address � Cognizant/Remark � Granted by Address � Classified Address � Verification/Inspection/Assoc . Doc .

4 . Click the Exit button . The Facility Listing screen displays .The viewed record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

5 . To view another facility record, repeat from step 2 above .




Change a Facility’s Status

To change a facility’s status:

� Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, Status field

To use the Status field:

Figure 4-22. The Status field.



3 . Click the down arrow button for the Status field .The Status list box displays .

4 . Click the desired status .The list box closes and the selected status displays in the Status field .


6 . Click the Done button .The Facility Listing screen displays .The updated record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked . The current status displays in the Status column .

7 . To change another facility’s status, repeat from step 2 above .

Copy Physical Address to the Classified Address

To copy the information from the Physical/Mailing Address tab to the Classified Address tab:

� Facility Info screen, from any tab, Copy Physical to Classified button




To use the Copy Physical to Classified button:

Figure 4-23. The Copy Physical to Classified Button.



3 . Click the Copy Physical to Classified button . The Facility Info screen, Classified Address tab displays .The fields are populated with the information copied from the Physical/Mailing Address tab .

4 . Click the Update button .The message, “The information has been added .” and the Done button display .

5 . Click the Done button .The Facility Listing screen displays .The updated facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

View a Facility Record’s Activities

To view the activities for a facility record:

� Facility Info screen, Activities link

To use the Activities link:

Figure 4-24. The Activities link.


2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the document record .The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays .

3 . Click the Activities link .The Facility Activity Info screen displays .

4 . When done viewing the information, click the Close link .The Facility Info screen displays .The updated record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .




5 . To view the activities for facility contract record, repeat from step 1 above .

Export Data for Records on the Facility Listing Screen to Excel

To export the data for records to Excel:

� Facility Listing screen, Export to Excel button

To use the Export to Excel button:

Figure 4-25. The Export to Excel button.

1 . Access the Facility Search screen and enter search criteria to narrow down the search to include the records for which to export data to Excel . (Need help? See Search Facility Records in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Find button .The Facility Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria .

3 . Click the Export to Excel link .The spreadsheet generates . A window displays asking if you wish to Open, Save or Save as the spreadsheet .

4 . Select Open, Save or Save as as applicable .

5 . Work with the Excel spreadsheet as applicable .

6 . Return to the Facility Listing screen .The Facility Listing screen displays with the results from your earlier search .

7 . To generate an excel spreadsheet for another set of records, repeat from step 1 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Physical/Mailing address Tab-FaciliTy inFo screen

Physical/Mailing Address Tab–Facility Info Screen

Figure 4-26. The Physical/Mailing Address tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode).

The Physical/Mailing Address tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Add New, Update, or View mode . It displays only data fields (no sections):

� Physical Address specific fields (e .g ., Facility Code, Facility Access(es), Safeguard Access(es), Organization)

For a list and description of the data fields, see Table 4-2 .



Back to this chapter’s TOCCognizant/RemaRk tab-FaCility inFo SCReen

Cognizant/Remark Tab–Facility Info Screen

Figure 4-27. The Cognizant/Remark tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode).

The Cognizant/Remark Address tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Add New, Update, or View mode . It displays only data fields (no sections) grouped by:

� Office and address fields � Remarks text box




Back to this chapter’s TOC Granted By address taB-Facility inFo screen

Granted By Address Tab–Facility Info Screen

Figure 4-28. The Granted By Address tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode).

The Granted By Address tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Add New, Update, or View mode . It displays only data fields (no sections):

� Granted By Address related fields (e .g ., Organization, Division, Address1)




Back to this chapter’s TOCClassified address Tab-faCiliTy info sCreen

Classified Address Tab–Facility Info Screen

Figure 4-29. The Classified Address tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode).

The Classified Address tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Add New, Update, or View mode . It displays only data fields (no sections):

� Classified Address specific fields (e .g ., Organization, Division, Address1)




Back to this chapter’s TOC Verification/inspection/assoc. Doc. tab-facility info screen

Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. Tab–Facility Info Screen

Figure 4-30. The Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab of the Facility Info screen.

The Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Update or View mode . It displays three sections:

� Verification(s) � Inspection(s) � Associated Doc(s)

For a list and description of the data fields on the Info screens that corresponds to the sections on this tab, see:

� Facility Verification screen, Table 4-8 � Facility Inspection Info screen, Table 4-9

For the How To’s that correspond to the Associated Doc(s) section, see Associated Documents .



Back to this chapter’s TOCVerification(s)

Verification(s)


9 Add a Facility Verification Record

9 Update a Facility Verification Record

9 Delete a Facility Verification Record

9 View a (Read-Only) Facility Verification Record

Overview

The Verification(s) section in the Facility Info module provides a way for you to track verification history of a facility, especially during document transmittal .

A facility verification record can be viewed, updated, added, and deleted using the:

� Verification(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen (in Update mode) .

Figure 4-31. Verification(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab.

Facility Verification Screen

The Facility Verification screen displays when the + New, Update, View and Delete buttons are clicked in the Verification(s) section .



Back to this chapter’s TOC veriFiCatiOn(s)

Figure 4-32. Facility Verification screen.

Table 4-8 lists and describes the data fields on the Facility Verification screen .

Table 4-8. Facility Verification screen data fields.

Field Name ExplanationVerified Date REQUIRED . Click to enter the verified date .

Facility Code Enter the facility code .

Verified By REQUIRED . Enter the name of the person that verified the facility .

Verified Facility Code REQUIRED . Enter the verified facility code .

Click the field name to display the Facility Selection (Search) screen .

Location Enter the location .

Phone Enter the phone number .

Ext Enter the phone extension number .

Expiration Date REQUIRED. REMINDER. Click to enter the expiration date .

Remarks Enter any remarks .

Facility Selection (Search) Screen

The Facility Selection (Search) screen displays when you click the:

� Verified Facility Code field name on the Facility Verification screen

This search criteria for the desired facility are entered on this screen .




Figure 4-33. The Facility Selection (Search) Screen

Facility Selection (Listing) Screen

The Facility Selection (Listing) screen displays the result of your search on the Facility Selection (Search) screen . It displays when you click the

� Find button on the Facility Selection (Search) screen

The facility being assigned as the verified facility is selected on this screen .

Figure 4-34. Facility Selection (Listing) Screen

Add a Facility Verification Record

To add a verification record:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, + New button in Verification(s) section

To use the + New button: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)





3 . Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab .The screen refreshes and the sections on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display .

4 . Click the + New button in the Verification(s) section . The Facility Verification screen displays .

5 . Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields as needed . If you do not know the verifying facility code, click the field name to search for and select the correct code .


7 . Click the Done button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays .In the Verification(s) section, the new verification record displays in the list .

8 . To add another verification record, repeat from step 4 above .

9 . To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button .The message, “The information has been updated .” and the Done button display .


11 . To add another verification record, repeat from step 2 above .

Update a Facility Verification Record

To update a verification record:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Update button in Verification(s) section

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)



4 . Click the Update button for the verification record in the Verification(s) section . The Facility Verification screen displays .

5 . Complete the needed updates .


7 . Click the Done button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays .In the Verification(s) section, the updated information for the verification displays in the columns, as applicable .




8 . To update another verification record, repeat from step 4 above .



11 . To update another facility verification record, repeat from step 2 above .

Delete a Facility Verification Record

Deleting a verification(s) must be done with care . Once verification is deleted it cannot be restored . Follow your employer’s guidelines when using this command .

To delete a verification record:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Delete button in Verification(s) section

To use the Delete button: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)



4 . Click the Delete button for the verification record in the Verification(s) section . The Facility Verification screen displays .

5 . Click the Delete button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays .The verification record no longer displays in the Verification(s) section .

6 . To delete another verification record, repeat from step 4 above .



9 . To delete another facility verification record, repeat from step 2 above .




View (Read-Only) Facility Verification Records

Some verification fields are displayed in the Verification(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen . To view all fields follow the steps below .

To view all of verification record(s) fields on the Verification Info screen:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, View button in Verification(s) section

To use the View button: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)



4 . Click the View button in the column next to the verification record . The Facility Verification Info screen displays .


6 . Click the Exit button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays .

7 . To view another verification record, repeat from step 4 above .

8 . To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Exit button .The Facility Listing screen displays .The viewed record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

9 . To view another facility verification record, repeat from step 2 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOCinspeCtiOn(s)

Inspection(s)


9 Add a Facility Inspection Record

9 Update a Facility Inspection Record

9 Delete a Facility Inspection Record

9 View (Read-Only) a Facility Inspection Record

Overview

The Inspection(s) section in the Facility Info module provides a way for you to track facility inspection(s) by the cognizant security office .

A facility inspection record can be added, Updated, deleted and viewed using the:

� Inspection(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen (in Update mode) .

Figure 4-35. Inspection(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab.

Inspection Info Screen

The Facility Inspection Info screen displays when the + New, Update, View and Delete buttons are clicked in the Inspection section .



Back to this chapter’s TOC inspeCtiOn(s)

Figure 4-36. Facility Inspection Info screen.

Table 4-9 lists and describes the data fields on the Facility Inspection Info screen .

Table 4-9. Facility Inspection Info screen data fields.

Field Name ExplanationInspection Date REQUIRED. Click the calendar button to select the inspection date,

or enter it in MMDDYY format.

Inspector REQUIRED. Enter the inspector’s name .

Inspection Type Select the inspection type .

Inspection Organization Select the inspection organization .

Rating Select the rating .

Rating (new format) Enter the rating (new format), if applicable .

FSO Enter the FSO’s name .

Next Inspection Date REQUIRED. Click the calendar button to select the next inspection date, or enter it in MMDDYY format.

Remarks Enter any remarks .

Add a Facility Inspection Record

To add an inspection record:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, + New button in Inspection(s) section







4 . Click the + New button in the Inspection(s) section . The Facility Inspection Info screen displays .

5 . Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields, as needed .


7 . Click the Done button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays .In the Inspection(s) section, the new inspection record displays in the list .

8 . To add another inspection, repeat from step 4 above .



Update a Facility Inspection Record

To update an inspection record:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Update button in Inspection(s) section

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)



4 . Click the Update button for the inspection record in the Inspection(s) section . The Facility Inspection Info screen displays .

5 . Complete the needed updates .




Back to this chapter’s TOC inspeCtiOn(s)

7 . Click the Done button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays .In the Inspection(s) section, the updated information for the inspection displays in the columns, as applicable .

8 . To update another inspection, repeat from step 4 above .



Delete a Facility Inspection Record

Deleting inspection(s) must be done with care . Once an inspection is deleted it cannot be restored . Follow your employer’s guidelines when using this command .

To delete an inspection record:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Delete button in Inspection(s) section

To use the Delete button: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)



4 . Click the Delete button for the inspection record in the Inspection(s) section . The Facility Inspection Info screen displays .

5 . Click the Delete button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays .The inspection record no longer displays in the Inspection(s) section .

6 . To delete another inspection record, repeat from step 4 above .






View (Read-Only) a Facility Inspection Record

Some inspection information fields are displayed in the Inspection(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen . To view all fields, follow the steps below .

To view all of an inspection record’s fields on the Inspection Info screen:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, View button in Inspection(s) section

To use the View button: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)



4 . Click the View button in the column next to the inspection record . The Facility Inspection Info screen displays .


6 . Click the Exit button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays .

7 . To view another inspection record, repeat from step 4 above .

8 . To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Exit button .The Facility Listing screen displays .

The viewed record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .



Back to this chapter’s TOC assOCiated dOCuments

Associated Documents


9 Upload Associated Documents

9 Remove Associated Documents

9 View (Read-Only) Associated Documents

9 Download Associated Documents

Overview

Access Commander™ provides tracking of associated document(s) for a facility record within the Facility Info module .

Associated documents are viewed, uploaded, and removed using the:

� Associated Doc(s) section, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen (in Update mode)

Figure 4-37. Associated Doc(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab.

Upload Facility Associated Doc Screen

The Upload Facility Associated Doc screen displays when you click the Upload Associated Doc. link .

Figure 8-38. The Upload Facility Associated Doc screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOCassOCiated dOCuments

Upload Associated Documents

To upload an associated document to a facility within the Facility Info module:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Upload Associated Doc. link

To use the Upload Associated Doc. link: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the facility .The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays .

3 . Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab . The Facility Info screen refreshes . The Associated Doc(s) section displays .

4 . Click the Upload Associated Doc. link in the Associated Doc(s) section . The Upload Facility Associated Doc screen displays .

5 . Enter a description of the document being associated in the File Description field .

6 . Click the Browse button to select the file path to the document to be associated .Depending on the software loaded on your computer, a browse window opens .

7 . Locate the file that is being associated, and select it .The Upload Other screen displays with the selected file’s path in the Select File field .

8 . Click the Upload button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab displays .The new associated document displays in the list .

g This is a read-only document that cannot be modified .

9 . To add another associated document, repeat from step 4 above .



12 . To upload an associated document for another facility, repeat from step 2 above .

Remove Associated Documents

Removing an associated document must be done with care . Once an associated document is removed it cannot be restored . Follow your employer’s guidelines when using this command .

To remove an associated document record:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, Associated Doc(s) section, button in the Remove? column




To use the Remove (-) button: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)


3 . Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab . The Facility Info screen refreshes . The Associated Doc(s) section displays .

4 . In the Associated Doc(s) section, click the “-“button in the Remove? column next to the file description that’s being removed . The message, “The file is successfully removed .” displays .

5 . Click the OK button .The Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Associated Doc. tab displays .The document no longer displays in the Associated Doc(s) section .

6 . To delete another associated document, repeat from step 4 above .



9 . To remove an associated document for another facility, repeat from step 2 above .

View (Read-Only) Associated Documents

All associated document fields are displayed in the Associated Doc(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab on the Facility Info screen . To view the actual associated document, follow the steps below .

To view an associated document:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, File Description column in Associated Doc(s) section, file description link

To use the file description link: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the View button in the column next to the facility .The Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab displays .

3 . Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab . The Facility Info screen refreshes . The fields and the Associated Doc(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display . A list of all documents associated with the facility record displays in the Associated Doc(s) section .

4 . To view an associated document, click its file description in the File Description column . The File Download window opens .



Back to this chapter’s TOCassOCiated dOCuments

5 . Click the Open button .The document displays .

6 . Close the window when you’re finished viewing the document .

7 . Return to the Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab .

8 . To view another associated document, repeat from step 4 above .

9 . To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Exit button .The Facility Listing screen displays .The viewed facility record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

10 . To view an associated document for another facility, repeat from step 2 above .

Download Associated Documents

To download an associated document:

� Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab, File Description column in Associated Doc(s) section, file description link

To use the file description link: 1 . Access the Facility Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility Listing Screen in this chapter .)


3 . Click the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab . The Facility Info screen refreshes . The fields and the Associated Doc(s) section on the Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab display .

4 . Click the file description in the File Description column of the associated document in the Associated Doc(s) section . The File Download window opens .

5 . Click the Save button .A window opens with options for what to do with the file .

6 . Click the Save As option .The Save As window displays .

7 . Change the file name, if needed .

8 . Navigate to and select the location to which the document should be saved .

9 . Click the Save button .The file is saved to the designated location .

10 . Return to the Facility Info screen, Verification/Inspection/Assoc. Doc. tab .

11 . To view another associated document, repeat from step 4 above .

12 . To return to the Facility Listing screen, click the Update button .The message, “The information has been updated .” and the Done button display . .





14 . To download an associated document for another facility, repeat from step 2 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOCDefense security service (Dss) Offices

Defense Security Service (DSS) Offices


9 Search DSS Office Records

9 Add a DSS Office Record

9 Update a DSS Office Record

9 Delete a DSS Office Record

9 View (Read-Only) a DSS Office Record

Overview

Access Commander™ provides comprehensive Defense Security Service (DSS) office tracking capabilities within the Facility Info module .

DSS offices are viewed, updated, added, and deleted using the:

� + Add New, View, Update and Delete buttons on the DSS Office Listing screen

The Facility Info icon pop-up menu on the System Administration menu screen displays the following DSS office option, as shown in Figure 4-39:

� DSS Office Search

Figure 4-39. The DSS Office Search option on the Facility Info icon pop-up menu.

The System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports screens and the Main Menu screen includes the following DSS office option, as shown in Figure 4-40:

� DSS Office Management

Figure 4-40. The DSS Office Management option on the System Admin link.



Back to this chapter’s TOC deFense seCurity serviCe

DSS Office Search Screen

The DSS Office Search screen displays when you click the:

� DSS Office Search option from the DSS Office Info icon pop-up menu � Search link on the DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen � DSS Office Management option from the System Admin link

The DSS Office Search screen contains the fields that can be filled in and/or selected as search criteria . This allows you to narrow down the search for a specific DSS office record or group of DSS office records .

Figure 4-41. The DSS Office Search screen.

Accessing DSS Office Search Screen

Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are three ways to access the DSS Office Search screen:

� System Administration menu screen, Facility Info icon, DSS Office Search option � DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen, Search link � System Admin link, DSS Office Management option

To use the DSS Office Search option: 1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need help? See Accessing System Administration



3 . Click the DSS Office Search option . The DSS Office Search screen displays .




To use the Search link: 1 . Access the DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing

Screen or Accessing DSS Office Info Screen in this section .)

2 . Click the Search link .The DSS Office Search screen displays .

To use the DSS Office Management option:1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen .


2 . Click the DSS Office Management option .The DSS Office Search screen displays .

For more information about searching, see Searching in Chapter 2, Getting Started.

DSS Office Listing Screen

The DSS Office Listing screen displays the results of your search on the DSS Office Search screen . It displays when you click the:

� DSS Office Search option from the DSS Office Info icon pop-up menu � Search link on the DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen � DSS Office Management option from the System Admin link

Records are displayed in table format . The columns in the table display key data for each record (e .g ., Office, Address, Phone) .

Figure 4-42. The DSS Office Listing screen.




Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen

To access the DSS Office Listing screen:

� DSS Office Search screen, Find button

To use the Find button:1 . Access the DSS Office Search screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Search Screen in this

section .)

2 . Enter search criteria to narrow down the search for the specific DSS office record or group of DSS office records .

3 . Click the Find button .The DSS Office Listing screen displays with the results of your search .If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank DSS Office Listing screen displays .

DSS Office Info Screen

The DSS Office Info screen displays when you click the:

�+ Add New, View, and Update buttons on the DSS Office Listing screen

The DSS Office Info screen is used to:

� Add new DSS office records to the system when in Add New mode � Modify existing DSS office records when in Update mode � View existing DSS office records when in View (read-only) mode

When in Add New mode, the DSS Office Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 4-43 .

Figure 4-43. The DSS Office Info screen in Add New mode.




When in Update mode, the DSS Office Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 4-44 .

Figure 4-44. The DSS Office Info screen in Update mode.

When in View mode, the DSS Office Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure 4-45 .

Figure 4-45. The DSS Office Info screen in View mode.

Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - Add New

To access the DSS Office Info screen in Add New mode:

� DSS Office Search or DSS Office Listing screen, Add New link




To use the Add New link: 1 . Access the DSS Office Search or DSS Office Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office

Search Screen or Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section .)

2 . Click the Add New link .The DSS Office Info screen displays in Add New mode .

Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - Update

To access the DSS Office Info screen in Update mode:

� DSS Office Listing screen, Update button

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the DSS Office Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this

section .)

2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the office’s name .The DSS Office Info screen displays in Update mode .

Accessing DSS Office Info Screen - View

To access the DSS Office Info screen in View mode:

� DSS Office Listing screen, View button

To use the View button: 1 . Access the DSS Office Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this

section .)

2 . Click the View button in the column next to the DSS office’s name .The DSS Office Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode .

DSS Office Info Screen Command

There is one command on the DSS Office Info screen .

Table 4-10. Command on the DSS Office Info screen.

Command Screen Accessed Use the command toBack to DSS Office Listing DSS Office Listing return to the DSS Office Listing screen .

g New records and changes to fields will not be saved when you use this command .




DSS Office Info Screen - Data Fields

The data fields on the DSS Office Info screen are listed and described in Table 4-11 .

Table 4-11. DSS Office Info screen data fields.

g The fields on this screen can be customized by a System Administrator . A field can be renamed, designated as required or not required, and be hidden from view . The table lists the default fields, which may differ from what you see on this tab .

Field Name ExplanationOffice REQUIRED . Enter the DSS office name .

Address 1 REQUIRED . Enter the DSS address .

Address 2 Enter additional address information, if applicable .

City REQUIRED . Enter the city .

State REQUIRED . Enter the state .

Zip REQUIRED . Enter the zip code .

Phone REQUIRED . Enter the phone number .

Fax Enter the fax number .

Search DSS Office Records

Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are three ways to search for DSS office records:

� System Admin menu screen, Facility Info icon, DSS Office Search option � DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen, Search link � System Admin link, DSS Office Management option

To use the DSS Office Search option:

Figure 4-46. The DSS Office Search option.






3 . Click the DSS Office Search option . The DSS Office Search screen displays .

4 . Enter the search criteria . (Need help? See Searching in Chapter 3, Global How To’s in the User’s Manual .)

5 . Click the Find button .The DSS Office Listing screen displays the records that match the search criteria .If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank DSS Office Listing screen displays .

6 . To search for another DSS office record, click the Search link on the DSS Office Listing screen .

To use the Search link:

Figure 4-47. The Search link.

1 . Access the DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen or Accessing DSS Office Info Screen in this section .)

2 . Click the Search link .The DSS Office Search screen displays .



5 . To search for another facility record, click the Search link on the DSS Office Listing screen .

To use the DSS Office Management option:

Figure 4-48. The DSS Office Management option.

1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen .The options display .

2 . Click the DSS Office Management option .The DSS Office Search screen displays .



5 . To search for another facility record, click the Search link on the DSS Office Listing screen .




Add a DSS Office Record

g It is always best practice to search for a DSS office before adding a new one to prevent duplicate office records .

To add a new DSS office record:

� DSS Office Listing or DSS Office Search screen, + Add New link



1 . Access the DSS Office Search or DSS Office Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Search Screen or Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section .)

2 . Click the + Add New link . The DSS Office Info screen displays in Add New mode .

3 . Complete the required fields (indicated in red), and additional fields as needed .

4 . Click the Add button .The message, “The information has been updated .”, the Re-Edit this Record link and the Done button display .

5 . Click the Done button .The DSS Office Listing screen displays . The new DSS office record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

6 . To add another DSS office record, click the + Add New link on the DSS Office Listing screen .

Update a DSS Office Record

To update a DSS office record:

� DSS Office Listing screen, Update button



1 . Access the DSS Office Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this chapter .)




2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the office’s name .The DSS Office Info screen displays .

3 . Complete the updates as needed .

4 . Click the Update button .The message, “The information has been updated .”, the Re-Edit this Record link and the Done button display .

5 . Click the Done button .The DSS Office Listing screen displays .The updated record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

6 . To update another office record, repeat from step 2 above .

Delete a DSS Office Record

Deleting DSS office records must be done with care . Once a DSS office record is deleted it cannot be restored . Follow your employer’s guidelines when using the Delete button .

To delete a DSS office record:

� DSS Office Listing screen, Delete button



1 . Access the DSS Office Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section .)

2 . Click the Delete button in the column next to the DSS office record .The DSS Office Listing – Delete Confirmation screen displays .

3 . Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default) .The message, “The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted .” displays .

4 . Click the OK button . The DSS Office Listing screen displays .The DSS office record no longer displays .

5 . To delete another DSS office record, repeat from step 2 above .

View (Read-Only) a DSS Office Record

All DSS office data fields are displayed on the DSS Office Listing screen . To view them on the DSS Office Info screen, follow the steps below .




To view a DSS office record’s data on the DSS Office Info screen:

� DSS Office Listing screen, View button



1 . Access the DSS Office Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing DSS Office Listing Screen in this section .)

2 . Click the View button in the column next to the office’s name .The DSS Office Info screen displays .


4 . Click the Exit button . The DSS Office Listing screen displays .The viewed record displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

5 . To view another office record, repeat from step 2 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Email NotificatioN iNfo tab-facility iNfo ScrEEN

Email Notification Info Tab–Facility Info Screen

Figure 4-53. The Email Notification Info tab of the Facility Info screen (in Update mode).

The Email Notification Info tab of the Facility Info screen displays when in Update or View mode . It displays data fields used to configure email reminder notifications .

This tab does not display in Add New mode and displays only for users with System Administration privileges .




Back to this chapter’s TOCRemindeR/email notification facility Setup

Reminder/Email Notification(s) Facility Setup


9 Set up a Facility for Reminder/Email Notification

Overview

Only users with System Administrator access to the Access CommanderTM system can configure reminder events for email notification .

To activate these events, the System Admin must set up the:

1 . Reminder/Email Notification job on the Reminder Setup Info screen

2 . Facilities which will have the events activated to receive email notifications

3 . Security Officers to be carbon copied on the email notifications

It is step #2 above that is completed within the Facility Info module on the Email Notification Info tab .

Figure 4-54. The Email Notification Info tab of the Facility Info screen.

Set Up a Facility for Reminder/Email Notification

After a reminder task(s) has been set up for email notification on the Reminder Setup Info screen, the facility(ies) to receive the email notifications must be activated .

g For instructions on how to set up reminder tasks, see Chapter 5, Reminder Setup .



Back to this chapter’s TOC RemindeR/email notification facility Setup

To set up a facility for reminder/email notification:

� Facility Info screen, Email Notification Info tab, fields and checkboxes on tab



3 . Click the Email Notification Info tab .The screen refreshes and the Email notification fields display .

4 . Complete the fields as applicable . (Need help? See Table 4-7. Facility Info screen, Email notification Info tab data fields.)

g Please check with your email Admin or check in your email program’s sending account for the actual smtp email server name .

In this example, the notifications will be sent for facility code FAC-2008-0006: � Using cindyjones@abcd .com (Email Address field) � Without authentication to sign on to the email account (no Email Password entry) � To email server smtp .abcd .com (SMTP Email Server Name/IP field) � The email notification feature is enabled (Enable Email Notification is checked) � No notification will be sent to the employees (Notify Employee(s) is unchecked)

5 . Click the Update button .The message, “ The Information has been updated.” displays .

6 . Click the Done button .The Facility Listing screen displays .

Next Step to Complete Reminder/Email Notification Setup

After the reminder task(s) has been set up on the Reminder Setup Info screen and the facility(ies) to receive the email notifications are activated, the users who should receive a carbon copy of the notifications must be set up .

The users to receive the email reminder are selected on the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen . This screen is accessed by clicking the Reminder icon next to the corresponding reminder field on the Info screen on which the reminder field is located . For instructions, see Chapter 5, Reminder Setup .

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide Reminder Setup 5-1

Chapter 5

Reminder Setup

In This Chapter

9 Module Overview

9 Reminder Setup Screens

9 Reminder Setup How To’s

Contents

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Default Reminder Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Reminder Setup Listing Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5Reminder Setup Listing Screen Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5Accessing Reminder Setup Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6Reminder Setup Listing Screen - Reminder Tasks Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6

Reminder Setup Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Accessing Reminder Setup Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Reminder Setup Info Screen - Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen - Columns and Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Reminder Section on Assign User’s Security Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Email Notification Info Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17Profile Detail Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18Reminder Setup How To’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Update the Notification Period For, and/or Activate/Inactivate, a Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Select and/or Modify the Users to Receive a Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Set up Reminder/Email Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Sample Notification Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Testing Reminder/Email Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23


Reminder Setup Access Commander™ System Administration Guide 5-2


Back to this chapter’s TOCOverview

Overview

The Reminder Setup module within Access Commander™ is accessed from the System Administration menu . The Reminder Setup Listing screen is used to:

� Adjust the time period in which reminder messages are generated to users (the default is 5 days prior to the due date)

� Determine which reminder tasks are active (will appear on the Reminder Listing screen during system logon for designated users)

g Only users for whom the Setup checkbox is checked (Reminder section) on the Assign User’s Security screen can access the Reminder Setup Listing screen . See Table 8-17 in Chapter 8, User Security for more information .

Figure 5-1. The Reminder Setup Listing screen.

The Reminder icon displays on the individual module Info screens for all reminder fields .

Figure 5-2. The Reminder icon.

g The icon displays only for users for whom the Set Notified User(s) checkbox is checked (Reminder section) on the Assign User’s Security screen . See Table 9-17 in Chapter 9, User Profile for more information .

Reminder SetupAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide 5-3


Back to this chapter’s TOC Overview

When the Reminder icon is clicked, the Setup Reminder Notified Users screen displays . It is used to:

� Select the user(s) who will receive the reminder

Figure 5-3. The Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen.

Reminders can be configured to display on the selected user(s) Reminder Listing screen and/or as an e-mail notification . The Reminder Listing screen displays a list of pending activities that belong to the signed in user . The reminder items can be deleted by the user . The screen displays:

� “Due by” date � Subject of the reminder � Name of the employee who entered the reminder date

Figure 5-4. The Reminder Listing screen.

E-mail notification of reminder events requires the facility to be configured to receive the emails, which is completed in the Facility Info module . There is one parameter in the System Profile module, Email Notification Configuration profile . See Table 7-42 in Chapter 7, System Profile, for the profile’s element .




Default Reminder Settings

The default system setting is that all reminder events are active . This can be changed and selected reminders inactivated by a System Administrator . The System Administrator then designates which user(s) will receive the active reminders . Each reminder event is configured individually, and can to be sent to one or more selected users . For example, badge expirations can be sent to more than one Security Administrator .

Each reminder is assigned a default period in which the messages are generated . This time period can be changed by a System Administrator within the Reminder Setup module .



Back to this chapter’s TOC RemindeR Setup LiSting ScReen

Reminder Setup Listing Screen

Overview

The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays when you click the:

� Reminder Setup icon on the System Administration menu screen � Reminder/Email Notification Setup option from the System Admin link

It displays all the reminder tasks within the system .

Figure 5-5. The Reminder Setup Listing screen.

Reminder Setup Listing Screen Command

There is one command on the Reminder Setup Listing screen:

� Back to System Menu

Figure 5-6. The Back to System Menu command on the Reminder Setup Listing screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOCRemindeR Setup LiSting ScReen

Table 5-1 describes the command .

Table 5-1. Back to System Menu command on the Reminder Setup Listing screen.

Command Screen Accessed Use the command toBack to System Menu System Administration menu return to the System Administration menu screen .

Accessing Reminder Setup Listing Screen

Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are two ways to access the Reminder Setup Listing screen:

� System Administration screen, Reminder Setup icon � System Admin link, Reminder/Email Notification Setup option

To use the Reminder Setup icon: 1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need help? See Accessing System Administration


2 . Click the Reminder Setup icon . The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays .

To use the Reminder Setup option:1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen .


2 . Click the Reminder/Email Notification Setup option .The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays .

To use the Back to Reminder Setup Listing command:1 . On the Reminder Setup Info screen, place the cursor on the Commands link .


2 . Click the Back to Reminder Setup Listing command .The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays .

Reminder Setup Listing Screen - Reminder Tasks Table

Table 5-2 lists the reminder tasks on the Reminder Setup Listing screen . Also, the reports included within each profile, and the module and screen on which they display for users, is listed .

g This list is subject to change . Reminder tasks listed on the Reminder Setup Listing screen for which there is no corresponding reminder field are placeholders for future development .




Table 5-2. Reminder tasks on the Reminder Setup Listing screen.

Reminder Task Module(s) Screen(s) Tab(s) (when applicable)

Field Name

Agency Badge - Agency Badge is expiring/expired!

Conference - Next Training/Conference Date Due

Training & Conferences Training/Conference Info

Training & Conference Next Training Date

Conference - Starting

Contract - Contract DD254 Date Due

Contract Management Contract Info Contract DD254 Date

Contract - Contract End Date Due

Contract Management Contract Info Contract Contract End Date

Contract - DD254 - DD254 Due Date Due

Contract Management DD254 Form Info Due Date

Contract - DD254 - DD254 Next Review Date Due

Contract Management DD254 Form Info Next Review Date

Contract - Retention Date Due

Contract Management Contract Info Contract Retention Date

Contract - Sub Contract End Date Due

Contract Management Contract Info Contract

Doc Control - Document 10-yr Declassify Date

Document Management

Document Info Declassification 10 Year Declass Date

Doc Control - Document 25-yr Declassify Date

Document Management

Document Info Declassification 25 Year Declass Date

Doc Control - Document Downgrade Date

Document Management

Document Info Declassification Downgrade Date

Doc Control - Document Due Date

Document Management

Document Info Document Due Date

Doc Control - Document Mandatory Review Due

Document Management

Document Info Declassification Mandatory Review Date

Doc Control - Document Receive Date Due

Document Management

Document Info Document Received Date

Doc Control - Document Request Date

Document Management

Document Info Document Request Date

Doc Control - Document Retention Date

Document Management

Document Info Declassification Retention Date

Doc Control - Document Systematic Review Due

Document Management

Document Info Declassification Systematic Review Date





Field Name

Doc Control - Media Expiration Due

Document Management

Document Info Document Expired On

Doc Control - Transmittal - Doc Transmital Acknowledged Date By

Document Management

Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate

Document Transmittal Info Transmittal

Acknowledged By Date

Doc Control - Transmittal - OnLoan Doc Transmittal Return Date Due

Document Management

Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate

Document Transmittal Info Transmittal

Returned Date

DocControl - Pending Dest/Xmit Date Due

Document Management

Document Info Owner/OnLoan Pending Date

Facility - Facility Clearance Expired

Facility Verification - Expiration Due

Facility Info Facility Info Physical Address Expiration Date

Foreign Travel - Return Date Due


Visitor Control

Foreign Travel Info Return Date

Inspect - Next Inspection Date Due

Performance Facility - End Date Due

Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Brief Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info

Non-DOD Clearance Info

DOD Clearance Info


Briefed Date

Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Completed Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Completed Date

Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Debrief Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info Non-DOD Clearance Info

DOD Clearance Info


Debriefed Date

Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Downgrade Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Downgrade Date

Personnel - Clearance - Clearance Next Refresh Brief Date

Personnel - Clearance - Expiration Date Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Expiration Date





Field Name

Personnel - Clearance - Interim Clearance Request Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Request Date

Personnel - Clearance - Investigate Required Date Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Annual Refresher Brief Date

Personnel - Clearance - Next ReInvestigate Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Next Reinvestigation Date

Personnel - Clearance - Polygraph Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Date

Personnel - Clearance - PreApproved Request Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Request Date

Personnel - Clearance - Reinvestigate Request Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Request Date

Personnel - Clearance - Waiver Request Due


Visitor Control

DOD Clearance Info


DOD Clearance Info


Request Date

Personnel - Consulting Agreement Expiration Due

Personnel - Employee Brief Date Due

Start Date

Personnel - Employee Debrief Date Due

Personnel - Urinalysis Due


Personnel Info Org . Urinalysis Date

Personnel/Visitor - Badge Expiration Date Due


Personnel Info Badge(s)

Property - Next Inventory Date Due

Property Management Property Info Property Next Inventory Date

Property - Property Change Date Due

Property Management Property Info Combination Changed Date

Property - Property Declassify Date Due

Property Management Property Info Property Declassified Date

Property - Property Downgrade Date Due

Property Management Property Info Combination Downgrade Date

Property - Property Due

Property Management Property Info Assignment Due Date





Field Name

Property - Property Next Change Date Due

Property Management Property Info Combination Next Changed Date

Property - Property Retention Date Due

Property Management Property Info Combination Retention Date

Property - Property Return Date Due

Property Management Property Info Combination Return Date

SAM-UL2050/CRZH Cert Exp Date

Property - Property Ship Date Due

Property Management Property Info Property Ship Date

Special Access - 1-Year Rebrief Due

Special Access - Next Review Date Due


Visitor Control

Special Access Info Special Access Info Next Review Date

Special Access - Rebrief Due


Visitor Control

Special Access Info Special Access Info Rebrief Date

UserFile - Password Change Due

Visit Request - Visit End Date Due



Outgoing Visit Request Info

Incoming Visit Request Info

Visit Request - Visit Request End Date Due





End Date

Visit Request - Visit Request Start Date Due





Start Date



Back to this chapter’s TOC RemindeR Setup info ScReen

Reminder Setup Info Screen

Overview

The Reminder Setup Info screen displays only in Update mode . It is used to:

� Change a reminder task’s status (i .e ., active or inactive) � Change the notification period � Activate or deactivate Email notification and Email format � Change the frequency, date and time for the reminder

Figure 5-7. The Reminder Setup Info screen in Update mode.

When in Update mode, the Reminder Setup Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons .



Back to this chapter’s TOCRemindeR Setup info ScReen

Accessing Reminder Setup Info Screen

To access the Reminder Setup Info screen:

� Reminder Setup Listing screen, select a Reminder Task

To use the Setup command: 1 . Access the Reminder Setup Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Reminder Setup Listing


2 . Click the Select checkbox next to the reminder task .The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

3 . Place the cursor on the Commands link .The commands display .

4 . Click the Setup command .The Reminder Setup Info screen displays in Update mode .

Reminder Setup Info Screen - Data Fields

The data fields on the Reminder Setup Info screen are listed in Table 5-3 .

Table 5-3. Reminder Setup Info screen data fields.

Field Name ExplanationReminder Task READ ONLY. Displays the name of the reminder task . Users see this description on the

Reminder Listing screen and/or in the notification e-mail .

Active Click the checkbox to activate an inactive reminder task . Uncheck the checkbox to make an active reminder task inactive .

Min # Days Before Event Due/Occured

REQUIRED. Enter the desired notification period in number of days . For example, if users should be notified of an event due date one week prior to the date, enter 7 in this field .

Email Notification Enable Click the checkbox to activate an inactive reminder task for Email notification . Uncheck the checkbox to make an active reminder task inactive for Email notification .

When checked, the reminder task displayed in the Reminder Task field will send an email notification according to the settings on this screen .

Email HTML format? Check to send the Email notifications for this reminder task in HTML format .

HTML format template Displays the default HTML coding for the text of the email notification when the Email HTML format? checkbox is checked .

The text may be edited, if needed .

Text format template Displays the default text of the email notification when the Email HTML format? checkbox is not checked .




Back to this chapter’s TOC RemindeR Setup info ScReen

Field Name ExplanationFrequency occurs Select how often the reminder job runs:

1-Once2-Daily3-Weekly4-Monthly

Day of the month This field is active only when the Frequency occurs is 4-Monthly .

The default is 28 . Change the day of the month, 1 through 28, on which the reminder job runs, if applicable .

Day of the week This field is active only when the Frequency occurs is 3-Weekly .

The default is 1-Sunday . Change the day of the week on which the reminder job runs, if applicable .

At (HHMMSS) Enter the time at which the reminder job runs in HourMinuteSecond format . For example, to run the job at 11:45 pm, enter 234500 .

Start Date Enter/select the date on which the reminder job runs .

End Date Enter/select the last date on which the reminder job runs, if applicable .

Leave blank to continue running the job at the designated frequency .



Back to this chapter’s TOCSetup RemindeR notified uSeR(S) ScReen

Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen

Overview

The Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen displays when you click the:

� Reminder icon next to a reminder field on an Info screen

This screen is used to select the user(s) who will receive a reminder on the Reminder Listing screen .

Figure 5-8. The Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen.

Setup Reminder Notified User(s) Screen - Columns and Data Fields

The columns and data fields on the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen are listed in Table 5-4 .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Setup RemindeR notified uSeR(S) ScReen

Table 5-4. Columns and Data Fields on the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen.

Explanation

Columns section List of users who will received the selected reminder .

Delete Select to delete a user who will receive the selected reminder .

Name Name of the user as entered on the Personnel Info screen, Employee tab .

Facility Code Displays the facility code to which the user has access .

If the user has access to more than one facility code, each facility displays separately .

Email Displays the user’s e-mail if entered on the Personnel Info screen, Employee tab, E-Mail field .

Applies only if e-mail notification is configured for a facility .

Find button section

Click on the Find button to look for a selected user who will receive the selected reminder .

Last Name Enter the user’s last name .

First Name Enter the user’s first name .

Add button section

Click on the Add button to add a selected user who will receive the selected reminder .

User Select a user’s name from the pulldown list .

Facility Code Select a facility code from the pulldown list



Back to this chapter’s TOCRemindeR Section on ASSign USeR’S SecURity ScReen

Reminder Section on Assign User’s Security ScreenThe Reminder section is on the Assign User’s Security screen . It displays the following reminder related fields:

� Set Notified User(s) checkbox � Setup checkbox

Figure 5-9. The Reminder section on the Assign User’s Security screen.

See Table 9-17 in Chapter 9, User Profile, for a description of the checkboxes .



Back to this chapter’s TOC email nOtiFiCatiOn inFO taB

Email Notification Info TabSystem Administrators activate the facility(ies) to receive the email notifications on the Email Notification Info tab in the Facility Info module .

The steps for completing the activation are documented in Chapter 4, Facility Info, in the Reminder/Email Notification(s) Facility Setup section .

Figure 5-10. The Email Notification Info tab of the Facility Info screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOCProfile Detail info Screen

Profile Detail Info ScreenSystem Administrators can change the default setting for deletion of email reminders on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module .

Figure 5-11. The Email Notification Configuration profile on the Profile Detail Listing screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOC RemindeR Setup How to’S

Reminder Setup How To’s

In This Section

9 Update the Notification Period For, and/or Activate/Inactivate, a Reminder

9 Select the User(s) to Receive a Reminder

9 Set Up Reminder/Email Notification

Update the Notification Period For, and/or Activate/Inactivate, a Reminder

g Upon installation, all reminders tasks are set to Active and each is assigned a default notification period .

To update the notification period for, or activate/inactivate, a reminder:1 . Access the Reminder Setup Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Reminder Setup Listing


2 . Click the Select checkbox next to the reminder task .The Reminder Setup Info screen displays in Update mode .

3 . Enter the needed update(s) . See Table 5-3 for an explanation of the fields .

4 . Click the Update button . The message, “The information has been updated .” and the Done button display .

5 . Click the Done button . The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays . The reminder task’s updated active status displays in the Active? column, and/or updated notification period displays in the # Days Before column .

6 . To change the active/inactive status and/or notification period for another task, repeat from step 2 above .

Select and/or Modify the Users to Receive a Reminder

1 . Access the Info screen (in Update mode) on which the reminder is located . (Need help? See Accessing Info Screens in Update Mode in Chapter 2, Getting Started in the User’s Manual .) Table 5-2 in this chapter lists the Info screen on which each reminder field displays .

g It does not matter which record is selected on the Listing screen . The Reminder icon displays for the field on the Info screen for all records .

2 . Click the Reminder icon next to the reminder field . The Setup Reminder Notify User(s) screen for that reminder task displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOCRemindeR Setup How to’S

3 . From the User drop down list box, select the user ot receive email notificaitons for the reminder . To narrow down the list of names in the User drop down list, enter his or her last and/or first name in the corresponding fieldws, then click FInd .

4 . From the Facility Code drop down list box, select a difference facility code, if needed .

5 . Click the Add button .The message, “Successfully Saved!” displays in a pop-up window .

6 . Click the OK button .The screen refreshes and the user’s name, facility code, and email display in the table above .

7 . Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5 to add additional users .

8 . Click the Cancel button .The Info screen, from which you accessed the Setup Reminder Notify User(s) screen, displays .

Set up Reminder/Email Notification

Step 1 - Set up the Reminder/Email Notification Job

Before starting the set up for email notification, complete the Reminder Setup Info screen for each applicable reminder . These steps are listed in the How To Update the Notification Period For, and/or Activiate/Inactivate, a Reminder .

The data fields on the Reminder Setup Info screen are listed in Table 5-3 .

Step 2 - Set up the Facility(ies) for Reminder/Email Notification

After a reminder task(s) has been set up for email notification on the Reminder Setup Info screen, the facility(ies) to receive the email notifications must be activated . This is done on the Email Notification Info tab on the Facility Info screen .

Please refer to the Reminder/Email Notification(s) Facility Setup section in Chapter 4, Facility Info, for the instructions to complete this step .

Check the setting for the deletion of the reminders after sending the email to be sure it is set as desired . The Email Notification Configuration profile is accessed Profile Detail Listing screen in the System Profile module .

Step 3 - Set up the Recipients for Reminder/Email Notification

These steps are listed in the How To Select and/or Modify the Users to Receive a Reminder .

After these steps are completed, users will receive email notifications .



Back to this chapter’s TOC RemindeR Setup How to’S

Sample Notification Email

Figure 5-12. Default HTML format template for the VAL End Date reminder task.

Figure 5-13. Sample email notification for the VAL End Date reminder task.



Back to this chapter’s TOCRemindeR Setup How to’S

Figure 5-14. Default Text email notification for the VAL End Date reminder task.



Back to this chapter’s TOC testing reminder/email nOtiFiCatiOn

Testing Reminder/Email NotificationTo test the functionality of email notification:

1 . Add a host facility .

2 . Add a few employees for this facility .

3 . Setup email notification for this facility as described above .

4 . Add a couple of Outgoing VAL(s) for that facility which include those above added employees . These VAL(s) should expire within the next 30 days .

5 . You can come in the email/reminder notification setup to run the job one time .

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide Report Profile 6-1

Chapter 6

Report Profile

In This Chapter

9 Module Overview

9 Report Profile Screens

9 Profiles and Reports Table

9 Report Profile How To’s

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Report Profile Header Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Report Profile Header Listing Screen Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4Report Profile Header Listing Screen - Profiles and Reports Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4

Report Profile Detail Listing Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Command on the Report Profile Detail Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Accessing Report Profile Detail Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

Report Profile Detail Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen – Add New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen – Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen – View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Report Profile Detail Info Screen - Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Profile Reports Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Report Profile How To’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17Add a Report to a Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17Update a Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18Delete a Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19View (Read-Only) a Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20


Report Profile Access Commander™ System Administration Guide 6-2



Overview

The Report Profile module within Access Commander™ is accessed from the System Administration menu . It is used to:

� Add new reports to the system � Modify reports

A Crystal report file is associated with each report . This file is provided by MathCraft, Inc . and needs to be copied to the Report directory on the Web server .

For more information about reporting, see:

� Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To’s in the User’s Manual

Report ProfileAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide 6-3


Back to this chapter’s TOC RepoRt pRofile HeadeR listing scReen

Report Profile Header Listing Screen

Overview

The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays when you click the:

� Report Profile icon on the System Administration menu screen � Report Profile Management option from the System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info,

Reports, Main Menu screens) � Back to Profile Listing command on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen

The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays the sub system profile categories for each Access Commander module . See Tables 6-2 through 6-12 for a list of the sub systems for the profile headers, the reports included within each profile, and the module and screen on which they display for users .

Figure 6-1. The Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Report Profile Header Listing Screen Command

There is one command on the Report Profile Header Listing screen:




Back to this chapter’s TOCRepoRt pRofile HeadeR listing scReen


Table 6-1. Command on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Command Screen Accessed Use the command toBack to System Menu System Administration menu return to the System Administration menu screen .

Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen

Depending on where you are in the Access Commander™ system, there are two ways to access the Report Profile Header Listing screen:

� System Administration screen, Report Profile icon � System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Main Menu screens), Report Profile

Management option

To use the Report Profile icon:

1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need Help? See Accessing System Administration Menu Screen in Chapter 2 .)

2 . Click the Report Profile icon . The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays .

To use the Report Profile Management option:1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen .


2 . Click the Report Profile Management option .The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays .

Report Profile Header Listing Screen - Profiles and Reports Tables

Tables 6-2 through 6-13 list the Sub Systems for the profile headers on the Report Profile Header Listing screen . Also, the reports included within each profile, and the module and screen on which they display for users, is listed .

This list is subject to change .

Table 6-2. Conference report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Conference Reports screen in the Training & Conferences module .

1 . Conference Attendee Listing CONFATTENDEE .RPT

2 . Conference Listing CONFNAME .RPT




Table 6-3. Contract report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Contract Reports screen in the Contract Administration module .

1 Contract DD254 - MFO Facilities Matrix MFO .RPT

2 Contract Listing CONTLIS .RPT

3 Contractor Position Roster Listing (SI Access) CPRL_SI .RPT

4 Contractor Position Roster Listing (SI Access) - Auto Gen Position # CPRL_SI_AUTO .RPT

5 Contractor Position Roster Listing (TSSI/SI Clearance) CPRL_TSSI .RPT

6 DD254 Form DD254F99 .RPT

7 DD254 Report CONDD254 .RPT

8 Detail Contract Report CONDETL .RPT

9 Document(s) Used On Contract DOCACON .RPT

10 DSS Form CONTDIS .RPT

11 Employee(s) Working On Contract EMPACON .RPT

12 Historical Position Log (SI Access) HPLR_SI .RPT

13 Historical Program Listing (SI Access) - No Position # HPLR_SI_AUTO .RPT

14 Historical Program Listing (TSSI/SI Clearance) HPLR_TSSI .RPT

15 PreInspection - Inactive Contract(s) with Active Document(s) ContractClosedwithActiveDocument .rpt

16 Properties Used On Contract PROPACON . .RPT

17 Subcontractor(s) On Contract CONSUB .RPT

Table 6-4. Destruction report profile on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThis report displays on the Document Destruction Reports screen in the Document Management module .

1 . Destruction Certificate DESTCERT .RPT

Table 6-5. Document report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Document Reports screen in the Document Management module .

1 Detail Document Report DOCDETL .RPT

2 Document By Clearance DOCCLASS .RPT

3 Document By Destruction Id DOCDESTR .RPT

4 Document By Facility DOCCAGE .RPT

5 Document By Location DOCLOC .RPT

6 Document By Project DOCPROJ .RPT

7 Document By Status DOCSTAT .RPT




Row # Report Title File8 Document By Title DOCTIT .RPT

9 Document By Transmittal Id DOCTRAN .RPT

10 Document By Type DOCTYPE .RPT

11 Document By Visitor DOCAVIST .RPT

12 Document Count by Custodian DOCCOUNT .RPT

13 Document Inventory Report (Active, Accountable) DOCINV .RPT

14 Document Inventory Report (All Accountable) DOCINVACCT .RPT

15 Document Inventory Report (All) DOCINVALL .RPT

16 Document Listing by Custodian DOCCUST .ROT

17 Document Listing by Media Type DOCMEDIA .RPT

18 Document Usage History DOCHIST .RPT

19 PreInspection-Active Document(s) Assigned to Inactive Contract DocActiveAsgToInactiveContract .rpt

20 Safe Inventory by Contract WBBSAFEACON .rpt

21 Safe Inventory by Custodians WBBSAFEACUST .rpt

22 Safe Inventory by Safe-Drawers WBBSAFEADRAWER .rpt

23 Transmittal Receipt for Tracer Letter TRACER_TRANRCPT .RPT

24 Transmittal Tracer Letter TRACER .RPT

25 Transmittal Tracer Letter (<font color=red>New</font>-Selected) SELECTED_TRACER_DOC .RPT

26 Transmittal Tracer List TRACERLST .RPT

Table 6-6. Employee report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Personnel Reports screen in the Personnel Management module .

1 Badge Expiration Report WBADGE .RPT

2 Clearance - Active DOD by Cleared Facility Summary EMPCLSUMNByCLRCAGE .rpt

3 Clearance - Active DOD by Employment Facility Summary EMPCLSUMNByEMPCAGE .rpt

4 Clearance - Active DOD Summary EMPCLSUMNew .rpt

5 Clearance - Active Non DOD by Cleared Facility Summary EMPNonDODCLSUMNByCLRCAGE .rpt

6 Clearance - Active Non DOD by Employment Facility Summary EMPNonDODCLSUMNByEMPCAGE .rpt

7 Clearance - Active Non DOD Summary EMPNonDODCLSUMN .rpt

8 Clearance - Active People with Non-DOD Clearance EMNONonDOD .RPT

9 Clearance - Active People without DOD Clearance SAICEMDTLNODOD .RPT

10 Clearance - Active People without Non-DOD Clearance EMDTLNONonDOD .RPT

11 Clearance - DOD Status by Employment Facility Summary EMPCLSTATByCLRCAGESUM .rpt

12 Clearance - DOD Status Summary EMPCLSTATSUM .rpt

13 Clearance - Non DOD Status by Employment Facility Summary EMPNonDODCLSTATByCLRCAGESUM .rpt

14 Clearance - Non DOD Status Summary EMPNonDODCLSTATSUM .rpt

15 Compartment - Report EMPCOMPT .RPT

16 Employee - Active People Clearance/Access Report SAICEMNODOD .RPT




Row # Report Title File17 Employee - Active People Clearance/Access Report 2 EMPCLRDG .RPT

18 Employee - Active People without Clearance ACTEMPNOCLR .RPT

19 Employee - by Clearance Type EMPCLRTP .RPT

20 Employee - by DOD Clearance EMPBCLR .RPT

21 Employee - by Non-DOD Clearance Type EMPNonDODBCLR .rpt

22 Employee - by Type (DOD) EMPTYPE .RPT

23 Employee - by Type (Non-DOD) EMPTYPENonDOD .rpt

24 Employee - by Type Summary EMPTYSUM .RPT

25 Employee - Checkout Report EMPCHCK .RPT

26 Employee - Clearance Access Report EMPCLRACC .RPT

27 Employee - Detail Report EMPDTL .RPT

28 Employee - Detail with PHOTO Report EMPDTLPHOTO .rpt

29 Employee - Form 1847 (SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED INFORMATION INDOCTRINATION MEMORANDUM)

INDOCTRINATIONMEMO .rpt

30 Employee - Form 1847-1 (SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED INFORMATION NONDISCLOSURE STATEMENT)

NONDISCLOSURE .rpt

31 Employee - Form 1848 (SENSITIVE COMPARTMENTED INFORMATION DEBRIEFING MEMORANDUM)

DEBRIEFINGMEMO .rpt

32 Employee - Form 4311 (INDUSTRIAL SECURITY APPROVAL OR ACCESS REQUEST)

Form4311 .rpt

33 Employee - Key Management Personnel List EMPKEY .RPT

34 Employee - Roster EMPNAME .RPT

35 Employee - Roster 2 EMPNAMEDG .RPT

36 Employee - Roster by Zip Code EMPZIP .rpt

37 Employee - Special Access Report EMPCLR .RPT

38 Employee - Status by Employment Facility Summary EMPSTATByEMPCAGESUM .rpt

39 Employee - Status Summary EMPSTASUM .rpt

40 Foreign Travel - Listing by Name EMPTRAVELNM .RPT

41 NotePad - Report EMPNOTES .RPT

42 Offense - Report EMPOFFSE .RPT

43 Offense - Statistics EMPOFSTA .RPT

44 Offense - Statistics by Facility EMPOFFFA .RPT

45 PAL - Program Access Log (SI Access) PALR_SI .rpt

46 PAL - Program Access Log (TSSI/SI Clearance) PALR_TSSI .rpt

47 PreInspection - Clearance - Active DOD Assigned to Inactive Employee

EMPActiveDODAsgToInactiveEmployee .rpt

48 PreInspection - Clearance - Active DOD with a Debrief Date EMPActiveDODWithDeBriefDate .rpt

49 PreInspection - Clearance - Active DOD without a Brief Date EMPActiveDODWithoutBriefDate .rpt

50 PreInspection - Clearance - Active Non DOD Assigned to Inactive Employee

EMPActiveNonDODAsgToInactiveEmployee .rpt

51 PreInspection - Clearance - Active Non DOD with a Debrief Date EMPActiveNonDODWithDeBriefDate .rpt

52 PreInspection - Clearance - Active Non DOD without a Brief Date EMPActiveNonDODWithoutBriefDate .rpt




Row # Report Title File53 PreInspection - Special Access - Active Access Assigned to Inactive

EmployeeEMPActiveAccessAsgToInactiveEmployee .rpt

54 PreInspection - Special Access - Active Access with a Debrief Date EMPActiveAccessWithDeBriefDate .rpt

55 Special Access - All with Poly EMPACPOLY .rpt

56 Special Access - SCI with Poly EMPACSITKPOLY .rpt

57 Sponsor/Program - by Name EMPSPONPROG .RPT

58 Sponsor/Program - by Poly WSPONPOLY .RPT

59 Sponsor/Program - by Program EMPBYPROG .RPT

60 Training - Report EMPTRAIN .RPT

61 User - Facility Permission Report UserFacilityPermission .RPT

62 Visits - Expiration by Company and Date SAICEXPBYC_D .RPT

63 Visits - Expiration by Company and Name SAICEXPBYC_N .RPT

64 Visits - Expiration by Company and Name SAICEXPBYDATE .RPT

65 Visits - Expiration by Name SAICEXPBYNAME .RPT

66 Visits - History EMPVIST .RPT

67 Visits - Letter Expiration/Renewal Notice EMPEXP .rpt

68 Visits - Termination Letter EMPTERM .RPT

Table 6-7. Facility report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Facility Reports screen in the Facility Management module .

1 Address Labels FAC5160 .RPT

2 Detail Facility Information Report FACCAGE .RPT

3 Facility Directory FACDIR .RPT

4 Facility Expiration Report FACEXP .RPT

5 Facility Report By Clearance FACCLASS .RPT

6 Facility Report By Organization FACORG .RPT

7 Facility Report By State FACSTATE .RPT

Table 6-8. Profile report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Profile Reports screen in the System Profile module .

1 A/C Today Activity (URL) Report URLTodayTracking .RPT

2 A/C Yesterday Activity (URL) Report URLYesterdayTracking .RPT

3 System Profile Listing SPROFILE .RPT




Table 6-9. Property report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Property Security Reports screen in the Property Management module .

1 Active Property by Classification Summary PROPCLRSUM .RPT

2 Active Property by Status Summary PROPSTATSUM .RPT

3 Active Property by Type Summary PROPTYPESUM .RPT

4 Contracts Using Property CONAPROP .RPT

5 Detail Property Report PROPDETL .RPT

6 Employees Using Property PROPAEMP .RPT

7 Non Active Property by Type Summary PROPTYPENonActiveSUM .RPT

8 Property By Clearance PROPCLR .RPT

9 Property Inventory Report PROPINV .RPT

10 Property Listing By Contract Number PROPCONT .RPT

11 Property Listing By Equipment Type PROPTYPE .RPT

12 Property Listing by Location PROPLOC .RPT

13 Property Listing by Name PROPNAME .RPT

14 Property Listing By Part Number PROPPART .RPT

15 Property Listing By PL# PROPPLNO .RPT

16 Property Usage History PROPHIST .RPT

Table 6-10. ReportProfile report profile on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThis report displays on the Profile Reports screen in the Report Profile module .

1 Report Profile Listing RPROFILE .RPT

Table 6-11. Transmittal report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Document Transmittal Reports screen in the Document Management module .

1 Transmittal Receipt SAICTRANRCPT .RPT

2 Transmittal Receipt for Tracer Letter TRACER_TRANRCPT .RPT

3 Transmittal Tracer Letter TRACER .RPT

4 Transmittal Tracer Letter (<font color=red>New</font> - Selected) SELECTED_TRACER .RPT

5 Transmittal Tracer List TRACERLST .RPT

Table 6-12. Visitor report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Visitor Reports screen in the Visitor Control module .

1 Documents Assigned to Visitor VISTADOC .RPT

2 Property Assigned to Visitor VISTPROP .RPT




Row # Report Title File3 Visit Certification History VISTCERT .RPT

4 Visitor Badge VIST5383 .RPT

5 Visitor Checkout Report VISTCHCK .RPT

6 Visitor Clearance Report VISTCLR .RPT

7 Visitor Clearance Summary VISTCLSM .RPT

8 Visitor Compartment Report VISTCOMP .RPT

9 Visitor Exit Report VISTEXIT .RPT

10 Visitor Information Report VNAME .RPT

11 Visitor Listing By Name VISTNAME .RPT

12 Visitor Listing By Organization VISTORG .RPT

13 Visitor NotePad Report VISTNOTE .RPT

14 Visitor Offense By Organization VISTOFOR .RPT

15 Visitor Offense Report VISTOFF .RPT

16 Visitor Offense Statistics VISTOFST .RPT

17 Visitor Training Report VISTTRAN .RPT

18 Visitor Visit History VISTHIST .RPT

Table 6-13. VisitReq report profiles on the Report Profile Header Listing screen.

Row # Report Title FileThese reports display on the Visit Request Reports screen in the Outgoing Visit Request and Incoming Visit Request modules .

1 Expired Visit Request (Last 30 days) VISITEXP .RPT

2 Expired Visit Request (Next 30 days) VISITEXP2BE .RPT

3 VAL Format 1 WGVISREQb .RPT

4 VAL Format 2 OTHERVAL .RPT

5 Visit Authorization Letter (Customized) VISITREQ .RPT

6 Visit Authorization Letter (Standard) VISITREQSTND .RPT

7 Visit Certification By Company VISTRQCT .RPT

8 Visit Letter Renewal Notification EMPEXP .RPT

9 Visit Request By Name VRNAME .RPT

10 Visit Termination Letter VRTERM .RPT



Back to this chapter’s TOC RepoRt pRofile Detail listing scReen

Report Profile Detail Listing Screen

Overview

The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays when you click the:

� Select checkbox for a sub system

The Report Profile Detail Listing screen:

� Displays the reports within the sub system selected on the Profile Header Listing screen in alphabetical order by Description

� Displays the file name for each report � Provides the + Add New, View, Update and Delete buttons

Figure 6-2. The Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the Conference sub system.

Command on the Report Profile Detail Listing Screen

There is one command on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen:

� Back to Profile Listing


Table 6-14. Command on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen.

Command Screen Accessed Use the command to

Back to Profile Listing Report Profile Header Listing return to the Report Profile Header Listing screen to select another profile .

Accessing Report Profile Detail Listing Screen

To access the Report Profile Detail Listing screen (Files Category):



Back to this chapter’s TOCRepoRt pRofile Detail listing scReen

� Report Profile Header Listing screen, Select checkbox for the desired sub system

To use the Detail command:1 . Access the Report Profile Header Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Header

Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox for the subsystem .The Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the sub system displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOC repOrt prOFile detail inFO sCreen

Report Profile Detail Info Screen

Overview

The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays when you click the:

� + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen

The Report Profile Detail Info screen is used to:

� Add a new report’s file name (i .e ., [file name] .rpt) and value to an existing module when in Add New mode

� Modify an existing module’s report’s file name (i .e ., [file name] .rpt) and value when in Update mode

� View an existing module’s report’s file name (i .e ., [file name] .rpt) and value when in View (read-only) mode

Figure 6-3. The Report Profile Detail Info screen in Add New mode.

When in Add New mode, the Report Profile Detail Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 6-3 .



Back to this chapter’s TOCrepOrt prOFile detail inFO sCreen

Figure 6-4. The Report Profile Detail Info screen in Update mode.

When in Update mode, the Report Profile Detail Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 6-4 .

Figure 6-5. The Report Profile Detail Info screen in View mode.

When in View mode, the Report Profile Detail Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure 6-5 .

Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen – Add New

To access the Report Profile Detail Info screen in Add New mode:

� Report Profile Detail Listing screen, + Add New link

To use the + Add New link: 1 . Access the Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the desired sub system . (Need help? See Accessing

Report Profile Detail Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the + Add New link .The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in Add New mode .

Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen – Update

To access the Report Profile Detail Info screen in Update mode:



Back to this chapter’s TOC repOrt prOFile detail inFO sCreen

� Report Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the desired sub system . (Need help? See Accessing


2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the report’s description .The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in Update mode .

Accessing Report Profile Detail Info Screen – View

To access the Report Profile Detail Info screen in View mode:

� Report Profile Detail Listing screen, View button

To use the View button: 1 . Access the Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the desired sub system . (Need help? See Accessing


2 . Click the View button in the column next to the report’s description .The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode .

Report Profile Detail Info Screen - Data Fields

The data fields on the Report Profile Detail Info screen (in Update mode) for the are listed in Table 6-15 .

Table 6-15. Report Profile Detail Info screen data fields.

Field Name ExplanationReport Name REQUIRED. Enter the report name .

File REQUIRED. Enter report file name (XXX .RPT) .

Report Category Select a classification level .



Back to this chapter’s TOCprOFile repOrts sCreen

Profile Reports Screen

Overview

The Profile Reports screen displays when you click the:

� Reports link on the Profile Header Listing screen

The Profile Reports screen displays the preformatted reports available for the Report Profile module .

Figure 6-6. The Profile Reports screen.


� Profile group(s) selected on the Profile Header Listing screenTo include only a single profile group, or specific profile groups, in a report, check that record’s checkbox(es) on the Profile Header Listing screen . Then, on the Profile Reports screen, select the Selected Row(s) radio button to include only the selected records in the report .

� Radio button selected on the Profile Reports screen Depending on the report selected, the applicable radio button(s) display: Selected Row(s) and All .


� Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To’s in the User’s Manual



Back to this chapter’s TOC repOrt prOFile hOw tO’s

Report Profile How To’s


9 Add a Report

9 Update a Report

9 Delete a Report

9 View (Read-Only) a Report

Add a Report to a Module

g You cannot create a new report sub system . However, you can create additional reports for an existing sub system by following the steps below .

To add a report to a module:

� Report Profile Detail Listing screen, + Add New link, and then Report Profile Detail Listing

g A Crystal report file is associated with each report . This file is provided by MathCraft, Inc . and needs to be copied to the Report directory on the Web server .



1 . Access the Report Profile Header Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Report Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox for the sub system to which you’re adding a new report .

g For example, to insert a report for the Contract Administration module, you would check the Select checkbox for Contract .

The Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the sub system displays .

3 . Click the + Add New link .The Report Profile Detail Info creen displays in Add New mode .



Back to this chapter’s TOCrepOrt prOFile hOw tO’s

4 . Complete the Description and Value fields (they are required as indicated in red): � Description – enter the report file name (xxx .rpt) . � Value – enter a value . This is the data the computer stores . This can be 1 to 5 characters . � Default checkbox - not applicable . Leave unchecked .

5 . Click the Add button . The message, “The information has been added .” and the Done button display .

6 . Click the Done button . The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The newly added report displays in the list, highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

g The reports display in alphabetical order by description .

7 . Place the cursor on the Commands link .The options display .

8 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option . The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays .

9 . To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link .The options display .

10 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays .The sub system to which you added the new report displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

11 . To add another report for the module, or to add a report to another module, repeat from step 2 above .

Update a Report

To update a report:

� Report Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button







2 . Click the Select checkbox for the sub system for which you’re updating a report .

g For example, to insert a report for the Contract Administration module, you would check the Select checkbox for Contract .

The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in Update mode .

3 . Update the fields as needed . � Description –report file name (xxx .rpt) . � Value –the data the computer stores . This can be 1 to 5 characters . � Default checkbox - not applicable . Leave unchecked .

4 . Click the Update button . The message, “The information has been updated .” and the Done button display .

5 . Click the Done button . The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated report displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

g The report profiles display in alphabetical order by description .


7 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option . The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays .The row of the sub system report you updated displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

8 . To update another report for the module, or to update a report for another module, repeat from step 2 above .

Delete a Report

Deleting a report from a module must be done with care . Once a report is deleted it cannot be restored . Follow your employer’s guidelines when using the Delete button .

To delete a report:

� Report Profile Detail Listing screen, Delete button



Back to this chapter’s TOCrepOrt prOFile hOw tO’s




2 . Click the Select checkbox for the sub system for which you’re deleting a report .

g For example, to delete a report for the Contract Administration module, you would check the Select checkbox for ContractFiles .

The Report Profile Detail Listing screen for the sub system displays .

3 . Click the Delete button in the column next to the report’s description .The Report Profile Detail Listing - Delete Confirmation screen displays .

4 . Click the Go button (Yes, delete is the default command) . The message, “The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted .” displays .

5 . Click the OK button . The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The report no longer displays .


7 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option . The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays .The row for the sub system from which you deleted a report displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

8 . To delete another report for the module, or to delete a report from another module, repeat from step 2 above .

View (Read-Only) a Report

All of the data fields for the report profile display in the columns on the Report Profile Detail Listing screen . You can also view them on the Report Profile Detail Info screen by following the steps below .

To view a report record’s data elements on the Report Profile Detail Info screen:

� Report Profile Detail Listing screen, View button







2 . Click the Select checkbox for the sub system for which you’re viewing a report’s data fields .

g For example, to view a report for the Contract Administration module, you would check the Select checkbox for ContractFiles .

The Report Profile Detail Info screen displays in View mode .

3 . View the fields .

4 . Click the Exit button . The Report Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The viewed report displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

g The reports display in alphabetical order by description .


6 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Report Profile Header Listing screen displays .The row of the sub system report you viewed displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

7 . To view another report for the module, or to view a report for another module, repeat from step 2 above .

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide System Profile 7-1

Chapter 7

System Profile

In This Chapter

9 Module Overview

9 Key Profile Elements

9 System Profile Screens

9 List Boxes How To’s

9 System Parameters How To’s

9 User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To’s

9 System Profile Reporting How To

9 System Parameter Table

9 Profile Elements Tables

9 List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables

9 User Defined Fields (UDFs) Cross Reference Table

9 System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables

ContentsSystem Profile Tables Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Key Profile Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8

Profile Header Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Profile Header Listing Screen Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9Accessing Profile Header Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9Profile Header Listing Screen - Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

Profile Detail Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12Command on the Profile Detail Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13Accessing Profile Detail Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

Profile Detail Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - Add New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16Profile Detail Info Screen - Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

Profile Reports Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18

List Boxes How To’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19Add an Element to a List Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19Update a List Box Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20Delete a List Box Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21


System Profile Access Commander™ System Administration Guide 7-2

COntentsBack to the Main TOC


View a List Box Element’s Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22Maintain a List Box’s Default Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

System Parameters How To’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25Update a System Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25View (Read-Only) a System Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26

User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28User Defined Field (UDF) Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28Configure a Date UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29Configure a Data Entry UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31Configure a Text Entry Box UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33Configure a Drop-Down List Box UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35Hide a UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

System Profile Reporting How To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Generate a System Profile Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

System Parameters Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41System Profile Elements Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145User Defined Fields (UDFs) Cross Reference Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-164System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-167

System Profile Tables ListingSystem Parameters Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41

Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41

System Profile Elements Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Table 7-5 . Access Granted By . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Table 7-6 . Access Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Table 7-7 . Access Sponsors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Table 7-8 . AccessCompart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52Table 7-9 . AccessLevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52Table 7-10 . AccessType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52Table 7-11 . AccessUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54Table 7-12 . Additional Badge Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54Table 7-13 . Additional Badge Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55Table 7-14 . AdditionalBadgeUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55Table 7-15 . Auto Assign Property Custodian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55Table 7-16 . Badge Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56Table 7-17 . Badge Org . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56Table 7-18 . BadgeType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56Table 7-19 . CageCodeAccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57Table 7-20 . CageCodeStat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57Table 7-21 . Check Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57Table 7-22 . Clearance Granted By . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58Table 7-23 . Clearance Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58Table 7-24 . Clearance Request Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59Table 7-25 . Clearance Sponsors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59Table 7-26 . ClearanceDODUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60Table 7-27 . ClearanceNonDODUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61Table 7-28 . ClearClassifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62Table 7-29 . ClearStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63Table 7-30 . ClearType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63Table 7-31 . ClosingActions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63Table 7-32 . CompartStat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64Table 7-33 . Conference Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64Table 7-34 . Conference /Training for Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64Table 7-35 . ConferenceUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65Table 7-36 . ContractMarket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65Table 7-37 . ContractStat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65Table 7-38 . ContractType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66Table 7-39 . ContractUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66Table 7-40 . Copy Number Alpha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67

System ProfileAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide 7-3



System Profile Tables Listing, continued

Table 7-41 . Country List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67Table 7-42 . DestroyMethod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73Table 7-43 . Docctrl10Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74Table 7-44 . Docctrl25Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74Table 7-45 . DocCtrlSeriesNum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74Table 7-46 . DocCtrlStat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75Table 7-47 . DocctrlType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75Table 7-48 . DocUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75Table 7-49 . Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76Table 7-50 . Email Notification Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76Table 7-51 . EmployeeStat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76Table 7-52 . EmployeeType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76Table 7-53 . EmployeeUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77Table 7-54 . Enterprise Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77Table 7-55 . EquipOwner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78Table 7-56 . EquipType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78Table 7-57 . Expecting Visit Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79Table 7-58 . Facility Inspection Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79Table 7-59 . Facility Inspection Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79Table 7-60 . Facility Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79Table 7-61 . FacilityUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80Table 7-62 . FP Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80Table 7-63 . GateStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80Table 7-64 . GuardStations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81Table 7-65 . Ignored Accesses in Document-Contract Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81Table 7-66 . Ignored Accesses in Document-Personnel Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82Table 7-67 . Ignored Accesses in Document-Safe/Closed Area Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83Table 7-68 . Ignored Accesses in IS-Contract Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-84Table 7-69 . Ignored Accesses in IS-Personnel Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85Table 7-70 . Ignored Accesses in IS-SAM Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86Table 7-71 . Ignored Accesses in People-Contract Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86Table 7-72 . Ignored Accesses in Property-Contract Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88Table 7-73 . Ignored Accesses in Property-Personnel Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89Table 7-74 . Ignored Accesses in Property-SAM Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90Table 7-75 . Ignored Accesses in SAM-Contract Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90Table 7-76 . IncidentType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90Table 7-77 . InspectType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91Table 7-78 . Interim Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91Table 7-79 . International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91Table 7-80 . International Incoming VAL - Disclosure Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92Table 7-81 . International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92Table 7-82 . International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92Table 7-83 . International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92Table 7-84 . International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93Table 7-85 . International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93Table 7-86 . International Incoming VAL - Type Sponsorship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93Table 7-87 . International Incoming VAL - Visit Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93Table 7-88 . International Incoming VAL - Visit Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94Table 7-89 . International Incoming VAL UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94Table 7-90 . International Incoming Visitor UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95Table 7-91 . International Non-VAL - Drop Down 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96Table 7-92 . International Non-VAL - Drop Down 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97Table 7-93 . International Non-VAL - Drop Down 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97Table 7-94 . International Non-VAL - Drop Down 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97Table 7-95 . International Non-VAL - Drop Down 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97Table 7-96 . International Non-VAL - Visit Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98Table 7-97 . International Non-VAL UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98Table 7-98 . International Outgoing VAL - Disclosure Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99Table 7-99 . International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99Table 7-100 . International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100Table 7-101 . International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100




Table 7-102 . International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100Table 7-103 . International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100Table 7-104 . International Outgoing VAL - Initiated/Invited by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101Table 7-105 . International Outgoing VAL - Initiative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101Table 7-106 . International Outgoing VAL - Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101Table 7-107 . International Outgoing VAL - Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101Table 7-108 . International Outgoing VAL - Visit Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102Table 7-109 . International Outgoing VAL - Visit Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102Table 7-110 . International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102Table 7-111 . International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102Table 7-112 . International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103Table 7-113 . International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103Table 7-114 . International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103Table 7-115 . International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-104Table 7-116 . International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105Table 7-117 . International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105Table 7-118 . International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105Table 7-119 . International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106Table 7-120 . International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106Table 7-121 . International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106Table 7-122 . International Outgoing VAL UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107Table 7-123 . International Visitor - Drop Down 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109Table 7-124 . International Visitor - Drop Down 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109Table 7-125 . International Visitor - Drop Down 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109Table 7-126 . International Visitor - Drop Down 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109Table 7-127 . International Visitor - Drop Down 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110Table 7-128 . Inventory Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110Table 7-129 . Inventory Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110Table 7-130 . InvestBy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110Table 7-131 . Investigation Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-111Table 7-132 . IS - Accred . Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-111Table 7-133 . IS_IS Associated Document Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112Table 7-134 . IS_Privilege User Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112Table 7-135 . IS_SSP Action Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112Table 7-136 . IS Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113Table 7-137 . IS_Approvedfor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113Table 7-138 . IS_Area Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113Table 7-139 . IS_Destruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-114Table 7-140 . IS_Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-114Table 7-141 . IS_FailedLogins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-114Table 7-142 . IS_ProtectionLevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115Table 7-143 . IS_Reenable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115Table 7-144 . IS_System Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115Table 7-145 . JPAS Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115Table 7-146 . MediaType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-116Table 7-147 . PasswordExpirationDays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117Table 7-148 . PendingDocStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117Table 7-149 . Personnel Contract Assignment Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117Table 7-150 . Poly Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117Table 7-151 . PolyBy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118Table 7-152 . PolygraphTypes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118Table 7-153 . Prefixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119Table 7-154 . ProgramAccessList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119Table 7-155 . ProgramList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-120Table 7-156 . PropertySubType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-120Table 7-157 . PropertyUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-120Table 7-158 . PropSecuStat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-121Table 7-159 . ReInvestBy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-121Table 7-160 . Reinvestigation Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-121Table 7-161 . Report Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-122Table 7-162 . SAM - Drop Down 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-122Table 7-163 . SAM - Drop Down 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-122





Table 7-164 . SAM - Drop Down 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-122Table 7-165 . SAM - Drop Down 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123Table 7-166 . SAM - Drop Down 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123Table 7-167 . SAM Access Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123Table 7-168 . SAM Alarm Access Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124Table 7-169 . SAM Alarm Equipment Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124Table 7-170 . SAM Alarm Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124Table 7-171 . SAM Alarm Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124Table 7-172 . SAM Alarm Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-125Table 7-173 . SAM Amenity Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-125Table 7-174 . SAM Area Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-125Table 7-175 . SAM Built to Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126Table 7-176 . SAM Class Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126Table 7-177 . SAM Classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126Table 7-178 . SAM CoUse Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126Table 7-179 . SAM Customer Approved By . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127Table 7-180 . SAM Customer Approved Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127Table 7-181 . SAM Customer Approved Storage Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127Table 7-182 . SAM Customer Approved Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-128Table 7-183 . SAM Equipment Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-128Table 7-184 . SAM Equipment Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-128Table 7-185 . SAM Guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-128Table 7-186 . SAM Industry Partner Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-129Table 7-187 . SAM Inspecting Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-129Table 7-188 . SAM Inspection Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-129Table 7-189 . SAM Inspection Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130Table 7-190 . SAM Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130Table 7-191 . SAM Primary Sponsor YN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130Table 7-192 . SAM Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130Table 7-193 . SAM UDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-131Table 7-194 . SAM Waiver Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132Table 7-195 . SAM Waiver Restriction Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132Table 7-196 . Secret/Top Secret Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132Table 7-197 . Sequence Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132Table 7-198 . ServiceBranches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-133Table 7-199 . Sex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-133Table 7-200 . Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-134Table 7-201 . Special Access Request Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-134Table 7-202 . SponsorList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-134Table 7-203 . SponsorProgramUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-134Table 7-204 . SponsorStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135Table 7-205 . SubContractStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135Table 7-206 . Suffixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135Table 7-207 . SupportingLocationStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135Table 7-208 . Top Secret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-136Table 7-209 . TransmitType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-136Table 7-210 . Unclassified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-136Table 7-211 . US Citizen Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-136Table 7-212 . US State 2 characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-137Table 7-213 . US state Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-138Table 7-214 . VALClassifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-139Table 7-215 . ViolationType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-140Table 7-216 . VisitorBadgeType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-140Table 7-217 . VisitorUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141Table 7-218 . VisitReqStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141Table 7-219 . VisitReqTypes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141Table 7-220 . VisitReqUDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-142Table 7-221 . VisitType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-142Table 7-222 . Web Session Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-142

List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables . . . . . . . . . 7-145Table 7-223 . Adhoc Query module list boxes/system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145





Table 7-224 . Contract Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . . . . . . 7-145Table 7-225 . Document Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . . . . 7-146Table 7-226 . Facility Info module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-148Table 7-227 . Incoming Visit Request module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . . . . . . 7-149Table 7-228 . Information Systems module list boxes/system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-150Table 7-229 . International Incoming VAL module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . 7-151Table 7-230 . International Outgoing VAL module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . 7-152Table 7-231 . International Visitor Control module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . 7-153Table 7-232 . Inventory Management module list boxes/system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-153Table 7-233 . Outgoing Visit Request module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . . . . . . 7-154Table 7-234 . Personnel Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . . . . . 7-154Table 7-235 . Property Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . . . . . . 7-157Table 7-236 . Report Profile module list box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-158Table 7-237 . Secured Area Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . 7-158Table 7-238 . Training and Conferences module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . . . 7-160Table 7-239 . User Profile module list boxes/system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-160Table 7-240 . Visitor Control module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-161

User Defined Fields (UDFs) Cross Reference Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-164Table 7-241 . User Defined Fields (UDFs) by module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-164

System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-167Table 7-242 . Associated documents file size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-167Table 7-243 . Clearance settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-167Table 7-244 . Database settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-167Table 7-245 . Email Notification setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-167Table 7-246 . Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-167Table 7-247 . Facility code segmentatation setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-168Table 7-248 . Facility update/read access/verification settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-168Table 7-249 . Help setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-168Table 7-250 . Info screens settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-168Table 7-251 . International modules activation setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-168Table 7-252 . JPAS related settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-168Table 7-253 . Listing Screen settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-169Table 7-254 . Password settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-169Table 7-255 . Polygraph settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-169Table 7-256 . Reinvestigation date automatic update in Rebrief Date field setting . . . . . . . . . 7-169Table 7-257 . Reminder settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-169Table 7-258 . Reporting settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-169Table 7-259 . Search screens settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-170Table 7-260 . Search for Assignment screens setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-170Table 7-261 . Short-cut menu (right-click) setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-170Table 7-262 . Special Access settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-170Table 7-263 . Timeout, refresh interval, and auto logoff settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-171Table 7-264 . ViSi Commander settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-171


OverviewBack to the Main TOC


OverviewThe System Profile module within Access Commander™ is accessed from the System Administration menu . It is used to:

� Customize the system values in the drop-down list boxes that display on Access Commander screens and maintain their default settings

� Maintain User Defined Fields (UDFs) � Define the accesses, if any, to be ignored during assignments � Define global system settings in the Access Commander System Parameters profile (e .g .,

Facility ID segmentation)

g Changing values within the Access Commander System Parameters profile must be done with great care because the behavior of the system can be greatly impacted . In some cases, the system could stop functioning correctly . See Table 7-4 for more information .

Key Profile Elements

Although all profiles should be carefully reviewed and customized as required, the profile elements considered as most important to define before system deployment are:

� Access Commander System Parameters (described in Table 7-4) � Access Level (described in Table 7-9) � Badge Agency (described in Table 7-16) � Badge Type (described in Table 7-18) � Clearance Granted By (described in Table 7-22) � Clearance Owner (described in Table 7-23) � Clearance Sponsors (described in Table 7-25) � ClearClassifications (described in Table 7-28) � ClearStatus (described in Table 7-29) � EmployeeType (described in Table 7-52) � Enterprise Authentication (described in Table 7-54) - this applies to customers using the

Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request utility who do not have LDAP .



Back to this chapter’s TOCprOFile header listing sCreen

Overview

The Profile Header Listing screen displays when you click the:

� System Profile icon on the System Administration menu screen � System Profile Management option from the System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info,

Reports, Main Menu screens)

It displays the profile groups within Access Commander in table format .

Figure 7-1. The Profile Header Listing screen.

Profile Header Listing Screen



Back to this chapter’s TOC prOFile header listing sCreen

Profile Header Listing Screen Command

There is one command on the Profile Header Listing screen:


Figure 7-2. The command on the Profile Header Listing screen.


Table 7-1. Command on the Profile Header Listing screen.


Back to System Menu System Administration menu return to the System Administration menu screen .

Accessing Profile Header Listing Screen

Depending on where you are in the Access Commander system, there are three ways to access the Profile Header Listing screen:

� System Administration menu screen, System Profile icon � System Administration menu screen, System Profile icon, System Profile Management

option � System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Main Menu screens), System Profile

Management option

Figure 7-3. The System Profile icon.

To use the System Profile icon: 1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need help? See Accessing System Administration


2 . Click the System Profile icon .



Back to this chapter’s TOCprOFile header listing sCreen

The Profile Header Listing screen displays .

Figure 7-4. The System Profile Management option (System Profile icon).

To use the System Profile Management option (System Profile icon): 1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need help? See Accessing System Administration


2 . Place the cursor on the System Profile icon .The System Profile pop-up menu displays .

3 . Click the System Profile Management option . The Profile Header Listing screen displays .

Figure 7-5. The System Profile Management option.

To use the System Profile Management option (System Admin menu link):1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen .


2 . Click the System Profile Management option .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOC prOFile header listing sCreen

Profile Header Listing Screen - Profiles

Tables 7-4 through 7-222 list the profile groups that display on the Profile Header Listing screen and their associated elements . They are listed alphabetically by profile group name .

Cross reference tables are available for list boxes, system parameters and User Defined Field (UDFs) to help you locate the applicable profile group:

� List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables

Adhoc Query - Table 7-223Contract Management - Table 7-224Document Management - Table 7-225Facility Info - Table 7-226Incoming Visit Request - Table 7-227Information Systems - Table 7-228International Incoming VAL - Table 7-229International Outgoing VAL - Table 7-230International Visitor Control - Table 7-231Inventory Management - Table 7-232Outgoing Visit Request - Table 7-233Personnel Management - Table 7-234Property Management - Table 7-235Report Profile - Table 7-236Secured Area Management - Table 7-237Training and Conferences - Table 7-238User Profile - Table 7-239Visitor Control - Table 7-220

� User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module - Table 7-241 � System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables

Associated documents file size setting - Table 7-242Clearance settings - Table 7-243Database settings - Table 7-244Email Notification setting - Table 7-245Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request setting - Table 7-246Facility code segmentation setting - Table 7-247Facility update/read access/verification settings - Table 7-248Help setting - Table 7-249Info screens settings - Table 7-250International modules activation setting - Table 7-251JPAS related settings - Table 7-252 Listing screens settings - Table 7-253Password settings - Table 7-254Polygraph settings - Table 7-255Reinvestigation date automatic update in Rebrief Date field setting - Table 7-256Reminder setting - Table 7-257Reporting settings - Table 7-258Search screens settings - Table 7-259Search for Assignment screens setting - Table 7-260Short-cut menu (right-click) setting - Table 7-261Special Access settings - Table 7-262Timeout, refresh interval and auto logoff settings - Table 7-263ViSi Commander settings - Table 7-264



Back to this chapter’s TOCProfile Detail listing screen

Profile Detail Listing Screen

Overview

The Profile Detail Listing screen displays when you:

� Select a profile group on the Profile Header Listing screen

The Profile Detail Listing screen displays the:

� Elements associated with the selected profile header on the Profile Header Listing screen � Description, value, and default status for each profile detail item � View, Update and Delete buttons � + Add New link used to add new detail items to an existing profile

Figure 7-6. The Profile Detail Listing screen for ClearClassifications.



Back to this chapter’s TOC Profile Detail listing screen

Command on the Profile Detail Listing Screen

There is one command on the Profile Detail Listing screen .

Figure 7-7. The command on the Profile Detail Listing screen.


Table 7-2. Command on the Profile Detail Listing screen.


Back to Profile Listing Profile Header Listing return to the Profile Header Listing screen to select another profile .

Accessing Profile Detail Listing Screen

To access the Profile Detail Listing screen:

� Profile Header Listing screen, Detail command

To use the Detail command:1 . Access the Profile Header Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Profile Header Listing Screen in

this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox for the desired profile group .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOCprOFile detail inFO sCreen

Profile Detail Info Screen

Overview

The Profile Detail Info screen displays when you click the:

� + Add New, View, and Update buttons on the Profile Detail Listing screen

The Profile Detail Info screen is used to:

� Add new elements to a profile when in Add New mode � Modify a profile’s element record when in Update mode � View an element record’s data fields when in View (read-only) mode

Figure 7-8. The Profile Detail Info screen in Add New mode.

When in Add New mode, the Profile Detail Info screen displays the Add and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 7-8 .

Figure 7-9. The Profile Detail Info screen in Update mode.

When in Update mode, the Profile Detail Info screen displays the Update and Cancel buttons, as shown in Figure 7-9 .



Back to this chapter’s TOC prOFile detail inFO sCreen

Figure 7-10. The Profile Detail Info screen in View mode.

When in View mode, the Profile Detail Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure 7-10 .

Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - Add New

To access the Profile Detail Info screen in Add New mode:

� Profile Detail Listing screen, + Add New link


Figure 7-11. The Add New link.

1 . Access the Profile Detail Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Profile Detail Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the + Add New link .The Profile Detail Info screen displays in Add New mode .

Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - Update

To access the Profile Detail Info screen in Update mode:

� Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button



Back to this chapter’s TOCprOFile detail inFO sCreen




2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the element’s description .The Profile Detail Info screen displays in Update mode .

Accessing Profile Detail Info Screen - View

To access the Profile Detail Info screen in View mode:

� Profile Detail Listing screen, View button




2 . Click the View button in the column next to the element’s description .The Profile Detail Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode .

Profile Detail Info Screen - Data Fields

The data fields on the Profile Detail Info screen are listed in Table 7-3 .

Table 7-3. Profile Detail Info screen data fields.


Description REQUIRED . Enter the description for the value . This description is what displays in the list box for user selection .

This field does not apply within the Access Commander System Parameters profile .



Back to this chapter’s TOC prOFile detail inFO sCreen


Value REQUIRED. Enter a unique alphanumeric value up to 5 characters . This is the data that is stored by the system . This identifier has to be unique within a profile header group, but not among different headers .

The system will not allow deletion or modification of a profile value that is currently in use .

Within the Clearance Owner profile header, the first two digits of the clearances’ values have to match the corresponding agency as defined in the Clearance Owner profile header . See Table 7-23, Clearance Owner and 7-28, ClearClassifications, for additional information .

Default Check to indicate that this value is the default value that displays in the list box . There does not have to be a default . Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile . If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list .

The Default checkbox does not apply within the Access Commander System Parameters profile .

N = the value is not the default .Y = the value is the default .S = applies only within the Access Commander System Parameters profile . Indicates that the selected parameter applies system-wide .



Back to this chapter’s TOCprOFile repOrts sCreen

Profile Reports Screen

Overview

The Profile Reports screen displays when you click the:

� Reports link on the Profile Header Listing screen

The Profile Reports screen displays the preformatted reports available for the System Profile module .

Figure 7-14. The Profile Reports screen.


� Profile groups selected on the Profile Header Listing screenTo include only a single profile group, or specific profile groups, in a report, check that record’s checkbox(es) on the Profile Header Listing screen . Then, on the Profile Reports screen, select the Selected Row(s) radio button to include only the selected records in the report .

� Radio button selected on the Profile Reports screen Depending on the report selected, the applicable radio button(s) display: Selected Row(s) and All .


� Chapter 6, Report Profile in this guide � Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To’s in the User’s Manual



Back to this chapter’s TOC list BOxes hOw tO’s

List Boxes How To’s

In This Section

9 Add an Element to a List Box

9 Update a List Box Element

9 Delete a List Box Element

9 View a List Box Element’s Info Screen

9 Maintain a List Box’s Default Element

Add an Element to a List Box

g You cannot create a new profile . However, you can create additional elements for an existing profile by following the steps below .

To add an element to a list box:

� Profile Detail Listing screen, + Add New link

g Before making any changes to, deleting an existing list box element, or adding a new list box element, refer to the corresponding table to ensure that it is updatable .



1 . Access the Profile Header Listing screen . (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox for the desired list box profile (e .g ., ClearClassifications) .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the list box displays .

3 . Click the + Add New link .The Profile Detail Info screen displays in Add New mode .

4 . Complete the Description and Value fields (both are required as indicated in red): � Description – description of the value that displays in the list box for user selection . Descriptions are

automatically listed in alphabetical order on the Profile Detail Listing screen, and also in the list box . If Description field is left blank, it will automatically be listed first, both on the Profile Detail Listing screen and in the list box . The blank element will be the default value whether or not the Default checkbox is checked .



Back to this chapter’s TOClist BOxes hOw tO’s

� Value – the data the computer stores . This can be up to 5 alphanumeric characters . This identifier has to be unique witin a profile header group, but no among different headers .

5 . Check the Default checkbox if this value should display as the default in the list box . If the new element is blank, it will automatically be the default, regardless of its Default checkbox being checked, or if another element’s checkbox is checked . There does not have to be a default . If no default is chosen (i .e ., all Ns), the list box is blank (i .e ., no default value displays) .Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile . If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list .

6 . Click the Add button . The message, “The information has been added . “ displays .

7 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The new detail item displays highlighted (in black) in alphabetical order and its checkbox is checked .

8 . To add another detail item, repeat from step 5 above .


10 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .The profile group record to which you added the new detail item displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

11 . To add an element for another list box, repeat from step 2 above .

Update a List Box Element

To update a list box element: � Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button

g Before making any changes to, deleting an existing list box element, or adding a new list box element, refer to the corresponding table to ensure that it is updatable .

The system will not allow modification of a profile value that is currently in use .







2 . Check the Select checkbox for the desired list box profile (e .g ., ClearClassifications) .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays .

3 . Click the Update button next to the element’s description .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

4 . Revise the Description field, if applicable .

5 . Revise the Value field, if applicable .

g The system will not allow modification of a profile value that is currently in use .

6 . Check or uncheck the Default checkbox, if applicable . There does not have to be a default . If no default is chosen (i .e ., all Ns), the list box is blank (i .e ., no default value displays) .Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile . If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list .

7 . Click the Update button . The message, “The information has been updated .” displays .

8 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

9 . To update another element for this list box, repeat from step 3 above .


11 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .The profile group record for which you updated a detail item(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

12 . To update an element for another list box profile, repeat from step 2 above .

Delete a List Box Element

g The system will not allow deletion of a profile value that is currently in use .

To delete an element from a list box:

� Profile Detail Listing screen, Delete button







2 . Check the Select checkbox for the desired list box profile (e .g ., ClearClassifications) .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the list box displays .

3 . Click the Delete button next to the list box element’s description .The Profile Detail Listing - Delete Confirmation screen displays .

4 . Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default) . The confirmation pop-up message, “The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted .” displays .

g If the profile value is currently in use, an error message displays in the pop-up (e .g ., Error: Unable to delete the profile (Special Access Using This Value) .

5 . Click OK .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The list box element no longer displays .

6 . To delete another list box element, repeat from step 3 above .


8 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .The list box profile record from which you deleted a list box element(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

9 . To delete a list box element from another list box profile, repeat from step 2 above .

View a List Box Element’s Info Screen

All of the list box element for a list box profile display in the columns on the Profile Detail Listing screen . You can also view them on the Profile Detail Info screen by following the steps below .

To view a list box element’s Profile Detail Info screen:








2 . Check the Select checkbox for the desired list box element .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the list box profile displays .

3 . Click the View button next to the list box element’s description .The Profile Detail Info screen displays .


5 . Click the Exit button .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The viewed list box element displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

6 . To view another list box element, repeat from step 3 above .


8 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .The list box profile record for which you viewed an element(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

9 . To view an element for another list box profile, repeat from step 2 above .

Maintain a List Box’s Default Element

To add/change/delete a list box’s default element:

� Profile Detail Info screen, Default checkbox

g Before making any changes to a list box element, refer to the corresponding table to ensure that it is updatable .

To use the Default check box: 1 . Access the Profile Header Listing screen . (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this

chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox for the desired list box profile (e .g ., ClearClassifications) .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the list box displays .

3 . Review the default settings for each element in the Default column . A Y indicates that the Default checkbox is checked for the element on its Profile Detail Info screen . An N indicates that the Default




checkbox is not checked for the element on its Profile Detail Info screen . There does not have to be a default . Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile . If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list .

4 . Determine for which element(s) the Default checkbox needs to be checked/unchecked .

5 . Click the Update button next to the first element’s description for which the Default checkbox setting needs to be changedThe Profile Detail Info screen for the element displays .

6 . Check/uncheck the Default checkbox, as applicable .

7 . Click the Update button . The message, “The information has been updated . “ displays .

8 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated element displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

9 . To revise the Default checkbox setting for additional elements, if any, repeat from step 5 above .

10 . Review the default settings for each element in the Default column one again to confirm that the settings were changed correctly .


12 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .The list box profile group for which you changed the default element displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

13 . To maintain the default element for another list box, repeat from step 2 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOC system parameters hOw tO’s

System Parameters How To’s

In This Section

9 Update System Parameters

9 View System Parameters

Update a System Parameter

g Changing values within the Access Commander System Parameters profile must be done with great care because the behavior of the system can be greatly impacted . In some cases, the system could stop functioning correctly .

To update a system parameter:

� Profile Detail Listing screen, Update button

g Before making any changes to a system parameter, refer to the corresponding parameter in Table 7-4 and read the comments provided in the Comments column .

Some parameters should not be changed at all and some only after contacting MathCraft support .




2 . Check the Select checkbox for Access Commander System Parameters .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

3 . Locate the parameter in the list and review its current value in the Value column .

4 . Locate the parameter in Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters and review the Comments for it . Based on the instructions given, continue with the next step or contact MathCraft support for clarification/assistance .

5 . Click the Update button next to the parameter .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

6 . Make the needed revision, referring to the Comments for the parameter in Table 7-4: � Description – brief description of the parameter’s purpose . Should not be changed . � Value – for the majority of the parameters, this will be either Y for yes (i .e ., active), or N for no (i .e ., not



Back to this chapter’s TOCsystem parameters hOw tO’s

active) . � Default checkbox - does not apply . Leave as is .


8 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated parameter displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

9 . To update another parameter, repeat from step 3 above .


11 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .The Access Commander System Parameters row displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

View (Read-Only) a System Parameter

All of the data fields for a parameter display in the columns on the Profile Detail Listing screen . You can also view them on the Profile Detail Info screen by following the steps below .

To view the a parameter’s Profile Detail Info screen:





2 . Check the Select checkbox for Access Commander System Parameters .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

3 . Click the View button next to the parameter .The Profile Detail Info screen displays .


5 . Click the Exit button .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The viewed parameter displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

6 . To view another parameter’s Profile Detail Info screen, repeat from step 5 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOC system parameters hOw tO’s


8 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .The Access Commander System Parameters row displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .



Back to this chapter’s TOCuser deFined Fields (udFs) hOw tO’s

User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To’s

In This Section

9 Configure a Date UDF

9 Configure a Data Entry UDF

9 Configure a Text Box UDF

9 Configure a Drop-Down List Box UDF

9 Hide a UDF

User Defined Field (UDF) Types

There are four types of UDFs:

� Date � Data entry � Drop down lists � Text entry box

UDFs do not display on the corresponding Info screen until their default Description has been revised . After a UDF has been configured and is displaying on the Info screen, it may be further customized by a System Admin using the Setup Screen link on the Info screen . Refer to Chapter 3, System Utilities, Customize Info Screen Fields section, for information about showing/hiding screen fields, making fields required, formatting field text, and customizing a field’s name .

Table 7-241 lists the UDF profiles by module, the type of UDF fields available for configuration within the modules, and the Info screen/tab on which the field displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOC user deFined Fields (udFs) hOw tO’s

Configure a Date UDF

Figure 7-21. UDF date field example on the Profile Detail Listing screen.

The system profiles that include the option to create date UDFs (Value = DT#) are:

� ClearanceDODUDF � ClearanceNonDODUDF � ContractUDF � International Incoming VAL UDF � International Incoming Visitor UDF � International Non-VAL UDF � International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF � International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF � International Outgoing VAL UDF

Figure 7-22. UDF date field example.

To create a date UDF:

� Profile Detail Info screen, Description field




g Date user defined fields are designated by the Value DT# . For a list of all UDF profiles by module, see Table 7-241 .

Refer to Chapter 3, System Utilities, Customize Info Screen Fields section, for information about showing/hiding screen fields, making fields required, formatting field text, and customizing a field’s name .

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the Profile Header Listing screen . (Need help? See Profile Header Listing Screen in this

chapter .)

2 . Check the Select checkbox for the desired UDF profile (e .g ., ClearanceDODUDF) .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays with the available UDF fields .

3 . Click the Update button next to one of the element’s description (e .g ., HIDDEN) for which the Value = DT# .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

4 . Revise the Description field with the name of the date field that will display on the corresponding Info screen .

5 . Do not revise the Value field .

6 . Leave the Default checkbox unchecked . It does not apply to date fields .


8 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .The updated description (date field name) displays in the Description column .The newly configured date UDF displays on the corresponding Info screen .

9 . To configure another date UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above .

10 . To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link .The Back to Profile Listing option displays .

11 . Click the Back to Profile Listing option .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .

12 . To configure a date UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above .

13 . Access the Info screen(s) to validate that the UDF field(s) was/were correctly configured .




Configure a Data Entry UDF

Figure 7-23. UDF data entry example on the Profile Detail Listing screen.

The system profiles that include the option to create date UDFs (Value = FD# as shown in Figure 7-23) are:

� ClearanceDODUDF � ClearanceNonDODUDF � ConferenceUDF � ContractUDF � DocUDF � EmployeeUDF � FacilityUDF � International Incoming VAL UDF � International Incoming Visitor UDF � International Non-VAL UDF � International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF � International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF � International Outgoing VAL UDF � PropertyUDF � SponsorProgramUDF � VisitorUDF � VisitReqUDF

Figure 7-24. UDF data entry field example.




To configure a data entry UDF:


g Data entry user defined fields are designated by the Value FD# . For a list of all UDF profiles by module, see Table 7-241 .



chapter .)


3 . Click the Update button next to one of the element’s description (e .g ., HIDDEN) for which the Value = FD# .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

4 . Revise the Description field with the name of the data entry field that will display on the corresponding Info screen .


6 . Leave the Default checkbox unchecked . It does not apply to data entry fields .


8 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .The updated description (data entry field name) displays in the Description column .The newly configured data entry UDF displays on the corresponding Info screen .

9 . To configure another data entry UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above .



12 . To configure a date UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above .





Configure a Text Entry Box UDF

Figure 7-25. UDF text entry example on the Profile Detail Listing screen.

The system profiles that include the option to create text entry box UDFs (Value = TX# as shown in Figure 7-25) are:

� International Incoming VAL UDF � International Incoming Visitor UDF � International Non-VAL UDF � International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF � International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF � International Outgoing VAL UDF

Figure 7-26. UDF text entry box example.

To create a text entry box UDF:





g Text entry box user defined fields are designated by the Value TX# . For a list of all UDF profiles by module, see Table 7-241 .



chapter .)


3 . Click the Update button next to one of the element’s description (e .g ., HIDDEN) for which the Value = TX# .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

4 . Revise the Description field with the name of the text entry box that will display on the corresponding Info screen .


6 . Leave the Default checkbox unchecked . It does not apply to text entry boxes .


8 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .The updated description (text entry box name) displays in the Description column . When applicable, the text entries will be reordered in alphabetical order by Description .The newly configured text entry box UDF displays on the corresponding Info screen .

9 . To configure another text entry box UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above .



12 . To configure a text entry box UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above .





Configure a Drop-Down List Box UDF

Figure 7-27. UDF drop-down list box example on the Profile Detail Listing screen.

The system profiles that include the option to create drop-down list box UDFs (Value = DD# as shown in Figure 7-27) are:

� International Incoming VAL UDF (corresponding profiles are International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 through 5)

� International Incoming Visitor UDF (corresponding profiles are International Non-VAL Drop Down 1 through 5)

� International Non-VAL UDF (corresponding profiles are International Non-VAL Drop Down 1 through 5)

� International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF (corresponding profiles are International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility Drop Down 1 through 5)

� International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF (corresponding profiles are International Outgoing VAL Government Facility Drop Down 1 through 5)

� International Outgoing VAL UDF (corresponding profiles are International Outgoing VAL Drop Down 1 through 5)

� SAM UDF (corresponding profiles are SAM Drop Down 1 through 5)

After the drop-down list box has been configured, the list box elements must also be configured . Then the drop-down will display on the corresponding Info screen, as shown in Figure 7-x .

Figure 7-28. UDF drop-down list box and elements example.




To create a drop-down list box UDF:




2 . Check the Select checkbox for the desired UDF profile (e .g ., SAM UDF) .The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays with the available UDF fields .

3 . Click the Update button next to one of the element’s drop-down list box descriptions (e .g ., HIDDEN) for which the Value = DD# .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

4 . Revise the Description field with the name of the drop-down list box that will display on the corresponding Info screen .


6 . Leave the Default checkbox unchecked . It does not apply to these fields .


8 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .The updated description (date field name) displays in the Description column .

9 . Place the cursor on the Commands link .The Back to Profile Listing option displays .


11 . Locate and check the Select checkbox for the corresponding Drop Down UDF profile . For example, if you configured DD1 in the SAM UDF profile, you’ll need to configure the list box choices in the corresponding profile SAM - Drop Down 1 . The screen refreshes and the Profile Detail Listing screen for the profile displays .

12 . Click the Update button for the default element (Description = N/A, Value = N/A) .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

13 . Revise the Description field with the drop-down list box element that will display for the list box .

14 . Enter the appropriate value in the Value field .

15 . Check the Default checkbox if this list element should display as the default .


17 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .




The updated description displays in the Description column and the system value in the Value column .The newly configured drop-down list box and the element displays on the corresponding Info screen .

18 . Add the needed list box elements: � Click the + Add New button . � Enter the Description and Value . � Check the Default checkbox for the applicable element . � Click the Update, then Done button .

When applicable, the drop-down list box elements will be reordered in alphabetical order by Description . The newly configured elements will also display in the drop-down list box on the corresponding Info screen .

19 . To configure another drop-down list box UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above .



22 . To configure a drop-down list box UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above .


Hide a UDF

To hide a UDF field that’s been configured and is displaying on an Info screen:


g For a list of all UDF profiles by module, see Table 7-241 .

Fields on most Info screens can also be hidden by using the Setup Screen link on the corresponding Info screen . Refer to Chapter 3, System Utilities, Customize Info Screen Fields section, for information about showing/hiding screen fields, making fields required, formatting field text, and customizing a field’s name . Changes made this way override any changes made in the profile .


chapter .)


3 . Click the Update button next to the element’s description which should no longer display on the Info screen .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

4 . Revise the Description field with the default (e .g ., HIDDEN) .


6 . Leave the Default checkbox unchecked . It does not apply to data entry fields .





8 . Click the Done button . The Profile Detail Listing screen displays . The updated detail item displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .The updated description displays in the Description column .The UDF should no longer display on the corresponding Info screen .

9 . To hide another UDF for this profile, repeat from step 3 above .



12 . To hide a UDF for a different UDF profile, repeat from step 2 above .

13 . Access the Info screen(s) to validate that the UDF field(s) was/were correctly hidden .



Back to this chapter’s TOC system prOFile repOrting hOw tO

System Profile Reporting How To

In This Section

9 Generate a System Profile Report

Generate a System Profile Report

To generate a System Profile report:

� Profile Report screen, report to generate is selected, Go button (Run Report is the default command)

To use the Go button:

Figure 7-29. The Run Report command and Go button on the Profile Reports screen.


2 . If the report should include only a particular profile group, or group of profiles, check the Select checkbox(es) for that/those profile group(s) .The screen refreshes and the profile group(s) display(s) highlighted (in black) with a checkmark(s) in the checkbox(es) .

3 . Click the Reports link . The Profile Reports screen displays .

4 . Check the Select checkbox for the desired report .The screen refreshes and the report displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox . The applicable Report on radio buttons display in the top left-hand corner, and the Command default changed to Run Report in the top right-hand corner .

5 . Select the appropriate radio button if the one that is preselected is not correct .



Back to this chapter’s TOCsystem prOFile repOrting hOw tO

6 . Click the Go button (the Run Report command is the default) .The report displays .

7 . View, print, and/or export the report as needed . (Need help? See Generating Reports in Chapter 3, Global How To’s in the User’s Manual .)

8 . Click the Return button .The Profile Reports screen displays .

9 . To generate another report, repeat from step 4 above .

10 . To return to the Profile Header Listing screen, click the Go button (the Return to Profile Header Listing command is the default) .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .

11 . To generate additional reports, repeat from step 2 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOC system parameters taBle

System Parameters TableCustomizing and maintaining the System Parameters is one of the critical tasks of a System Administrator . Changing values within the Access Commander System Parameters profile must be done with great care because the behavior of the system can be greatly impacted . In some cases, the system could stop functioning correctly .

Table 7-4 lists and describes the System Parameters . It includes:

� Row # - Row number in which the parameter displays on the Profile Detail Listing screen for System Parameters .

� Description - short name of the parameter . � Values - the setting of the parameter at system installation . For the majority of parameters, this

is either Y for Yes or N for No . � Default - this setting is reserved for MathCraft technical support modification only . � Comments - Explanations and, in some cases, instructions for each parameter .

g The System Parameters are subject to change without prior notice . Please contact MathCraft Support for clarification, as needed .

Table 7-4. Access Commander System Parameters.

Access Commander System ParametersRow # Description Value Default Comments

1 127 .0 .0 .1 RAS N Default IP address of the report application server .

Contact MathCraft Support before changing the IP address .

The value (i .e ., RAS) should never be changed .

2 2002 RPORT N The value (i .e ., RPORT) should never be changed .

3 Add System Maintenance Menu to User Profile Listing

N N No longer used . Kept for older version compatibility .

4 Allow Flexible Password Y N Applies to the Login screen . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, users are forced to use the unrestricted password scheme .

5 Allow People Clearance/Access to be modified in VALs

Y N Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, users are able modify the investigation type and date in Outgoing VALs for people who have multiple investigation types/dates .



Back to this chapter’s TOCsystem parameters taBle


6 Allow Selecting the Facility to Transmit Docs

N N Applies to the document transmittal process in the Document Management module . Value may be changed .

When Value = N, the default facility for source facility (From Facility Code field on the Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate and Document Transmittal Info screen) in transmittal certificates is the facility from the documents being transmitted . The user can’t select a different facility .

When Value = Y, users can select a different facility from the From Facility Code list box .

7 Always Force to Pick a Sequence on Generated Number Fields (Doc #, Cert # . . .)

Y N Applies to modules containing generated number fields: Document Management, Facility Info, Property Management and Training and Conferences .

When Value = Y, users must select a sequence from the available sequences . They cannot enter characters in the field .

8 Always PRINT Full Clearance(s) in VALs N N Only used in the older version of the standard VALs . Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request module .

When Value = Y, the system forces the VAL to print all the clearances an employee cleared .

9 Always PRINT Full Special Access(es) in VALs

N N Only used in the older version of the standard VALs . Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request module .

When Value = Y, the system forces the VAL to print all the accesses an employee briefed .

10 [installed drive]:\AccessCommander_V2 (or V3)/Reports

RPT N Path for Crystal Report files when the Stop Using RAS Server Value=Y in the Web Session Parameters profile (see Table 7-222) . Applies to earlier installations of A/C utilizing the Crystal Report Server .

Contact MathCraft Support before changing the path .

The value (i .e ., RPT) should never be changed .

When the Stop Using RAS Server Value=N in the Web Session Parameters profile (see Table 7-222) this Description is C:\Program Files\Crystal Decision\Report Application Server 9\Reports

11 [installed drive]:/AccessCommander_V2 (or V3)/server/default/acdata/

UPL N Applies when A/C is running on a JBOSS server . If your web server is not JBOSS, please contact MathCraft Support .

Contact MathCraft Support before changing the path .

The value (i .e ., UPL) should never be changed .





12 Check active visits when assigning visitors to conferences

Y N Applies to the Training & Conferences module .

When Value = Y, users can assign a visitor to conferences only if the visitor has an active visit .

13 Check CageCode When Assign Property Y Y Applies to the Property Management and Personnel Management modules . Value may be changed .

When Value = N, users can assign property to people whose host facility code is different from the user’s host facility code .

14 Check Clearance When Assigning People to International Incoming VALs

N N Applies to the International Incoming VALs module .

When Value = N, the system allows the visitor assignment process to ignore the accesses .

15 Check Facility Verification Info when Assigning VALs and Transmittal Certs

Y N Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request and Document Management modules . Value may be changed .

When Value = N, users can assign VALs and Transmittal Certificates to facililties that are not verified .

16 Check special access(es) when assigning people to contract

Y N Applies to the Contract Management and Personnel Management modules . Value may be changed .

When Value = N, the system allows the employee contract assignment process to ignore the accesses .

17 Confirm when leaving Detail Data Entry screens

Y N Applies to all Info screens . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the system displays a warning pop-up window when the user is trying to leave a detail screen . The message is, “Leaving this screen may discard unsaved data . Are you sure?” The user can click the OK or Cancel button .

18 Contract - Set Items 11a-c Exclusively N N Applies to the Contract Management module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the system forces items 11a-c in Contract, Sub Contract, DD254 screens to be set exclusively .

19 Dashboard - Track In Process DOD Clearances

Y N Applies to the dashboard display .

When Value = Y, the user can generate the Dashboard Details - In Process DOD Clearances by Facility chart from the dashboard .

20 Do Not Use Sponsor Program Subsystem Y N No longer used . Kept for older version compatibility .

21 Document Copy # Starts At 1 Y N Applies to the Document Management module . Value may be changed .

When Value = N, the system forces the original document copy # to start at 0 .





22 Enable Post Assignment Access Check Y N Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the system prevents users from adding/updating special accesses when it may cause problems for existing assignment transactions .

23 Force Access Level Y N Not applicable . To be removed in a future version .

24 Force CageCode Segmentation Y N Applies systemwide . The value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the data in the system is segmented by Facility Code . For more information see the Facility ID Segmentation section in Chapter 4, Facility Info .

25 Generate SAM Area ID from Sequence(s) N N Applies to the Secured Area Management module . Value may be changed .

When the Value = Y, authorized users can set up a sequence for the Area ID field on the Secured Area Management Info screen .

26 Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen N N Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules . Value may be changed .

When the Value = N, the:• Following fields display on the Non-DOD

Clearance Info screen, Non-DOD Clearance Info tab: Polygraph 1, Polygraph 2, and for both the Date, By, and Type fields .

27 Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen

Y N Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules . Value may be changed .

When the Value = N, the:• Poly By checkbox and listbox, Poly Date list box

and Poly Date field display on the Special Access Info screen, Special Access Info tab

28 Inactivate Clearance(s)/Special Access(es) when Inactivating Employee(s)

N N Applies to the Personnel Management module . Value may be changed .

When the Value = Y, the system will automatically inactivate all active clearances and special accesses when the Inactive status is selected from the Status field on the Personnel Info screen, Employee tab .

29 Keep Contract # When Xmit Docs N S No longer used . Kept for older version compatibility .

30 Keep Custodian When Xmit/Destr Docs N S Applies to the transmittal and destruction processes in the Document Management module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the custodian, if assigned, is kept the same when a document is transmitted or destroyed .





31 Keep the Received Date when assigning documents to custodians

N N Applies to the Document Management, Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules . The Value should always = N for version 2 .14 or later .

This date used to be kept as the date of the last document-custodian assignment because this type of transaction history was not tracked in versions earlier than 2 .14 .

32 Max # of Records Allowed In Listing 100 N Applies to Search for Assignment screens (e .g ., Property Search for Assignment) . Value may be changed .

This Value sets the maximum number of records allowed to be returned when users search for records in assignment transactions) .

When the maximum is exceeded, users see the message, “Max # records (#) allowed reached! (of #)”, e .g ., “Max # records (100) allowed reached! (of 157)” .

33 Max # of Records/Page In Listing 12 N Applies to all Listing screens . Value may be changed .

This Value sets the maximum number of records displayed per screen for Listing screens .

34 Max DB Block Timeout (seconds) 120 S Applies systemwide . Do not change .

This flag should be set to 120 (for 2 minutes) to let the system know that the max amount of time allowed for a request is 2 minutes . It prevents the system from locking up other users, which causes a system restart .

35 Max Number of Employees Allowed per Internation Outgoing VAL(-1=unlimited)

250 N Applies to the International Outgoing VAL module .

This Value sets the maximum number of employees allowed to be assigned to a VAL .

36 Max Number of Records Allowed per International Incoming VAL(-1=unlimited)

250 N Applies to the International Incoming VAL module .

This Value sets the maximum number of visitors allowed to be assigned to a VAL .

37 Max Number of Records Returned in Ad-hoc Queries(-1=unlimited)

10000 N Applies to the ADHOC Query module .

This Value sets the maximum number of records allowed to be returned when users search for records in ADHOC Query transactions .

38 Max Upload File Size (MB) 5 N Applies to all A/C modules that include Associated Document upload functionality .

This Value sets the maximum file size when users upload Associated Documents .

39 N/A RPATH N Not applicable . To be removed in a future version .





40 Pass Conference Attendees to VisiCommander Expected Visitors

Y Y Applies to facilities using ViSi Commander as well as Access Commander, and for which the ViSi Commander Meeting Pre-Registration function is licensed and enabled .

When Value = Y, conference attendees entered in the Training and Conference module are passed to the VISi Commander Check In module as an Expected Visitor .

41 Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expected Visitors

N N Applies to facilities using ViSi Commander as well as Access Commander, and for which the ViSi Commander Meeting Pre-Registration function is licensed and enabled .

When Value = Y, incoming visitors entered in the Incoming Visit Request module are passed to the VISi Commander Check In module as an Expected Visitor .

42 Print Document Assignment Receipt Y S Applies to the Document Management module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, a hand receipt is issued when a document is assigned to a user .

43 Refresh Interval (in seconds) for Main Menu

90 N Applies to the Main Menu . Value may be changed .

In the newer version for Jboss servers, the system can send a broadcast to all users . This parameter is set (typically 15-30) for the Main Menu screen to refresh to see if there are any pending broadcast messages, and display them .

44 Require Clearance to Add Access(es) N N Not applicable . To be removed in a future version .

45 ReUse Password N N Applies to the Login screen . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the system allows users to reuse old passwords .

46 Select default facility in Personnel Selection Screen

N N Applies to the Personnel Search and Advanced Personnel Search screens . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the default facility code is preselected as a search criterion in the Facility Code field on the Personnel Search and Advanced Personnel Search screens .

47 Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Y N Applies to all Info screens . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the default facility code populates in the Facility Code fields on Info screens in Add New mode .

48 Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen N N Applies to all Search screens . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the default facility code populates in the Facility Code fields on Search screens .





49 Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s)

Y N Applies to a user’s default facility update access when assigning users in the User Profile module .

When Value = Y, a system user who is not given System Administrator privileges when being assigned to the system, is given Update access to his/her own employment facility (in employee record) .

50 Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen

N N Applies to the Personnel Management module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the system allows the Reinvestigation Date to display on the Special Access Info screen in the Rebrief Date field when completion of the corresponding training is indicated in the Training & Conferences module .

51 Show Contract Reciprocity checkbox Y N Applies to the Contract Administration module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the Reciprocity? checkbox displays on the Contract Info screen in Add New mode, and on the Contract tab when in Update mode .

52 Single Document Assignment Y S Applies to the Document Management, Property Management, Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the system allows only one person to be assigned to a document .

53 Single Property Assignment N S Applies to the Property Management, Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules . Value may be changed .

When Value = N, multiple persons may be assigned to property .

54 Sort Associated Docs by File Date Y N Applies systemwide . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the files added to the Associated Doc(s) section in a module will be sorted by the file date (otherwise the sort default is the order in which the files were added) .

55 Tracking URL Y N System defined value . Do not modify .

56 Update PI information from JPAS N N Applies to the Import and Refresh JPAS Data to Access Commander process .

Leave this parameter set to N unless instructed by MathCraft support to do otherwise .

When Value = N, the JPAS import process will not update the PI information in the Personnel Data .

57 Use CPRL features for NSA Contract(s) Y N Applies to NSA contracts in the Contract Management module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the CPRL feature is turned on for TS/NSA SI .





58 Use FOCI_ITAR Y N Applies to the Personnel Management, Visitor Control and Training & Conferences modules . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the FOCI/ITAR checkbox displays on the Personnel Info screen, Employee tab and the Visitor Info screen, Visitor Info tab, and the Training/Conference Info screen, Training & Conference tab .

59 Use International Visitor Modules Y N Applies to the International Outgoing VAL, International Incoming VAL and International Visitor Control modules . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the International Outgoing VAL, International Incoming VAL and International Visitor Control modules display on, and can be accessed from, the Main Menu and the System Admin menu bar link .

60 Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen Y Y Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules . This value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the system uses a different DOD Clearance screen which is more like JPAS .

When Value = N, date and data entry UDF fields may be configured in the ClearanceDODUDF profile . The fields display on the DOD Clearance Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info tab .

61 Use new special access rules Y N Leave this parameter set to N unless instructed by MathCraft support to do otherwise .

62 Use Other 3 .0 New Features Y N When Value = Y, the V3 features will be activated . When Value = N, the V2 features are active .

63 Use the new Advanced Personnel Search screen

Y N Applies to the Personnel Management module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the V3 version of this screen displays . When Value = N, the V2 version of this screen displays .

64 Use the new Contract screen Y N Applies to the Contract Administration module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the V3 version of this screen displays . When Value = N, the V2 version of this screen displays .





65 Use the new Outgoing Visit Request screen

N N Applies to the Outgoing Visit Request module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the Security POC and Tech . POC fields display (i .e ., name, Phone, Fax and Email) after the To Facility is selected . The data, if entered in the corresponding fields (i .e ., VAL Sec POC, VAL Tech POC, Phone, Fax, Email) on the Facility Info screen, Physical/Mailing Address tab, auto populates in the fields . Also, the NDA Date field does not display on the Program Info tab .

66 Use the new Special Access screen Y N Applies to the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the AccessUDF profile may be used to configure date and/or data entry UDFs . Once configured, the UDF field(s) will display on the Special Access Info screen, Special Access Info tab . NOTE: Seven of the UDF fields are preconfigured and should not be changed . See Table 7-11 . AccessUDF for more information .

67 Use the new Visitor input screen in Incoming VAL

Y N Applies to the Incoming Visit Request module . Value may be changed .

When Value = Y, the V3 version of the New Visitor screen displays . When Value = N, the V2 version of this screen displays .

68 Zero-Filled Document Copy Number Length

4 N Applies to the document copy process in the Document Management module . The Copy number displays in the Copy column on the Document Listing and Document Copy screens . Value may be changed .

The Value determines the length of the significant digits for the Copy Number . For example, when Value = 4, copies will numbered 0001, 0002, etc .



Back to this chapter’s TOCsystem prOFile elements taBles

System Profile Elements TablesTables 7-5 through 7-222 list and describe the profile elements in each group . These settings determine the:

� Values that display in the drop-down list boxes throughout the Access Commander system � Headers that display for User Defined Fields (UDFs), including drop-down list boxes, date fields,

data entry fields, and text boxes � Ignored Accesses settings � System defined values that cannot be modified

The tables include:

� Description - for list boxes, this is what displays in the list for user selection . For most list boxes, an element can be added, deleted, and updated . However, there are some exceptions . Please refer to the Comments column for special instructions .

� Values - this is a required field . The value must be a unique alphanumeric value up to 5 characters . This is the data that is stored by the system . This identifier has to be unique within a profile header group, but not among different headers . Values that are currently in use in the system cannot be deleted .

� Default - Applies only for list boxes and drop-down list box UDFs . A Y indicates that the value is the default value that displays in the list box . There does not have to be a default . Only one detail item should be assigned as the default within each profile . If more than one is assigned, the system will use the first one in the list . Some values should not be changed . Please refer to the Comments for special instructions .

� Comments - Explanations and/or instructions for a profile, when applicable .

g The profiles are subject to change without prior notice . Please contact MathCraft Support for clarification, as needed .

Table 7-5. Access Granted By.

Access Granted By (Row #2) - May Be ModifiedAgency granting Special Access list box elements

Add applicable agencies (e .g . DISCO, DOD, DSS, NATO, NRO, NSA, USAF)

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen, Clearance/Access tab, Granted By list boxes for Special

Access 1, Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5)2 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Granted By list box)3 . Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Granted By list box)

Description Value Default Comments

DISCO DISCO N Original installed setting .



Back to this chapter’s TOC system prOFile elements taBles

Table 7-6. Access Map.

Access Map (Row #3)- Do Not Modify

Description: Map used by JPAS .

Do Not MoDify

Modules Used: JPAS Data/Import Refresh

Table 7-7. Access Sponsors.

Access Sponsors (Row #4) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Sponsor for Special Accesses list box elements

Delete those that do not apply .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Sponsor list box)2 . Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Sponsor list box)


AS&T S1 N Original installed settings .COO S2 N

FASTMAX S3 N

FIA S4 N

FIA (IMINT) S5 N

HYPO SETA S6 N

IMINT S7 N

IMINT (A SPO) S8 N

IMINT (EIS) S9 N

IMINT (I&A) S10 N

LIWA S11 N

N/A U Y Do not modify .

NACI AS1 N

NIMA S12 N

NRO S13 N

NRO-SI/TK S14 N

OAAA S15 N

P&A S16 N

SAO S17 N

SIGNT S18 N

SIGINT/SAO S19 N




Table 7-8. AccessCompart.

AccessCompart (Row #5) - May Be ModifiedSpecial program compartment list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Compartment # list box)2 . Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Compartment list box) 3 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Compart # list box)4 . Visitor Control (Compartment Info screen > Compartment list box)


Unknown U Y Original installed settings .

Compart AAA AAA N

Compart BBB BB N

Compart CCC CCC N

Table 7-9. AccessLevel.

AccessLevel (Row #6) - May Be ModifiedSpecial program level list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Level list box)


1 A Y Original installed settings .

2 B N

3 C N

4 D N

5 E N

Table 7-10. AccessType.

AccessType (Row #7) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)

Special Accesses list box elements

Delete those that do not apply .

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Access(es) checkbox) 2 . Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical/Mailing Address tab > Facility Access(es) and Safeguard Access(es)

checkboxes)3 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Clearance/Access tab > Access Type list boxes for Special Access 1,

Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5)4 . Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Access(es) checkboxes (display in Add New mode only))5 . Personnel Management (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Access(es) checkboxes)6 . Personnel Management (Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request screen > Access(es) checkboxes)7 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access tab > Access Type list box)8 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Access(es) checkboxes)9 . Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Access(es) Required

checkboxes)10 . Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access tab > Access Type list box)11 . Visitor Control (Visitor Listing - Assign to New Incoming Visit Request screen > Access(es) checkboxes)




AccessType (Row #7) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)


AIS AIS N Original installed settings .

B B N

Bye Bye N

CNWDI CNWDI N

COMINT COMNT N

COMSEC COMSC N

COMSEC Acct COMSA N

DCS DCS N

DTIC DTIC N

FGI FGI N

FOUO FOUO N

FRD FRD N

G G N

GG GG N

H H N

LIMDIS LIMDS N

NATO NATO N

NATO C 13983 N

NATO S 13982 N

NOFORN NOFON N

Non-SCI NOSCI N

OPSEC OPSEC N

QTS QTS N

RD RD N

SAP SAP N

SAR SAR N

SCI SCI N

SI SI N

SNTK SNTK N

TEMPEST TEMPEST N

TK TK N

Unknown U Y Do not modify .

WNINTEL WNINT N




Table 7-11. AccessUDF.

AccessUDF (Row #8) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions)Placeholders for optional custom date (DT) and data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules .

These UDF fields only apply if the Value=Y for the Use the new Special Access Screen in the Access Commander System Parameters profile . See Table 7-4 for more information .

These UDF fields do not display on the Special Access Info screens until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the default as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the screen/tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management and/or Visitor Control module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > [UDF field(s)])2 . Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info tab > [UDF field(s)])


Special Access Date UDF1 (Denied Date) DT1 N Preconfigured date UDF . Do not modify .

Special Access Date UDF2 (Withdrawn Date) DT2 N Preconfigured date UDF . Do not modify .

Special Access Date UDF3 (IA Brief Date) DT3 N Preconfigured date UDF . Do not modify .

Special Access Date UDF4 (CIS/AIS Brief Date) DT4 N Preconfigured date UDF . Do not modify .

Special Access Date UDF5 (SCIF Brief Date) DT5 N Preconfigured date UDF . Do not modify .

Special Access Date UDF6 (Spon/Nom Letter Requested Date)

DT6 N Preconfigured Date UDF . Do not modify .

Special Access Date UDF7 (Spon/Nom Letter Received Date)

DT7 N Preconfigured Date UDF . Do not modify .

Special Access Date UDF8 DT8 N Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .



Special Access UDF2 FD2 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .




Table 7-12. Additional Badge Status.

Additional Badge Status (Row #9) - Do Not ModifyBadge Status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > Badge Status list box)


Active 100 Y Please do not change or update .

InActive 200 N Please do not change or update .

Pending 300 N Please do not change or update .




Table 7-13. Additional Badge Type.

Additional Badge Type (Row #10) - May Be ModifiedAdditional badge type list box elements

Modify (delete, add, revise) as applicable

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > Badge Type list box)


CAC 100 Y Original installed settings .

Non-Swipe 300 N

RapidGates 400 N

Swipe 200 N

Table 7-14. AdditionalBadgeUDF.

AdditionalBadgeUDF (Row #11) - May Be ModifiedPlaceholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Personnel Management module .

These UDF fields do not display on the Additional Badge(s) Info screen until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the default as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the screen/tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management and/or Visitor Control module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > [UDF field(s)])


Additional Badge UDF1 UDF1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .



Table 7-15. Auto Assign Property Custodian.

Auto Assign Property Custodian (Row #12) - May Be ModifiedAutomatically assign custodian to assets .

Modules Used: Property Management


Auto Assign Property Custodian N S




Table 7-16. Badge Agency.

Badge Agency (Row #13) - May Be ModifiedEmployee badge agency list box elements

Modify (delete, add, revise) as applicable (e .g ., DOE, DOJ, NRO, NSA)

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > Agency list box)


1 AG2 N Original installed settings .

1222 AG4 N

NGP AG1 Y

None AG5 N

SAR AG3 N

Table 7-17. Badge Org.

Badge Org (Row #14) - May Be ModifiedEmployee additional badge Organization list box elements


Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Additional Badge(s) Info screen > Organization list box)


N Descriptions automatically populate with existing organization values . Corresponding values are automatically assigned .

Unknown 100 Y Please do not change or update .

Table 7-18. BadgeType.

BadgeType (Row #15) - May Be ModifiedEmployee badge type list box elements

Modify (delete, add, revise) as applicable (e .g ., Consultant)

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Badge(s) tab > Badge Type list box)


Employee E Y Original installed settings .Guard G N

Temporary T N

Visitor V N




Table 7-19. CageCodeAccess.

CageCodeAccess (Row #16) - Do Not ModifyDescription: Accessible facility permissions

Modules Used: User Profile - Accessible Facility Code


Updatable U N Please do not change or update .

ViewOnly V Y Please do not change or update .

Table 7-20. CageCodeStat.

CageCodeStat (Row #17) - Do Not ModifyFacility ID status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Facility Management (Facility Info screen > Physical Address tab > Status list box)


Active A Y Please do not change or update .

InActive I N Please do not change or update .

Table 7-21. Check Container.

Check Container (Row #18) - May Be ModifiedDescription: Custodian must have an assigned safe before a document can be granted .

Modules Used: Document Management


Check container when assign doc Y S When this flag is set to Y, the system will prevent users from assigning a document to a custodian unless the custodian has an assigned safe .

Check facility safeguard/access(es) when assigning document(s)

N N When this flag is set to Y, the system will prevent users from assigning a document to a facility unless the facility has the required safeguard/access(es) .

Container type B S




Table 7-22. Clearance Granted By.

Clearance Granted By (Row #19) - May Be ModifiedDescription: Agency granting the clearances list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Clearance/Access tab > Granted By list boxes for Clearance, Special

Access 1, Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5)2 . Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Granted By list box)3 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Granted By list box)4 . Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Granted By list box)5 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Granted By list box)


CCF C12 N Original installed settings .

CIA C11 N

CSD-East C7 N

DISA C13 N

DISCO C14 N

DS C2 N

DSS C5 N

DSS WAIVER C15 N

DSS/OCC C6 N

Navy CBB1 N

NGA C4 N

NIMA C9 N

NPG C1 N

NRO C3 N

NSA C8 N

SAR C10 N

Unknown U Y

USACE CBB2 N

Table 7-23. Clearance Owner.

Clearance Owner (Row #20) - Do Not ModifyDefines the codes for agency clearances .

You can maintain clearances of multiple agencies in Access Commander . Always use the first two characters of the clearance values to determine the clearance owner (see ClearClassifications Table 7-28) .

Modules Used: System Wide


DISA DI N Do not modify .

DOD DD Y Do not modify .

DOE DE N Do not modify .

DOH DH N Do not modify .

DOJ DJ N Do not modify .




Clearance Owner (Row #20) - Do Not ModifyFBI FI N Do not modify .

NPG NP N Do not modify .

NSA NS N Do not modify .

SAR SA N Do not modify .

Table 7-24. Clearance Request Type.

Clearance Request Type (Row #21) - May Be ModifiedStatus of clearance request list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Request Type list box)2 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Request Type list box) 3 . Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Request Type list box)4 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Request Type list box)


Added Affiliation ICAAF N Original installed settings .Conversion to Intel C N

Crossover Brief X N

Dual-Track ICBDT N

Initial Access I Y

Reinstatement R N

Reinstatement > 6 mon ICRG6 N

RFA ICRFA N

Single-Track ICBST N

XOB ICXOB N

Table 7-25. Clearance Sponsors.

Clearance Sponsors (Row #22) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Clearance sponsors list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Sponsor list box)2 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Sponsor list box)


DISA CS1 N Original installed settings .

N/A U Y Do not modify .

NACI CS2 N




Table 7-26. ClearanceDODUDF.

ClearanceDODUDF (Row #23) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions)Placeholders for optional custom date (DT) and data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) on the DOD Clearance Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info tab in the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules .

Fields can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management and/or Visitor Control module . They can be hidden by updating the Description to HIDDEN, or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info . tab) if the Use New JPAS like

Clearance Screen system parameter is set to “N” (see Table 7-4)2 . Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info . tab) if the Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen

system parameter is set to “N” (see Table 7-4)


Clearance Date UDF1 DT1 N Preconfigured Date UDF . Do not modify

Clearance Date UDF10 DT10 N Preconfigured Date UDF . Do not modify .




Clearance Date UDF5 DT5 N Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .





Clearance UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .








Table 7-27. ClearanceNonDODUDF.

ClearanceNonDODUDF (Row #24) - May Be ModifiedPlaceholders for optional custom date (DT) and data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) on the Non-DOD Clearance Info screen in the Personnel Management and Visitor Control modules .

The fields can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management and/or Visitor Control module . They can be hidden by updating the Description to HIDDEN, or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info . tab)2 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Remarks/Customized Info . tab)




















Table 7-28. ClearClassifications.

ClearClassifications (Row #25) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions)Clearance Classification list box elements

The first two characters must be the value of the agency as defined in the Clearance Owner table (Table 7-23) . The third character designates the level of the clearance . For example, DDA is the lowest, DDB is the next highest, DDC the next highest, and so forth .

If an additional level is needed, numbers may also be used . For example, DDA is the lowest, DDA1 is the next highest, DDB the next highest, and so forth .

Modules Used: 1 . Contract Management (DD254 Form Info screen > Facility Clearance Required and Level of Safeguarding Required

list boxes)2 . Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Facility Clearance and Safeguarding list boxes)3 . Contract Management (SubContract Info screen > Facility Clearance and Safeguard list boxes)4 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Classification list box) 5 . Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical Address tab > Clearance and Safeguard list boxes) 6 . Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Info screen > Clearance list box)7 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Clearance/Access tab > Clearance list box)8 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Classification list box) 9 . Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Clearance list box)

10 . Personnel Management (Courier Info screen > Clearance list box)11 . Personnel Management (Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request screen > Clearance list box)12 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Classification list box)13 . Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Clearance list box)14 . Visitor Control (Courier Info screen > Clearance list box)15 . Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Clearance list box)16 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Clearance list box)17 . Visitor Control (Visitor Listing - Assign to New Incoming Visit Request screen > Clearance list box)


Confidential DDB N Do not modify .

Cosmic TS DDDCM N Do not modify .

Interim Secret DDC0 N Original installed settings .Interim TS DDD0 N

ISA Secret SARC0 N

ISA Top Secret SARC1 N

ISSA Secret SARD0 N

ISSA Top Secret SARD1 N

None DDA$ Y Do not modify .

Secret DDC1 N Do not modify .

Top Secret DDD1 N Do not modify .

TSSI NSA3 N Do not modify .




Table 7-29. ClearStatus.

ClearStatus (Row #26) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions)Clearance status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Clearance/Access tab > Status list boxes for Clearance, Special

Access 1, Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5)2 . Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Clearance Status list box)3 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Status list box)4 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Status list box)5 . Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Clearance Status list box)6 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Status list box)7 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Status list box)



Inactive I N Please do not change or update .

None N N

Pending P N Please do not change or update .

Table 7-30. ClearType.

ClearType (Row #27) - May Be ModifiedDescription: Clearance type

Modules Used: Clearance


ClearType1 A Y Please do not change or update .

ClearType2 B N Please do not change or update .

Table 7-31. ClosingActions.

ClosingActions (Row #28) - May Be ModifiedContract closing status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Closing Action list box)2 . Contract Management (Supporting Location Info screen > Closing Action list box)3 . Visitor Control (Compartment Info screen > Status list box)


N N Original installed settings .

No Material M N

Retention R N

Transfer X N




Table 7-32. CompartStat.

CompartStat (Row #29) - Do Not ModifyDescription: Compartment status

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Status list box)




Table 7-33. Conference Status.

Conference Status (Row #30) - Do Not ModifyConference and training status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Status list box)




Pending P N Please do not change or update .

Table 7-34. Conference /Training for Access.

Conference/Training for Access (Row #31) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Access Brief/Refreshed list box elements

When AIS or NATO is chosen from the Access Brief/Refreshed list box and the completion date is entered on the Employees tab, that date will be reflected in the Rebrief Date field on the Special Access Info screen, Special Access Info tab in the Personnel Management module .

This feature is enabled/disabled in the Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen (row # 47)System Parameter .

Modules Used: 1 . Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Access Brief/

Refreshed list box)1 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Rebrief Date field)


AIS AIS N Original installed settings .NATO NATO N

None None Y Please do not change or update .




Table 7-35. ConferenceUDF.

ConferenceUDF (Row #32) - May Modify Description/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom data entry (FD#) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Training and Conferences module .

The fields can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Training and Conferences module . They can be hidden by updating the Description to HIDDEN, or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override the settings on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info > Remarks/Other tab > 5 UDF text fields)


Conference UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .





Table 7-36. ContractMarket.

ContractMarket (Row #33) - May Be ModifiedContract market type list box elements


Modules Used: 1 . Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Market Type list box)


Airforce 400 N Original installed settings .

ARMY 100 N

Intel 300 N

Military 500 N

Navy 200 N

Table 7-37. ContractStat.

ContractStat (Row #34) - Do Not ModifyContract status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Contract Status list box)



Closed I N Please do not change or update .

Closing N N Please do not change or update .




Table 7-38. ContractType.

ContractType (Row #35) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions)Contract Type list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > Contract Sub Type list box)2 . Contract Management (SubContract Info screen > Type list box)


Cost Plus P N Original installed settings .Fixed Price F Y

Prime PRIMU N

Sub (unknown) SUBU N

Subcontract Generated SUBGN N

Subcontract Received SUBRV N Please do not change or update .

Unknown U N Please do not change or update .

Table 7-39. ContractUDF.

ContractUDF (Row #36) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify Value Placeholders for optional custom date (DT) and data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Contract Administration module .

These UDF fields do not display on the Contract Info screen, Contract tab, until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer HIDDEN) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the Contract tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Contract Management module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., HIDDEN), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: Contract Administration (Contract Info screen > Contract tab > [UDF date or data entry field])


HIDDEN DT5 N Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .





HIDDEN FD10 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .










Table 7-40. Copy Number Alpha.

Copy Number Alpha (Row #37) - May Be ModifiedDescription: Document Control Copy Number



Required Data Type Y This parameter is normally set to Y .

Table 7-41. Country List.

Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead TimeCountry list box elements and the corresponding international VAL lead times (lead times apply only within the International Outgoing VAL module)

Do not modify the Description or Value for any of the countries .

Modules Used: 1 . Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical/Mailing Address, Granted By Address and Classified Address tabs > Country

list box)2 . International Incoming VAL (Add New International Visitor screen > Country of Citizenship list box) 3 . International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Country of Visit list box)4 . International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > Country of Visit/Lead-Time (default=37 working days) list

box)5 . International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab > Country of Citizenship list box)6 . Personnel Management (Foreign Travel Info screen > Trip Info tab > Origination Country and Destination Country list

boxes)

Row # Description Value Default Int. VAL Lead-Time (Days)

1 Afghanistan AFG N 30

2 Albania ALB N 30

3 Algeria DZA N 30

4 American Samoa ASM N 30

5 Andorra AND N 30

6 Angola AGO N 30

7 Anguilla AIA N 30

8 Antarctica ATA N 30

9 Antigua & Barbuda ATG N 30

10 Argentina ARG N 30

11 Armenia ARM N 30

12 Arub ABW N 30

13 Australia AUS N 30

14 Austria AUT N 30

15 Azerbaijan AZE N 30

16 Bahamas BHS N 30

17 Bahrain BHR N 30

18 Bangladesh BGD N 30

19 Barbados BRB N 30




Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time20 Belarus BLR N 30

21 Belgium BEL N 14

22 Belize BLZ N 30

23 Benin BEN N 30

24 Bermuda BMU N 30

25 Bhutan BTN N 30

26 Bolivia BOL N 30

27 Bosnia&Herzegowina BIH N 30

28 Botswana BWA N 30

29 Bouvet Island BVT N 30

30 Brazil BRA N 30

31 British Indian Ocean Terriory IOT N 30

32 British Virgin Islands VGB N 30

33 Brunei BRN N 30

34 Bulgaria BGR N 30

35 Burkina Faso BFA N 30

36 Burma 3 N 30

37 Burundi BDI N 30

38 Cambodia KHM N 30

39 Cameroon CMR N 30

40 Canada CAN N 20

41 Cape Verde CPV N 30

42 Carribean 1 N 30

43 Cayman Islands CYM N 30

44 Central African Republic CAF N 30

45 Chad TCD N 30

46 Chile CHL N 30

47 China CHN N 30

48 Christmas Island CXR N 30

49 Cocos (Keeling) Islands CCK N 30

50 Colombia COL N 30

51 Comoros COM N 30

52 Congo COG N 30

53 Congo, Democratic Republic COD N 30

54 Cook Islands COK N 30

55 Costa Rica CRI N 30

56 Croatia HRV N 30

57 Cuba CUB N 30

58 Cyprus CYP N 30

59 Czech Republic CZE N 30

60 Denmark DNK N 10




Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time61 Djibouti DJI N 30

62 Dominica DMA N 30

63 Dominican Republic DOM N 30

64 East Timor TMP N 30

65 Ecuador ECU N 30

66 Egypt EGY N 30

67 El Salvador SLV N 30

68 Equatorial Guinea GNQ N 30

69 Eritrea ERI N 30

70 Estonia EST N 30

71 Ethiopia ETH N 30

72 Falkland Islands FLK N 30

73 Faroe Islands FRO N 30

74 Fiji FJI N 30

75 Finland FIN N 30

76 France FRA N 35

77 France, Metropolitan FXX N 30

78 French Guiana GUF N 30

79 French Polynesia PYF N 30

80 French Southern Territories ATF N 30

81 Gabon GAB N 30

82 Gambia GMB N 30

83 Georgia GEO N 30

84 Germany DEU N 30

85 Ghana GHA N 30

86 Gibraltar GIB N 30

87 Greece GRC N 20

88 Greenland GRL N 30

89 Grenada GrD N 30

90 Guadeloupe GIP N 30

91 Guam GUM N 30

92 Guatemala GTM N 30

93 Guinea GiN N 30

94 Guinea -Bissau GNB N 30

95 Guyana GUY N 30

96 Haiti HTI N 30

97 Heard and McDonald Islands HMD N 30

98 Holy See 0 N 30

99 Honduras HDN N 30

100 Hong Kong HKG N 30

101 Hungary HUN N 30




Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time102 Iceland ISL N 30

103 India IND N 30

104 Indonesia IDN N 30

105 Iran IRN N 30

106 Iraq IRQ N 30

107 Ireland IRL N 30

108 Israel ISR N 30

109 Italy ITA N 40

110 Ivory Coast CIV N 30

111 Jamaica JM N 30

112 Japan JPN N 10

113 Jordan JOR N 30

114 Kazakhstan KAZ N 30

115 Kenya KEN N 30

116 Kiribati KIR N 30

117 Korea, North KOR N 30

118 Korea, South PRK N 30

119 Kuwait KWT N 30

120 Kyrgyzstan KGZ N 30

121 Laos LAO N 30

122 Latvia LVA N 30

123 Lebanon LBN N 30

124 Lesotho LSO N 30

125 Liberia LBR N 30

126 Libya LBY N 30

127 Liechtenstein LIE N 30

128 Lithuania LTU N 30

129 Luxembourg LUX N 10

130 Macau MAC N 30

131 Macedonia MKD N 30

132 Madagascar MDG N 30

133 Malawi MWI N 30

134 Malaysia MYS N 30

135 Maldives MDV N 30

136 Mali MLI N 30

137 Malta MLT N 30

138 Marshall Islands MHL N 30

139 Martinique MTQ N 30

140 Mauritania MRT N 30

141 Mauritius MUS N 30

142 Mayotte MYT N 30




Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time143 Mexico MEX N 30

144 Micronesia, Federated States of FSM N 30

145 Moldova MDA N 30

146 Monaco MCO N 30

147 Mongolia MNF N 30

148 Montenegro MEO N 30

149 Montserrat MSR N 30

150 Morocco MAR N 30

151 Mozambique MOZ N 30

152 Myanmar MMR N 30

153 N/A N/A N 30

154 Namibia NAM N 30

155 Nauru NRU N 30

156 Nepal NPL N 30

157 Netherlands NLD N 20

158 Netherlands Antilles ANT N 30

159 New Caledonia NCL N 30

160 New Zealand NZL N 30

161 Nicaragua NIC N 30

162 Niger NER N 30

163 Nigeria NGA N 30

164 Niue NIU N 30

165 Norfolk Island NFK N 30

166 Northern Mariana Islands NMP N 30

167 Norway NOR N 30

168 Oman OMN N 30

169 Pakistan PAK N 30

170 Palau PLW N 30

171 Palestinian Territory PSE N 30

172 Panama PAN N 30

173 Papau New Guinea PNG N 30

174 Paraguay PRY N 30

175 Peru PER N 30

176 Philippines PHL N 30

177 Pitcairn PCN N 30

178 Poland POL N 30

179 Portugal PRT N 20

180 Puerto Rico PRI N 30

181 Qatar QAT N 30

182 Reunion REU N 30

183 Romania ROM N 30




Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time184 Russia RUS N 30

185 Rwanda RWA N 30

186 S Georgia & S Sandwich Islands SGS N 30

187 Saint Kitts and Nevis KNA N 30

188 Saint Lucia LCA N 30

189 Samoa WSM N 30

190 San Marino SMR N 30

191 Sao Tome and Principe STP N 30

192 Saudi Arabia SAU N 30

193 Select 1 NULL N 30

194 Senegal SEN N 30

195 Serbia RSO N 30

196 Serbia and Montenegro SCG N 30

197 Seychelles SYC N 30

198 Sierra Leone SLE N 30

199 Singapore SGP N 30

200 Slovakia SVK N 30

201 Slovenia SVN N 30

202 Solomon Islands SLB N 30

203 Somalia SOM N 30

204 South Africa ZAF N 30

205 South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands SGS N 30

205 Spain ESP N 25

206 Sri Lanka LKA N 30

207 St Vincent & the Grenadines VCT N 30

208 St . Helena SHN N 30

209 St . Pierre and Miquelon SPM N 30

210 Sudan SDN N 30

211 Suriname SUR N 30

212 Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands SJM N 30

213 Swaziland SWZ N 30

214 Sweden SWE N 30

215 Switzerland CHE N 40

216 Syria SYR N 30

217 Taiwan TWN N 30

218 Tajikistan TJK N 30

219 Tanzania TZA N 30

220 Thailand THA N 30

221 Timor-Leste TLS N 30

222 Togo TGO N 30

223 Tokelau TKL N 30




Country List (Row #38) - May Modify International VAL Lead Time224 Tonga TON N 30

225 Trinidad and Tobago TTO N 30

226 Tunisia TUN N 30

227 Turkey TUR N 15

228 Turkmenistan TKM N 30

229 Turks and Caicos Islands TCA N 30

230 Tuvalu TUV N 30

231 Uganda UGA N 30

232 Ukraine UKR N 30

233 United Arab Emirates ARE N 30

234 United Kingdom GBR N 28

235 United States USA N 30

236 Uruguay URY N 30

237 US Minor Outlying Islands UMI N 30

238 Uzbekistan UZB N 30

239 Vanuatu VUT N 30

240 Vatican City State VAT N 30

241 Venezuela VEN N 30

242 Vietnam VNM N 30

243 Virgin Islands (U .S .) VIR N 30

244 Wallis and Futuna Islands WLF N 30

245 Western Sahara WSAHA N 30

246 Yemen ESH N 30

247 Yugoslavia YUG N 30

248 Zaire 2 N 30

249 Zambia ZMB N 30

250 Zimbabwe ZWE N 30

Table 7-42. DestroyMethod.

DestroyMethod (Row #39) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Destruction method list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Listing - Assign to New Destruction Certificate screen > Method list box)2 . Document Management (Document Destruction Info screen > Method list box)


Burn B Y Original installed settings .Erase E N

Shred S N





Table 7-43. Docctrl10Years.

Docctrl10Years (Row #40) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Exempt codes for 10 year declassification list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Declassification tab > 10 Year Exempt list box)


None N Y


X1 A N

X2 B N Original installed settings .X3 C N

X4 D N

X5 E N

X6 F N

X7 G N

X8 H N

Table 7-44. Docctrl25Years.

Docctrl25Years (Row #41) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Exempt codes for 25 year declassification list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Declassification tab > 25 Year Exempt list box)


25X1 A N Original installed settings .25X2 B N

25X3 C N

25X4 D N

25X5 E N

25X6 F N

25X7 G N

25X8 H N

None N Y


Table 7-45. DocCtrlSeriesNum.

DocCtrlSeriesNum (Row #42) - Do Not ModifyDescription: Document Series Number



Manual Control Number Entry 0 Y Please do not change or update .




Table 7-46. DocCtrlStat.

DocCtrlStat (Row #43) - Do Not ModifyDescription: Document Status




Destroyed D N Please do not change or update .


Incorporated N N Please do not change or update .

OnLoan O N Please do not change or update .

Transmitted T N Please do not change or update .

Table 7-47. DocctrlType.

DocctrlType (Row #44) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Document types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Doc. Type list box)



Table 7-48. DocUDF.

DocUDF (Row #45) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValueHeaders for the User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Document Management module .

These UDF fields do not display on the Document Info screen, Remarks/Other tab, until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the Remarks/Other tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Contract Management module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Remarks/Other tab > 5 UDF fields)


Doc UDF1 FD2 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .








Table 7-49. Drawers.

Drawers (Row #46) - May Be ModifiedDrawer numbers list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Drawer # list box)


1 1 Y Original installed settings .

3 2 N

4 3 N

Unknown U Y Please do not change or update .

Table 7-50. Email Notification Configuration.

Email Notification Configuration (Row #47) - May Be ModifiedEmail notification configuration .

Modules Used: Reminder Set UpSystemwide for all modules with activated reminder fields .


Delete Reminder after sending Email N N When the Value = Y, the reminder will be deleted from the Reminder Listing when the email is sent .

Table 7-51. EmployeeStat.

EmployeeStat (Row #48) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Employee Status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Employee tab > Status list box)




Table 7-52. EmployeeType.

EmployeeType (Row #49) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Employee Types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Employee tab > Employee Type list box)


Consultant CS N

Employee E Y Please do not change or update .

Intern I N Original installed settings .Other O N




EmployeeType (Row #49) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Parttime P N

Sub Contractor S N

Temporary T N

Table 7-53. EmployeeUDF.

EmployeeUDF (Row #50) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Personnel Management module .

These UDF fields do not display on the Personnel Info screen, Flag/Rem. tab, until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the Flag/Rem. tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Personnel Management module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Flag/Rem . tab > 5 UDF fields .)


Employee UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .





Table 7-54. Enterprise Authentication.

Enterprise Authentication (Row #51) - May Be ModifiedDescription: For customers using the Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request utility, who do not have LDAP, this is the login rule to tell them to use either Last Name, Employee Number or Login ID as USERID, and last 4 or 5 digits of their SSNs as password for authentication . See Table 7-222, Web Session Parameters, Use LDAP for authentication .

Modules Used: Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Requests


* .* .* .* IPALL N Specifies the actual IP or subnet for the workstation on which employees can preregister visitors .

When Value = * .* .* .* , any workstation may be used .

Authentication type to be used: SSN4 or SSN5 SSN4 N Specifies whether the last four or last five digits of the employee’s SSN will be used as the password to login to the Pre-Registration module .

Value = SSN4, last four digits of SSNValue = SSN5, last five digits of SSN




Enterprise Authentication (Row #51) - May Be ModifiedDefault Session Timeout (in seconds) 900 N Maximum inactive seconds per user session .

If no value is entered for a user in the Max Inactive Interval (sec) field on the User Info screen, then the user will automatically be logged off when his or her session is inactive longer than the value (in seconds) set here .

User ID field to be used: LNAME=Last Name, EMNO=Employee # or USRID=Employee Login ID

LNAME N Value (e .g ., LNAME) determines what data is used as the User ID for the employee requesting to preregister visitors .

Table 7-55. EquipOwner.

EquipOwner (Row #52) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Equipment Owner list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Ownership list box)


Company M Y Original installed settings .GFE B N

GFE-AF D N

GFE-SPAWAR C N

Personal O N


Table 7-56. EquipType.

EquipType (Row #53) - May Be ModifiedEquipment Types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Type list box)


Alarm I N Original installed settings . Badge G N

Billet BIL N Please do not change or update .

Cell Phone A N

Container Safe SAFE N

Decal DECAL N

Desktop Computer E N

Key H N

Notebook Computer F N

SCIF SCIF N

STU-III D N





Table 7-57. Expecting Visit Type.

Expecting Visit Type (Row #54) - Do Not ModifyDescription: Type of expected visits

Active when the Value = Y for Pass Conference Attendees to VisiCommander Expected Visitors and Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expected Visitors profiles in the Access Commander System Parameters profile group .

Modules Used: Used with ViSi Commander only .


Conference CONF Y Do not modify .

Incoming VAL INVAL N Do not modify .

Non VAL Visit NOVAL Y Do not modify .

Pre-Registered PRREG Y Do not modify .

Table 7-58. Facility Inspection Organization.

Facility Inspection Organization (Row #55) - May Be ModifiedFacility inspection organization list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Facility Info (Facility Inspection Info screen > Inspection Organization list box)


Unknown U Y Original installed setting .

Table 7-59. Facility Inspection Rating.

Facility Inspection Rating (Row #56) - Do Not ModifyFacility inspection rating list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Facility Info (Facility Inspection Info screen > Rating list box)


None None Y Original installed setting .

Table 7-60. Facility Type.

Facility Type (Row #57) - Do Not ModifyFacility Type list box elements

Modules Used: Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical/Mailing Address tab > Facility Type list box)


CAGECODE N Y Do not modify .

Internal Code Y N Do not modify .

UIC U N Do not modify .




Table 7-61. FacilityUDF.

FacilityUDF (Row #58) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Facility Info module .

These UDF fields do not display on the Facility Info screen, Email Notification Info tab, until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays on the x tab, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Facility Info module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: Facility Info


Facility UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .





Table 7-62. FP Type.FP Type (Row #59) - May Be ModifiedFingerprints submission type list box elements


Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Flag/Rem . tab > Fingerprints Submission Type list box)


Email 100 N Original installed settings .Return to Customer RTC N

SWFT SWFT N

US Mail 200 N

Table 7-63. GateStatus.

GateStatus (Row #60) - Do Not ModifyGate Status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Facility Info (Gate Info screen > Gate Status list box)







Table 7-64. GuardStations.

GuardStations (Row #61) - Do Not ModifyDescription: Guard or Reception Stations

Modules Used: Facility Info


East Station E N Please do not change or update .

North Station N N Please do not change or update .

South Station S N Please do not change or update .

Unknow Station U Y Please do not change or update .

West Station W N Please do not change or update .

Table 7-65. Ignored Accesses in Document-Contract Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in Document-Contract Assignments (Row #62) - May Be Modified

Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning documents to contracts by setting the values to Y .

Modules Used: 1 . Contract Management (Contract Info screen > Documents tab > Document(s) section > Assign Document(s) button)


AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

NOFORN N Y Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

OPSEC N Y Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .




Ignored Accesses in Document-Contract Assignments (Row #62) - May Be Modified

RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to contracts .

Table 7-66. Ignored Accesses in Document-Personnel Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in Document-Personnel Assignments (Row #63) - May Be Modified

Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning documents to custodians by setting the values to Y .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Document(s) tab > Assigned Document(s) section > Assign Doc(s)

button


AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .




Ignored Accesses in Document-Personnel Assignments (Row #63) - May Be Modified

OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to custodians .

Table 7-67. Ignored Accesses in Document-Safe/Closed Area Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in Document-Safe/Closed Area Assignments (Row #64) - May Be Modified

Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning documents to safes by setting the values to Y .

Modules Used: 1 . Property Management (Property Info > Documents tab > Document(s) section > Transfer to Safe button


AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .




Ignored Accesses in Document-Safe/Closed Area Assignments (Row #64) - May Be Modified

NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning documents to safes .

Table 7-68. Ignored Accesses in IS-Contract Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in IS-Contract Assignments (Row #65) - May Be Modified

Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning information systems to contracts by setting the values to Y .

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Contract(s) tab > Assigned to Contract(s) section > Assign

Contract(s) button


AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .




Ignored Accesses in IS-Contract Assignments (Row #65) - May Be Modified

NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to contracts .

Table 7-69. Ignored Accesses in IS-Personnel Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in IS-Personnel Assignments (Row #66) - May Be Modified

Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning information systems to personnel by setting the values to Y .

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen > User(s) tab > Assigned to User(s) section > Assign User(s) button2 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned Information System(s) section > Assign

IS button


AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .




Ignored Accesses in IS-Personnel Assignments (Row #66) - May Be Modified

LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

Table 7-70. Ignored Accesses in IS-SAM Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in IS-SAM Assignments (Row #67) - May Be Modified

Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning information systems to secured areas by setting the values to Y .

The Description for access added must match the Description for that access in Table 7-10, AccessType .

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen > User(s) tab > Assigned to User(s) section > Assign User(s) button2 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned Information System(s) section > Assign

IS button


Add the applicable access(es) and enter value of Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

Table 7-71. Ignored Accesses in People-Contract Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in People-Contract Assignments (Row #68) - May Be Modified

Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning contracts to personnel by setting the values to Y .

Modules Used: 1 . Contract Administration (Contract Info screen > Personnel tab > # Employee(s) Assigned and# Contractor(s) Assigned

sections > Assign Employee(s) and Assign Contractor(s) button2 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned to Contract(s) section > Contracts

button




Ignored Accesses in People-Contract Assignments (Row #68) - May Be Modified


AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .

WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning contracts to personnel .




Table 7-72. Ignored Accesses in Property-Contract Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in Property-Contract Assignments (Row #69) - May Be Modified

Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning property to contracts by setting the values to Y .

Modules Used: 1 . Property Management (Property Info > Assignment tab > Assigned to Contract(s) section > Assign Contracts

button


AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .

WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to contracts .




Table 7-73. Ignored Accesses in Property-Personnel Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in Property-Personnel Assignments (Row #70) - May Be Modified

Description: Used to specify the accesses that should not be checked when assigning property to personnel by setting the values to Y .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Assignment(s) tab > Assigned Propertiy(ies) section > Assign

Properties button2 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Assignment tab > # People Assigned section > Assign People

button


AIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

B N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

Bye N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

CNWDI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

COMINT N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

COMSEC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

COMSEC Acct N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

DCS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

DTIC N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

FGI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

FOUO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

FRD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

G N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

GG N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

H N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

LIMDIS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

NATO N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

NATO C N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

NATO S N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

NOFORN Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

Non-SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

QTS N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

RD N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

SAP N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

SAR N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

SCI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

SI N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

SNTK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

TEMPEST N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

TK N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

Unknown N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

WNINTEL N N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .




Table 7-74. Ignored Accesses in Property-SAM Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in Property-SAM Assignments (Row #71) - May Be Modified


The Description for access added must match the Description for that access in Table 7-10, AccessType .


Properties button2 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Assignment tab > # People Assigned section > Assign People

button


Add the applicable access(es) and enter value of Y to ignore this access when assigning information systems to personnel .

Table 7-75. Ignored Accesses in SAM-Contract Assignments.

Ignored Accesses in SAM-Contract Assignments (Row #72) - May Be Modified



Properties button2 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Assignment tab > # People Assigned section > Assign People button


INTEL Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

NOFORN Y Y Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

OPSEC Y N Change value to Y to ignore this access when assigning property to personnel .

Table 7-76. IncidentType.

IncidentType (Row #73) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Property incident types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Property Management (Incident Info screen > Incident Type list box)






Table 7-77. InspectType.

InspectType (Row #74) - May Be ModifiedFacility inspection types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Facility Info (Facility Inspection Info screen > Inspection Type list box)


Annual A Y Original installed settings .

Monthly B N

Self S N

Table 7-78. Interim Map.

Interim Map (Row #75) - May Be ModifiedThis list can be configured to allow Interim clearances (Interim Secret/Top Secret) collaterals to be assigned to actual Secret/Top Secret clearances .

To be set by System Administrators .

Modules Used: Clearances


DDC1 DDC0 N

DDD1 DDD0 N

Table 7-79. International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level.

International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level (Row #76) - May Be ModifiedClearance Level list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Incoming VAL (Add New International Visitor screen > Clearance Level list box)2 . International Visitor Control (International Info screen > Visitor Info tab > Clearance Level list box)


Confidential DDB N Original installed settings .

Interim Confidential DDA1 N

Interim Secret DDC0 N

Interim TS DDD0 N

NATO Cosmic Top Secret DDD2 N

None DDA N

Secret DDC1 N

Select 1 NULL Y

Top Secret DDD1 N




Table 7-80. International Incoming VAL - Disclosure Level.

International Incoming VAL - Disclosure Level (Row #77) - May Be ModifiedDisclosure Level list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Disclosure Level list box)


Confidential DDB N Original installed settings .

Secret DDC1 N

Select 1 NULL Y

Unclassified DDA0 N

Table 7-81. International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1.

International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #78) - May Be ModifiedThe list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming VAL UDF profile (Value = DD1) .

Modules Used: 1 . International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box]


N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element . See Drop Down List Boxes How To’s for the steps to add additional elements .
























Table 7-86. International Incoming VAL - Type Sponsorship.

International Incoming VAL - Type Sponsorship (Row #83) - Do Not ModifyType of Sponsorship list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Type of Sponsorship list box)


Government GOV N Do not modify .

NATO NATO N Do not modify .

Non-Government NOGOV N Do not modify .

Select 1 NULL Y Do not modify .

Table 7-87. International Incoming VAL - Visit Status.

International Incoming VAL - Visit Status (Row #84) - Do Not ModifyVisit Status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Visit Status list box)


Active A Y Do not modify .

Archive I N Do not modify .

Pending P N Do not modify .




Table 7-88. International Incoming VAL - Visit Type.

International Incoming VAL - Visit Type (Row #85) - Do Not ModifyVisit Type list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > Visit Type list box)


Amendment AMEN N Do not modify .

Emergency EMERG N Do not modify .

One Time ONCE N Do not modify .

Recurring RECUR N Do not modify .


Table 7-89. International Incoming VAL UDF.

International Incoming VAL UDF (Row #86) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Incoming VAL module . If utilized, the UDF fields display on the International Incoming VAL Info screen in Add New mode, and on the VAL Info tab in Update and View mode .

These UDF fields do not display on the International Incoming VAL Info screen until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Incoming VAL module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields . They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5 . The Description is first updated with the field name . Then the corresponding system profile element (e .g ., International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements .

Modules Used: International Incoming VAL (International Incoming VAL Info screen > VAL Info tab > [UDF field(s)]


Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF . Do not modify the Value . Corresponding list box elements added in the International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1 profile .





Hidden DT1 Y Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .






International Incoming VAL UDF (Row #86) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValueHidden DT3 Y Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .







Hidden FD1 Y Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .










Hidden TX1 Y Text box UDF . Do not modify the Value .

Table 7-90. International Incoming Visitor UDF.

International Incoming Visitor UDF (Row #87) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Visitor Control module . If utilized, the UDF fields display on the International Visitor Info screen in Add New mode, and on the Visitor Info tab in Update and View mode .

These UDF fields do not display on the International Visitor Info screen until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Visitor Control module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields . They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5 . The Description is first updated with the field name . Then the corresponding system profile element (e .g ., International Incoming VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements .

Modules Used: International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab > [UDF field(s)]


Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF . Do not modify the Value . Corresponding list box elements added in the International Visitor - Drop Down 1 profile .





International Incoming Visitor UDF (Row #87) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValueHidden DD3 Y Drop down UDF . Do not modify the Value . Corresponding list box elements

added in the International Visitor - Drop Down 3 profile .














Hidden F10 Y Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .










Table 7-91. International Non-VAL - Drop Down 1.

International Non-VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #88) - May Be ModifiedThe list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Non-VAL UDF profile (Value = DD1) .

Modules Used: 1 . International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > [drop down list box])






Table 7-96. International Non-VAL - Visit Type.

International Non-VAL - Visit Type (Row #93) - Do Not ModifyVisit Type list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > Visit Type list box)


Classified CLASS N Do not modify .

Select 1 NULL N Do not modify .

Unclassified UNCLS N Do not modify .

Table 7-97. International Non-VAL UDF.

International Non-VAL UDF (Row #94) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Visitor Control module . If utilized, the UDF fields display on the International Visit Info Info screen .

These UDF fields do not display on the International Visit Info Info screen until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the default Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Visitor Control module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields . They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5 . The Description is first updated with the field name . Then the corresponding system profile element (e .g ., International Non-VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements .

Modules Used: International Visitor Control (International Visit Info Info screen > [UDF field(s)]


Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF . Do not modify the Value . Corresponding list box elements added in the International Non-VAL - Drop Down 1 profile .














International Non-VAL UDF (Row #94) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValueHidden DT6 Y Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .















Table 7-98. International Outgoing VAL - Disclosure Level.

International Outgoing VAL - Disclosure Level (Row #95) - Do Not ModifySecurity Disclosure Level list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Security Disclosure Level list box)


Confidential DDB N Do not modify .

Secret DDC1 N Do not modify .


Table 7-99. International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1.

International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1 (Row #96) - May Be ModifiedThe list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL UDF profile (Value = DD1) .

Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > [drop down list box]






Table 7-104. International Outgoing VAL - Initiated/Invited by.

International Outgoing VAL - Initiated/Invited by (Row #101) - Do Not ModifyInitiated/Invited By list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Initiated/Invited By list box)


Initiated by Requesting Agency RAGEN N Do not modify .

Invitation of the Agency or Facility to Be Visited RFAC N Do not modify .


Table 7-105. International Outgoing VAL - Initiative.

International Outgoing VAL - Initiative (Row #102) - Do Not ModifyInitiative list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Initiative list box)


Commercial Initiative COMM N Do not modify .

Government Initiative GOVT N Do not modify .


Table 7-106. International Outgoing VAL - Program.

International Outgoing VAL - Program (Row #103) - Do Not ModifyProgram(s) list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Program(s) list box)


N/A x N Do not modify .

Select a programto add to the list x N Do not modify .

Table 7-107. International Outgoing VAL - Type.

International Outgoing VAL - Type (Row #104) - Do Not ModifyInternational Outgoing VAL types that display when the user clicks + Add New .Modules Used:

1 . International Outgoing VAL


Contractor C N Do not modify .

Contractor (NATO) CNATO N Do not modify .

Dual D N Do not modify .

Dual (NATO) DNATO N Do not modify .

Government G N Do not modify .




International Outgoing VAL - Type (Row #104) - Do Not ModifyGovernment (NATO) GNATO N Do not modify .

Select 1 SELT1 Y

Table 7-108. International Outgoing VAL - Visit Status.

International Outgoing VAL - Visit Status (Row #105) - Do Not ModifyVisit Status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Visit Status list box)


Active A N Do not modify .

Archive I N Do not modify .

Pending P N Do not modify .

Table 7-109. International Outgoing VAL - Visit Type.

International Outgoing VAL - Visit Type (Row #106) - Do Not ModifyType of Visit Being Processed list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > Type of Visit Being Processed list box)


Amendment AMEN N Do not modify .

Emergency EMERG N Do not modify .

One Time ONCE N Do not modify .

Recurring RECUR N Do not modify .

Select 1 NULL Y

Table 7-110. International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 1.

International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 1 (Row #107) - May Be ModifiedThe list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF profile (Value = DD1) .

Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (Contract Facilities Info screen > [drop down list box]























Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (Contract Facilities Info screen > [drop down list box])






Table 7-115. International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF.

International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF (Row #112) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Outgoing VAL module . If utilized, the UDF fields display on the Contract Facilities Info screen .

These UDF fields do not display on the Contract Facilities Info screen until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Outgoing VAL module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields . They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5 . The Description is first updated with the field name . Then the corresponding system profile element (e .g ., International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements .

Modules Used: International Outgoing VAL (Contract Facilities Info screen > [UDF field(s)])


Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF . Do not modify the Value . Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility - Drop Down 1 profile .






Hidden DT10 Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .







Hidden DT 8 Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .

Hidden DT 9 Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .











International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF (Row #112) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValueHidden FD8 Y Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .



POC Email FD1 Y Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .

Table 7-116. International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 1.

International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 1 (Row #113) - May Be ModifiedThe list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF profile (Value = DD1) .

Modules Used: 1 . International Outgoing VAL (Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen > [drop down list box]


























Table 7-121. International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF.

International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF (Row #118) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Outgoing VAL module . If utilized, the UDF fields display on the Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen .

These UDF fields do not display on the Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Outgoing VAL module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., Hidden as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Five of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields . They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5 . The Description is first updated with the field name . Then the corresponding system profile element (e .g ., International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements .

Modules Used: International Outgoing VAL (Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen > [UDF field(s)]


Hidden DD1 Drop down UDF . Do not modify the Value . Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 1 profile .




International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF (Row #118) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValueHidden DD2 Drop down UDF . Do not modify the Value . Corresponding list box elements added

in the International Outgoing VAL Government Facility - Drop Down 2 profile .
























POC Email FD1 Y Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .

Table 7-122. International Outgoing VAL UDF.

International Outgoing VAL UDF (Row #119) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the International Outgoing VAL module . If utilized, the UDF fields display on the International Visits screen in Add New mode, and on the VAL Info tab in Update and View mode .

These UDF fields do not display on the International Visits screen until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the International Outgoing VAL module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., Hidden as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .




International Outgoing VAL UDF (Row #119) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValueFive of the fields are designated be used as drop down fields . They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5 . The Description is first updated with the field name . Then the corresponding system profile element (e .g ., International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements .

Modules Used: International Outgoing VAL (International Visits screen > VAL Info tab > [UDF field(s)])


Hidden DD1 Y Drop down UDF . Do not modify the Value . Corresponding list box elements added in the International Outgoing VAL - Drop Down 1 profile .





























Table 7-123. International Visitor - Drop Down 1.

International Visitor - Drop Down 1 (Row #120) - May Be ModifiedThe list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the International Incoming Visitor UDF profile (Value = DD1) .

Modules Used: 1 . International Visitor Control (International Visitor Info screen > [drop down list box])

























N/A N/A Y Placeholder for the first list box element . See User Defined Fields (UDFs) How To’s for the steps to add additional elements .

Table 7-128. Inventory Status.

Inventory Status (Row #125) - Do Not ModifyInventory Status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Inventory Management (Inventory Info screen > Inventory tab > Status list box)


Cancelled X N Do not modify .

Closed C N Do not modify .

Open O Y Do not modify .

Table 7-129. Inventory Type.

Inventory Type (Row #126) - Do Not ModifyType of inventory list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Inventory Management (Inventory Info screen > Inventory tab > Type list box)


Asset P N Do not modify .

Document D Y Do not modify .

Table 7-130. InvestBy.

InvestBy (Row #127) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Investigative agency list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Completed By list box)2 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list box for Initial

Investigation)3 . Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Completed By list box)4 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list box for Initial Investigation)


CIA C N Original installed settings .DOD D N

FBI F N




InvestBy (Row #127) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)None A Y Do not modify .

NSA E N

OPM B N

Table 7-131. Investigation Types.

Investigation Types (Row #128) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions)Background investigation types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor > Clearance/Access tab > Investigation Type list boxes for Clearance, Special

Access 1, Special Access 2, Special Access 3, Special Access 4, and Special Access 5)2 . Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Type list box)3 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Type list box)4 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Investigation Type list box)5 . Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Type list box)6 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Investigation Type list box)7 . Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Investigation Type list box)


BI IT3 N Original installed settings .CNAC IT9 N

L IL N

NAC IT2 N

NAC/LAC/CR IT8 N

NACLC NACLC N Do not modify .

PPR PPR N Do not modify .

PRS PRS N Do not modify .

Q IQ N

SBI IT1 N

SBPR SBPR N Do not modify .

SSBI IT7 N

SSBI/PR IT4 N

Unknown U Y

Table 7-132. IS - Accred. Status.

IS - Accred. Status (Row #129) - May Be ModifiedAccredidation list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Accred. Status list box)


ATC ATC N Original installed settings .

ATO ATO N

ATP ATP N

De-accredited DEACC N




IS - Accred. Status (Row #129) - May Be ModifiedIATC IATC N

IATO IATO N

IATT IATT N

None None Y

Table 7-133. IS_IS Associated Document Type.

IS_IS Associated Document Type (Row #130) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Type of documents appended list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System Associated Doc . Info screen > Type of Action list box)


Accreditation Letter AL N Original installed settings .MFR MFR N

Other O Y Do not modify .

Review REV N

Waiver WAIV N

Table 7-134. IS_Privilege User Type.

IS_Privilege User Type (Row #131) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions)User types for the information system list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System User Info > User Type list box)


General User N/A Y Do not modify .

ISSM ISSM N Original installed settings .

ISSO ISSO N Do not modify .

Privilege User POC N Do not modify .

Table 7-135. IS_SSP Action Type.

IS_SSP Action Type (Row #132) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)SSP action types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System SSP Info > Type of Action list box)


Accreditation CRED N Original installed settings .Customer Redlines RED N

Initial Submission INIT Y Do not modify .

Resubmit RESUB N




Table 7-136. IS Status.

IS Status (Row #133) - Do Not ModifyStatus of the Information System list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Status list box)


Active A Y Do not modify .

Inactive I N Do not modify .

Table 7-137. IS_Approvedfor.

IS_Approvedfor (Row #134) - May Be ModifiedDescription: System approval duration

Modules Used: Information Systems


1 Year 1yr Y

120 Days 120d N

3 Years 3yrs N

30 Days 30d N

60 Days 60d N

90 Days 90d N

Table 7-138. IS_Area Type.

IS_Area Type (Row #135) - May Be ModifiedIS location area list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Type of Area list box)


Closed Area Close Y Original installed settings .

Other Other N

Restricted Area Rest N

SCIF SCIF N

SWA SWA N

TSWA TSWA N




Table 7-139. IS_Destruction.

IS_Destruction (Row #136) - May Be ModifiedIS destruction method list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Platform Specific Info (One per OS) screen > Sent to for Destruction list box)


Document Control DOC N Original installed settings .NSA NSA Y

Table 7-140. IS_Encryption.

IS_Encryption (Row #137) - May Be ModifiedIS encryption type list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Encryption list box)


KG-145 KG145 N Original installed settings .KIV-7 KIV-7 N

None None Y

Table 7-141. IS_FailedLogins.

IS_FailedLogins (Row #138) - May Be ModifiedNumber of allowed login attempts list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Platform Specific Info (One per OS) Info screen > After # attempts list box)


1 1 N Original installed settings .2 2 N

3 3 N

4 4 N

5 5 N

N/A N/A Y




Table 7-142. IS_ProtectionLevel.

IS_Protection Level (Row #139)Protection level for an Information System list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen > Main tab > Protection Level list box)


1 Prot1 Y Original installed settings .2 Prot2 N

3 Prot3 N

4 Prot4 N

Table 7-143. IS_Reenable.

IS_Reenable (Row #140) - May Be ModifiedReset options for an Information System list box elements Modules Used:

1 . Information Systems (Platform Specific Info (One per OS) Info screen > Account is Re-enabled? list box)


After 5 minutes 5min N Original installed settings .Manually by a priviledged user Manu Y

Table 7-144. IS_System Type.

IS_System Type (Row #141) - May Be ModifiedIS network environment architecture list box elements Modules Used:

1 . Information Systems (Information System Info screen >Main tab > System Type list box)


LAN LAN N Original installed settings .

Standalone alone Y

WAN (Interconnected) WAN2 N

WNA (Unified) WAN1 N

Table 7-145. JPAS Mapping.

JPAS Mapping (Row #142) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Description: Mappings used in the JPAS import process to map the clearances/accesses used in JPAS to the equivalent clearances/accesses in A/C .

Modules Used: JPAS Data Import/Refresh


C DDB N DDB is “Confidential” under “ClearClassifications” in A/C (see Table 7-28)

Interim S DDCO N DDBZ is “Interim Secret” in A/C under “ClearClassifications” (see Table 7-28)




JPAS Mapping (Row #142) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Interim T DDD0 N DDCZ is “Interim TS” in A/C under “ClearClassifications” (see Table 7-28)

Rest Data RD N Do not modify .

S DDC1 N DDC is Secret under “ClearClassifications” in A/C (see Table 7-28)

TS DDD1 N DDD is Top Secret under “ClearClassifications” in A/C (see Table 7-28)

Table 7-146. MediaType.

MediaType (Row #143) - May Be ModifiedDocument Media Types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Media Type list box)


ARTWORK AW N Original installed settings .CHANGE PAGES CP N

COMPACT DISK CD N

COMPUTER PRINTOUT CC N

COVER LETTER LT N

DRAFT COPY DC N

DRAWING DW N

FILM FL N

FLASHCARD FS N

FLOPPY DISKETTE FD N

HARD DISK HD N

MICRO FICHE MF N

NEGATIVE NG N

OPTICAL DISK OD N

PAPER DOCUMENT PP Y

SLIDE SL N

TAPE TP N

VIDEO VD N

VIEWGRAPH VG N

WORKING PAPER WP N




Table 7-147. PasswordExpirationDays.

PasswordExpirationDays (Row #144) - May Be ModifiedPassword expiration codes list box elements

In order for the days to be sorted correctly in the list box, the text # of days in the Description field must be 3-character length (e .g ., 030 days) .

Modules Used: 1 . User Profile (User Info screen > Password must be changed in list box)


030 days 30 N Original installed settings .

060 days 60 N

090 days 90 N

180 days 180 N

365 days 365 N

Never 000 Y

Table 7-148. PendingDocStatus.

PendingDocStatus (Row #145) - Do Not ModifyPending document codes list box elements

Modules Used: Document Management1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Owner/OnLoan tab > Pending Dest/Xmit list box)


U S Please do not change or update .

To be destroyed PD S Please do not change or update .

To be transmitted PT S Please do not change or update .

Table 7-149. Personnel Contract Assignment Option.

Personnel Contract Assignment Option (Row #146) - May Be ModifiedSetting to allow/disallow assignment of employees in pending status to a contract .

Modules Used: Contract Administration and Personnel Management


Allow assigning pending employee(s) N N When Value = Y, security administrators can assign employees in pending status to a contract .

Table 7-150. Poly Status.

Poly Status (Row #147) - May Be ModifiedPolygraph status list box elements

Modules Used: Personnel Management1 . Personnel Management (Poly Info screen > Status list box)







Poly Status (Row #147) - May Be ModifiedPending P N Please do not change or update .

Withdrawn W N Please do not change or update .

Table 7-151. PolyBy.

PolyBy (Row #148) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Polygraph adminstering agency list box elements

When the Value = N in the Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen system parameter, this list box does not display on the Non-DOD Clearance Info tab .

When the Value = N in the Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen system parameter, this list box does not display on the Special Access Info tab .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list boxes for Polygraph

1 and Polygraph 2)2 . Personnel Management (Poly Info screen > Poly By list box)3 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Poly By list box)4 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list boxes for Polygraph 1 and

Polygraph 2)5 . Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Poly By list box)


Agency AGCY N Original installed settings .Center CENTR N

Customer CUS N

DOD D N

FBI F N

None A Y Do not modify .

NRO NRO N

NSA E N

OPM B N

SAR C N

Table 7-152. PolygraphTypes.

PolygraphTypes (Row #149) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Polygraph types list box elements

When the Value = N in the Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen system parameter, this list box does not display on the Non-DOD Clearance Info tab .

When the Value = N in the Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen system parameter, this list box does not display on the Special Access Info tab .

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Type list boxes

for Polygraph 1 and Polygraph 2)2 . Personnel Management (Poly Info screen > Poly Type list box) 3 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Poly Type list box)




PolygraphTypes (Row #149) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)4 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Type list boxes5 . Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Poly Type list box)


CI CL N Original installed settings .Electroscopic EL N

LS LS N

TypeI 1 N

TypeII 2 N


Table 7-153. Prefixes.

Prefixes (Row #150) - May Be ModifiedName prefixes list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Visitor Info tab > Prefix list box)2 . International Incoming VAL (Add New International Visitor screen > Prefix list box)3 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Employee tab > Prefix list box)4 . Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab > Prefix list box)


A Y Original installed settings .Dr . F N

Gen . G N

Miss E N

Mr . B N

Mrs . C N

Ms . D N

Table 7-154. ProgramAccessList.

ProgramAccessList (Row #151) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Description: Access type for special programs

Modules Used: Sponsor Program


Cobra III A N Original installed settings .Condor B N

NativeSon C N


VirginMary D N




Table 7-155. ProgramList.

ProgramList (Row #152) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Special Access programs list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Program list box) 2 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Program Info tab > Program list box)3 . Visitor Control (Compartment Info screen > Program list box)4 . Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Program Info tab > Program list box)


Eagle C N Original installed settings .

HellFire B N

SpyMaster A N


Table 7-156. PropertySubType.

PropertySubType (Row #153) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Equipment sub types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Sub Type list box)


ADT A N


Wells Fargo B N

Table 7-157. PropertyUDF.

PropertyUDF (Row #154) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Property Management module .

These UDF fields do not display on the Property Info screen, Property tab until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Property Info module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the default Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > 5 UDF fields)


Property UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .








Table 7-158. PropSecuStat.

PropSecuStat (Row #155) - Do Not ModifyProperty status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Property Management (Decal Info screen > Decal tab > Status list box)2 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Status list box)




Table 7-159. ReInvestBy.

ReInvestBy (Row #156) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Agency performing reinvestigations list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list box for

Reinvestigation)2 . Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Reinvestigation Completed By list

box)3 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > By list box for Reinvestigation)4 . Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Reinvestigation Completed By list box


CIA C N Original installed settings .DOD D N

FBI F N

None A Y Do not modify .

NSA E N

OPM B N

Table 7-160. Reinvestigation Types.

Reinvestigation Types (Row #157) - May Be ModifiedTypes of reinvestigations list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Type list box for

Reinvestigation)2 . Personnel Management (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Reinvestigation Type list box)3 . Visitor Control (Non-DOD Clearance Info screen > Non-DOD Clearance Info tab > Type list box for Reinvestigation)4 . Visitor Control (DOD Clearance Info screen > DOD Clearance Info tab > Reinvestigation Type list box)


BLANK Y Original installed setting .




Table 7-161. Report Category.

ReportCategory (Row #158) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Legend for report footer list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Report Profile (Report Profile Detail Info screen > Report Category list box)


B Y Do not modify .

Confidential C NOriginal installed settings . Restricted R N

Top Secret T N

Table 7-162. SAM - Drop Down 1.

SAM - Drop Down 1 (Row #159) - May Be Modified The list box elements are added in this profile for the drop down list box User Defined Field (UDF) as configured in the SAM UDF profile (Value = DD1) .

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > [drop down list box])


























Table 7-167. SAM Access Types.

SAM Access Types (Row #164) - May Be Modified Types of secured area access types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Access(es) checkboxes)


G G N Original installed settings .SAP SAP N

SAR SAR N

SCI SCI N

SI SI N

TK TK N




Table 7-168. SAM Alarm Access Type.

SAM Alarm Access Type (Row #165) - May Be Modified Types of secured area alarm access control types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Alarm/Access Control Info screen > Access Control Type list box)


FIPS 15 FIP15 N Original installed settings .N/A N/A Y

Smart Card SMART N

Table 7-169. SAM Alarm Equipment Type.

SAM Alarm Equipment Types (Row #166) - May Be Modified Types of secured area alarm equipment types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Alarm/Access Control Info screen > Equipment Type list box)


Access Control AC Y Original installed settings .Alarm ALARM N

Table 7-170. SAM Alarm Monitor.

SAM Alarm Monitor (Row #167) - Do Not Modify Types of secured area alarm monitors list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > DSS147 tab > 14 . SUPPLEMENTAL

PROTECTION section > Alarm Monitor list box)


Proprietary P N Original installed settings .Subcontract S N

Table 7-171. SAM Alarm Provider.

SAM Alarm Provider (Row #168) - May Be Modified Types of secured area alarm providers list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Alarm/Access Control Info screen > Alarm Provider (UL Certificate Issuer) list box)


Other OTHER N Original installed settings .

SAIC SAIC Y




Table 7-172. SAM Alarm Type.

SAM Alarm Type (Row #169) - May Be Modified Types of secured area alarm types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Alarm/Access Control Info screen > Alarm Type list box)


Alarm Type 1 ALRM1 N Original installed settings .Alarm Type 2 ALRM2 N

N/A N/A Y

Table 7-173. SAM Amenity Type.

SAM Amenity Type (Row #170) - May Be Modified Types of secured area amenities list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Amenity Info screen > Type list box)


Gym GYM N Original installed settings .Kitchen KITCH N

N/A N/A N

Restaurant REST N

Table 7-174. SAM Area Type.

SAM Area Type (Row #171) - May Be Modified Types of secured areas list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Area Type list box


Closed Area CLOSE N Original installed settings .N/A N/A Y

Restricted RESTR N

SAPF/Closed Storage SAPFC N

SAPF/Open Storage SAPFO N

SCIF/Closed Storage SCIFC N

SCIF/Open Storage SCIFO N

SWA SWA N

TSWA TSWA N




Table 7-175. SAM Built to Standard.

SAM Built to Standard (Row #172) - May Be Modified Types of secured area built to standards list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Built to Standard list box)


DICD 1/21 DICD1 y Original installed settings .DICD 6/9 DICD6 N

DSS 147 DSS N

ICD 705 ICD N

Table 7-176. SAM Class Type.

SAM Class Type (Row #173) - Do Not Modify Types of DSS147 classification list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > DSS147 tab > 1 . TYPE section > Class

Type list box)


A 10 N Original installed settings .B 20 N

C 30 N

Modular 40 N

Table 7-177. SAM Classifications.

SAM Classifications (Row #174) - May Be Modified Secured area access types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Classification list box)


Secret DDC1 N Original installed settings .Top Secret DDD1 N

Table 7-178. SAM CoUse Status.

SAM CoUse Status (Row #175) - May Be Modified Status of industry partner co-use list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (x Info screen > x list box)


Active A Y Original installed settings .Inactive I N




Table 7-179. SAM Customer Approved By.

SAM Customer Approved By (Row #176) - May Be Modified Approval customer types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Approved by Customer list box)


CIA CIA N Original installed settings .N/A N/A Y

NGA NGA N

NRO NRO N

NSA NSA N

Table 7-180. SAM Customer Approved Status.

SAM Customer Approved Status (Row #177) - May Be Modified Status of secured area customer approval list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Accreditation Status list box)



Table 7-181. SAM Customer Approved Storage Type.

SAM Customer Approved Storage Type (Row #178) - May Be Modified Types of secured area storage types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Storage Type list box)


Closed CLOSE N Original installed settings .Modified/Open MOPEN N

N/A N/A Y

Open OPEN N




Table 7-182. SAM Customer Approved Type.

SAM Customer Approved Type (Row #179) - May Be Modified Types of secured area approval types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Accreditation Type list box)


Interim INTR N Original installed settings .Interim Final INFIN N

N/A N/A Y

Verbal VERBL N

Verbal Final VBFIN N

Table 7-183. SAM Equipment Status.

SAM Equipment Status (Row #180) - May Be Modified Status of secured area equipment list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Equipment Info screen > Status list box)



Table 7-184. SAM Equipment Type.

SAM Equipment Type (Row #181) - May Be Modified Types of secured area equipment list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Equipment Info screen > Equipment Type list box)


Laptop LAPTP N Original installed settings .N/A N/A Y

Projector PROJ N

TV TV N

Table 7-185. SAM Guards.

SAM Guards (Row #182) - Do Not Modify Types of secured area guards list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > DSS147 tab > 14 . SUPPLEMENTAL

PROTECTION section > Guards list box)


Contractor C N Original installed settings .Proprietary P N




Table 7-186. SAM Industry Partner Status.

SAM Industry Partner Status (Row #183) - May Be Modified Status of secured area industry partner list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Industry Partner Info screen > Status list box)



Table 7-187. SAM Inspecting Organization.

SAM Inspecting Organization (Row #184) - May Be Modified Types of secured area inspecting organizations list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Inspection Info screen > Inspecting Organization list box)


DIA DIA N Original installed settings .DSS DSS Y

FBI FBI N

NRO NRO N

NSA NSA N

SAR SAR N

USAF USAF N

USCG USCG N

Table 7-188. SAM Inspection Rating.

SAM Inspection Rating (Row #185) - May Be Modified Types of secured area inspection ratings list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Inspection Info screen > Rating list box)


Fail FAIL N Original installed settings .Pass PASS N

Satisfactory SATI Y

Satisfactory w/lien SATL N

Superior SUPER N




Table 7-189. SAM Inspection Type.

SAM Inspection Type (Row #186) - May Be Modified Types of secured area inspections list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Inspection Info screen > Inspection Type list box)


Acceptance Criteria Test - IDE ACCCR N Original installed settings .Initial or Pre-Accreditation INIT N

Physical Security Inspection PHYSI Y

Semi-Annual Alarm Test - IDE ATEST N

Staff Assistance Visit VISIT Y

TSCM TSCM Y

Table 7-190. SAM Owner.

SAM Owner (Row #187) - May Be Modified Types of secured area owners list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Owner list box)


Agency AGEN N Original installed settings .Company COMP N

N/A N/A Y

Table 7-191. SAM Primary Sponsor YN.

SAM Primary Sponsor YN (Row #188) - May Be Modified Secured area access primary sponsor status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Accreditation History Info screen > Primary Sponsor list box)


No N N Original installed settings .Yes Y N

Table 7-192. SAM Processing.

SAM Processing (Row #189) - May Be Modified Types of secured area access types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > Processing list box)


No N N Original installed settings .Yes Y N




Table 7-193. SAM UDF.

SAM UDF (Row #190) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom date (DT), data (FD), text box (TX) and drop down (DD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Secured Area Management module . If utilized, the UDF fields display on the Secured Area Management Info screen in Add New mode, and on the VAL Info tab in Update and View mode .

These UDF fields do not display on the Secured Area Management Info screen, Area Info tab until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer Hidden) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Secured Area Management module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., Hidden), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Five of the fields are designated to be used as drop down fields . They are the fields whose Value equals DD1, DD2, DD3, DD4 and DD5 . The Description is first updated with the field name . Then the corresponding system profile element (e .g ., SAM - Drop Down 1) is updated to include the applicable list box elements .

Modules Used: Secured Area Management (Secured Area Management Info screen > Area Info tab > [UDF field(s)])


Hidden DD1 N Drop down UDF . Do not modify the Value . Corresponding list box elements added in the SAM - Drop Down 1 profile .





Hidden DT1 N Date UDF . Do not modify the Value .










Hidden FD1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .










SAM UDF (Row #190) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValueHidden FD7 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .



Table 7-194. SAM Waiver Restriction.

SAM Waiver Restriction (Row #191) - May Be Modified Types of secured area waiver restriction list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Waiver History Info screen > Waiver Restriction list box)


No No N

Reciprocity RECIP N

Yes Yes N

Table 7-195. SAM Waiver Restriction Standard.

SAM Waiver Restriction Standard (Row #192) - May Be ModifiedStatus of secured area waiver restriction standard list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Secured Area Management (Waiver History Info screen > Standard list box)


Exceeds EXCED N

Not Met NOMET N

Table 7-196. Secret/Top Secret Codes.

Secret/Top Secret Codes (Row #193) - May Be Modified Final Clearances .

All the clearance levels that are identified as “Got Clearance” must be entered here .

Modules Used: Accesses


Secret DDC1 S

Top Secret DDD1 S

Table 7-197. Sequence Type.

Sequence Type (Row #194) - May Be Modified Sequence type list box elements

Users with System Administrator privileges maintain the sequence types via the Maintain Sequences utility (Sequence Info screen > Sequence Type list box) .




Sequence Type (Row #194) - May Be Modified Modules Used:

1 . Document Management (Document Info screen > Document tab > Control # list box)2 . Document Management (Document Destruction Info screen > Destruction Certificate Info tab > Certificate list box)3 . Document Management (Document Listing - Assign to New Destruction Certificate screen > Certificate # list box)4 . Document Management (Document Transmittal Info screen > Certificate # list box)5 . Document Management (Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate screen > Certificate # list box)6 . Facility Info (Facility Info screen > Physical Address tab > Facility Code list box)7 . Property Management (Property Info screen > Property tab > Safe/Item# list box)8 . Training and Conferences (Training/Conference Info screen > Training & Conference tab > Conference # list box)


Conference Number CNF N Original installed settings .

Destruction Certificate Number DES N

Document Number DOC Y

Facility Code FAC N

Safe/Item Number ITM N

Transmittal Certificate Number TRA N

Table 7-198. ServiceBranches.

ServiceBranches (Row #195) - May Be Modified Branches of the military list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Org . tab > Branch list box)2 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Org . tab > Branch list box)3 . Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Org . tab > Branch list box)


U Y Original installed settings .

Air Force F N

Army A N

Marines M N

Navy N N

Table 7-199. Sex.

Sex (Row #196) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Personnel gender list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Personal tab> Sex list box)2 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Personal tab> Sex list box)3 . Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Personal tab > Sex list box)


Female F N Original installed settings .Male M Y





Table 7-200. Skills.

Skills (Row #197) - No Longer UsedThis profile is no longer used . It is kept for version compatability purposes .

Table 7-201. Special Access Request Type.

Special Access Request Type (Row #198) - May Be ModifiedRequest types for accesses list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Compartment Info screen > Request Type list box) 2 . Personnel Management (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Request Type list box) 3 . Visitor Control (Compartment Info screen > Request Type list box) 4 . Visitor Control (Special Access Info screen > Special Access Info tab > Request Type list box)


Conversion to Intel C N Original installed settings .

Crossover Brief X N

Initial Access I Y

Reinstatement R N

Table 7-202. SponsorList.

SponsorList (Row #199) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Description: Special Program Sponsors



Army A N Original installed settings .Bobby B N

Pauline C N


Table 7-203. SponsorProgramUDF.

SponsorProgramUDF (Row #200) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValueHeaders for the User Defined Fields (UDFs) on the Sponsor/Program Information Screen .



Program UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .








Table 7-204. SponsorStatus.

SponsorStatus (Row #201) - Do Not ModifySponsor Program Status





Table 7-205. SubContractStatus.

SubContractStatus (Row #202) - Do Not ModifySubcontract status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Contract Management (SubContract Info screen > Status list box)




Table 7-206. Suffixes.

Suffixes (Row #203) - May Be ModifiedPersonnel suffix list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen, Visitor Info tab, Suffix list box)2 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Employee tab> Suffix list box)3 . Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab> Suffix list box)


A Y Original installed settings .III D N

Jr . B N

PhD E N

Sr . C N

Table 7-207. SupportingLocationStatus.

SupportingLocationStatus (Row #204) - May Be ModifiedSupporting location status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Contract Management (Supporting Location Info screen > Status list box)






Table 7-208. Top Secret.

Top Secret (Row #205) - May Be ModifiedTop Secret clearances codes

All clearance levels identified as “Top Secret Clearance” must be entered here .



Top Secret DDD N

Table 7-209. TransmitType.

TransmitType (Row #206) - May Be ModifiedTransmittal type list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Document Management (Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate screen > Transmittal Type list box)


OnLoan O N Please do not change or update .

Transmittal T Y Please do not change or update .

Table 7-210. Unclassified.

Unclassified (Row #207) - May Be ModifiedAll clearance levels identified as “Unclassified Clearance” must be entered here .



Unclassified DDA N Original installed setting .

Table 7-211. US Citizen Description.

US Citizen Description (Row #208) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exception)Citizenship types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Personnel Info screen > Personal tab > US Citizen list box)


ForeignPerson NFP N Original installed settings .Not Indicated NA N

PermanentResident NPR N

USCitizen Y Y Do not modify .




Table 7-212. US State 2 characters.

US State 2 characters (Row #209)- Do Not ModifyDescription: Two-letter state abbreviations . Used by JPAS to decode addresses .



AK AK N Do not modify .

AL AL N Do not modify .

AR AR N Do not modify .

AZ AZ N Do not modify .

CA CA N Do not modify .

CO CO N Do not modify .

CT CT N Do not modify .

DC DC N Do not modify .

DE DE N Do not modify .

FL FL N Do not modify .

GA GA N Do not modify .

GU GU N Do not modify .

HI HI N Do not modify .

IA IA N Do not modify .

ID ID N Do not modify .

IL IL N Do not modify .

IN IN N Do not modify .

KS KS N Do not modify .

KY KY N Do not modify .

LA LA N Do not modify .

MA MA N Do not modify .

MD MD N Do not modify .

ME ME N Do not modify .

MI MI N Do not modify .

MN MN N Do not modify .

MO MO N Do not modify .

MS MS N Do not modify .

MT MT N Do not modify .

NC NC N Do not modify .

ND ND N Do not modify .

NE NE N Do not modify .

NH NH N Do not modify .

NJ NJ N Do not modify .

NM NM N Do not modify .

NV NV N Do not modify .

NY NY N Do not modify .




US State 2 characters (Row #209)- Do Not ModifyOH OH N Do not modify .

OK OK N Do not modify .

OR OR N Do not modify .

PA PA N Do not modify .

RI RI N Do not modify .

SC SC N Do not modify .

SD SD N Do not modify .

TN TN N Do not modify .

TX TX N Do not modify .

UT UT N Do not modify .

VA VA N Do not modify .

VT VT N Do not modify .

WA WA N Do not modify .

WI WI N Do not modify .

WV WV N Do not modify .

WY WY N Do not modify .

Table 7-213. US state Name.

US State Name (Row #210)- Do Not ModifyDescription: Names of the states in the United States . Used by JPAS to decode addresses .



Alaska AK N Do not modify .

Alabama AL N Do not modify .

Arkansas AR N Do not modify .

Arizona AZ N Do not modify .

California CA N Do not modify .

Colorado CO N Do not modify .

Connecticut CT N Do not modify .

District of Colombia DC N Do not modify .

Deleware DE N Do not modify .

Florida FL N Do not modify .

Georgia GA N Do not modify .

Guam GU N Do not modify .

Hawaii HI N Do not modify .

Iowa IA N Do not modify .

Idaho ID N Do not modify .

Illinois IL N Do not modify .

Indiana IN N Do not modify .

Kansas KS N Do not modify .




US State Name (Row #210)- Do Not ModifyKentucky KY N Do not modify .

Louisiana LA N Do not modify .

Massachusetts MA N Do not modify .

Maryland MD N Do not modify .

Maine ME N Do not modify .

Michigan MI N Do not modify .

Minnesota MN N Do not modify .

Missouri MO N Do not modify .

Mississippi MS N Do not modify .

Montana MT N Do not modify .

North Carolina NC N Do not modify .

North Dakota ND N Do not modify .

Nebraska NE N Do not modify .

New Hampshire NH N Do not modify .

New Jersey NJ N Do not modify .

New Mexico NM N Do not modify .

Nevada NV N Do not modify .

New York NY N Do not modify .

Ohio OH N Do not modify .

Oklahoma OK N Do not modify .

Oregon OR N Do not modify .

Pennsylvania PA N Do not modify .

Rhode Island RI N Do not modify .

South Carolina SC N Do not modify .

South Dakota SD N Do not modify .

Tennessee TN N Do not modify .

Texas TX N Do not modify .

Utah UT N Do not modify .

Virginia VA N Do not modify .

Vermont VT N Do not modify .

Washington WA N Do not modify .

Wisconsin WI N Do not modify .

West Virginia WV N Do not modify .

Wyoming WY N Do not modify .

Table 7-214. VALClassifications.

VALClassifications (Row #211) - May Be ModifiedVisitor request classifications list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Search, Clearance list box)2 . Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Search, Clearance list box)




VALClassifications (Row #211) - May Be ModifiedDescription Value Default Comments

Confidential DDB N Original installed settings .Interim Secret DDC0 N

Interim TS DDD0 N

ISA Secret SARC0 N

ISA Top Secret SARC1 N

ISSA Secret SARD0 N

ISSA Top Secret SARD1 N

None DDA Y

Secret DDC1 N

Top Secret DDD1 N

TSSI NSA3 N

Table 7-215. ViolationType.

ViolationType (Row #212) - May Be ModifiedViolation types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Personnel Management (Offense Info screen > Type list box)2 . Visitor Control (Offense Info screen > Type list box)


OffenseType1 A Y Original installed settings .OffenseType2 B N

Table 7-216. VisitorBadgeType.

VisitorBadgeType (Row #213) - Do Not ModifyVisitor badge types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (New Visitor screen > Visitor Info tab > Badge Type list box)2 . Visitor Control (Visit Info screen > Visit Info tab > Badge Type list box)3 . Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Visitor Info tab > Badge Type list box)


Conference C N Please do not change or update .

Employee E N Please do not change or update .

Guard G N Please do not change or update .

Permanent Visitor P N Please do not change or update .

Visitor T Y Please do not change or update .




Table 7-217. VisitorUDF.

VisitorUDF (Row #214) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Visitor Control module .

These UDF fields do not display on the Visitor Info screen, Flag/Rem. tab until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Visitor Control module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Visitor Control (Visitor Info screen > Flag/Rem . tab > 5 UDF fields)


User Defined Field 1 FD1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .





Table 7-218. VisitReqStatus.

VisitReqStatus (Row #215) - May Be Modified (see Comments for exceptions)Visit request status list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Info screen > Status list box)2 . Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Status list box)3 . Personnel Management (Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request > Status list box)


Closed C N Please do not change or update .

Open O Y Please do not change or update .

Pending P NOriginal installed settings .Rejected X N

Table 7-219. VisitReqTypes.

VisitReqTypes (Row #216) - Do Not ModifyVisit request types list box elements

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Info screen > Visit Type list box)2 . Outgoing Visit Request (Outgoing Visit Request Info screen > Visit Type list box)3 . Personnel Management (Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request > Status list box)


Incoming I N Please do not change or update .

Outgoing O Y Please do not change or update .




Table 7-220. VisitReqUDF.

VisitReqUDF (Row #217) - Modify Description to enable UDF/Do Not Modify ValuePlaceholders for optional custom data entry (FD) User Defined Fields (UDFs) in the Incoming Visit Request module .

These UDF fields do not display on the Incoming Visit Request Info screen until the Description has been updated (i .e ., it is no longer the Description as shown in this table) on the Profile Detail Info screen . The Value should not be modified .

After the Description has been modified and the field displays, the field can be renamed by updating the Description on the Profile Detail Info screen in the System Profile module, or by using the Screen Setup utility (Customize Field Name) in the Incoming Visit Request module . They can be hidden by updating the Description back to the default (i .e ., the Description as shown in this table), or by using the Hide checkbox in the Screen Setup utility . Changes made using the Screen Setup utility override changes made on the field’s Profile Detail Info screen .

Modules Used: 1 . Incoming Visit Request (Incoming Visit Request Info screen > 5 UDF fields)


VisitReq UDF1 FD1 N Data entry UDF . Do not modify the Value .





Table 7-221. VisitType.

VisitType (Row #218) - Do Not ModifyVisit type list box elements

Modules Used: 2 . Visitor Control (Visit Info screen > Visit Info tab > Visit Type list box)


Classified B N Please do not change or update .

Unclassified A Y Please do not change or update .

Table 7-222. Web Session Parameters.

Web Session Parameters (Row #219)Web parameters for several utilities and modules .

Modules Used: System Admin


75 .150 .58 .116\AC3:1445 DB_IP N The name or the IP address of the Database server where the Access Commander database resides . This value is given by the DBS of the database server of Access Commander .

The format should be:DB_Server_Name_or_IP_Address\SQL_Server_Instance,Port_Number




Web Session Parameters (Row #219)Examples:1 . 75 .150 .58 .114

DB_Server_Name_or_IP_Address=75 .150 .58 .114 In this case the Default SQL Server Instance is used in the default port 1433

2 . www .accesscommander .com\SQLEXPRESS DB_Server_Name_or_IP_Address=www .accesscommander .comSQL_Server_Instance=SQLEXPRESS in the default port 1433

3 . MCSQL02\ACDB:1444DB_Server_Name_or_IP_Address=MCSQL02SQL_Server_Instance=ACDB Port 1444

Add facility read access to all users for each new DOD facility

N Y When Value = Y, all users are automatically given read access to all new DOD facilities . The users do not have to be given read access to the facility/ies in the User Profile module .

Add facility read access to all users for each new Non-DOD facility

N Y When Value = Y, all users are automatically given read access to all new Non-DOD facilities . The users do not have to be given read access to the facility/ies in the User Profile module .

Allow Right Click Y N Applies systemwide .

When Value = Y, the right-click menu displays (Undo, Cut, Paste, Copy, Delete, Select All) when a user right-clicks in an applicable field .

Auto Logoff User When Connection Need Y N/A When Value = Y, the server logs off the user who has the longest inactive time that is longer than the amount of time set in Inactive Interval (in seconds) . Required for Auto Logoff .

DB Version 3 .10 N/A The version of the installed Access Commander database .

Default Session Timeout (in seconds) 3600 N/A If there is nothing set for Default Session Timeout (in seconds) in the user’s record (in User Profile), then the user will be automatically logged off when his/her session is inactive longer than the value (in seconds) set here .

Disable Help Link N N When Value = Y, the Help link is not active .

Cannot be changed .

Enable Document Info Screen Copy#/Total # Copies/Series

N N Applies to the Document Management module .

When Value = N, the Copy #, Series # and # Copies fields are disabled on the Document Info screen .

Enable Setup Screen Fields Y N Applies to all modules except for International Outgoing VAL .

When Value = Y, the Setup Screen link displays, and the functionality is enabled, in the upper right-hand corner of Info screens .

Inactive Interval (in seconds) Required for Auto Logoff

600 N/A When the Auto Logoff User When Connection Need is set to Y, the user who has the longest inactive time, and it is longer than the value set here, will be logged off automatically when a new Logon is requested .




Web Session Parameters (Row #219)Refresh Interval (in seconds) for User Monitor

30 N/A Applies to the User Monitor module .

How often, in seconds, the User Monitor screen refreshes .

SAM - Hide Facility Inspection Y N Applies to the Secured Area Management module .

When Value = Y, the Facility Inspection fields do not display .

Cannot be changed .

Stop Using RAS Server Y N When Value = Y, the report application server is no longer used . Applies to earlier installations of A/C utilizing the Crystal Report Server .

The path for Crystal Report files when the Stop Using RAS Server Value=Y is configured in the Access Commander System Parameters profile (see Table 7-4) on line #10 .

Use LDAP for authentication N N Applies to customers using the Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request utility .

When Value = N, LDAP is not used for authentication .

For customers using the Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request utility, who do not have LDAP, they must use either Last Name, Employee Number or Login ID as USERID, and last 4 or 5 digits of their SSNs as password for authentication . See Table 7-54, Enterprise Authentication .



Back to this chapter’s TOC list BOxes/system parameters/udFs By mOdule CrOss reFerenCe taBles

List Boxes/System Parameters/UDFs by Module Cross Reference Tables

Table 7-223. Adhoc Query module list boxes/system parameters.

Adhoc QueryList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Adhoc Query Screen

Files Not Applicable

Filter field(s) parameters Not Applicable

System Parameters

Max Number of records Returned in Ad-Hoc Queries(-1=unlimited)

See Row #37 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Table 7-224. Contract Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Contract ManagementList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Contract Info Screen

Closing Action Contract ClosingActions (see Table 7-31)

Contract Status Contract ContractStat (see Table 7-37)

Contract Sub Type Contract ContractType (see Table 7-38)

Facility Clearance Contract ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Market Type Contract ContractMarket (see Table 7-36)

Safeguarding Contract ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

DD254 Form Info Screen

Facility Clearance Required ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Level of Safeguarding Required ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

SubContract Info Screen

Facility Clearance ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Facility Code System generated

Safeguard ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Status SubContractStatus (see Table 7-205)

Type ContractType (see Table 7-38)

Supporting Location Info Screen

Closing Action ClosingActions (see Table 7-31)

Status SupportingLocationStatus (see Table 7-207)

System Parameters

Check special access(es) when assigning people to contract See Row #16 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Contract - Set Items 11a-c Exclusively See Row #18 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters



Back to this chapter’s TOClist BOxes/system parameters/udFs By mOdule CrOss reFerenCe taBles

Contract ManagementList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Max Upload File Size (MB) See Row #38 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Show Contract Reciprocity checkbox See Row #51 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Use CPRL features for NSA Contract(s) See Row #57 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Use the new Contract screen See Row #64 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

UDFs (User Defined Fields)

Date and data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module

See Table 7-241 . User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module

Table 7-225. Document Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Document ManagementList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Document Copy Screen

Document # for new copies Available number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility .

Document Destruction Info Screen

Certificate #

The list of available sequences displays only in Add New mode .

Destruction Certificate Info Sequence Type (see Table 7-197)

Available certificate number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility .

Facility Code Destruction Certificate Info System generated

Method Destruction Certificate Info DestroyMethod (see Table 7-42)

Document Info Screen

10 Year Exempt Declassification Docctrl10Years (see Table 7-43)

25 Year Exempt Declassification Docctrl25Years (see Table 7-44)

Access(es) Document AccessType (see Table 7- 10)

Classification Document ClearClassifications (see Table 7- 28)

Compartment # Document AccessCompart (see Table 7- 8)

Control #


Document Sequence Type (see Table 7-197)


Doc . Type Document DocctrlType (see Table 7-47)

Drawer # Document Drawers (see Table 7-49)

Facility Code Document System generated

Media Type Document MediaType (see Table 7-146)

Pending Dest/Xmit Owner/OnLoan PendingDocStatus (see Table 7-148)

SCIF Document System generated





Status Document Defaults to document status . Inactive - user cannot change .

Document Listing - Assign to New Destruction Certificate Screen

Certificate #


Sequence Type (see Table 7-197)


Facility Code Defaults to logged in user’s facility code . Inactive - user cannot change .

Method DestroyMethod (see Table 7-42)

Document Listing - Assign to New Transmittal Certificate Screen

Certificate # Sequence Type (see Table 7-197)


From Facility Code System generated and protected, or user selected .Depends on setting for Allow Selecting the Facility to Transmit Docs (see Row #6 in Table 7-4, Access Commander System Parameters) .

Transmittal Type TransmitType (see Table 7-209)

Document Transmittal Info Screen

Certificate #


Transmittal Sequence Type (see Table 7-197)


From Facility Code Transmittal System generated and protected, or user selected .Depends on setting for Allow Selecting the Facility to Transmit Docs (see Row #6 in Table 7-4, Access Commander System Parameters) .

Transmittal Type Transmittal TransmitType (see Table 7-209)

System Parameters

Allow Selecting the Facility to Transmit Docs See Row #6 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Always Force to Pick a Sequence on Generated Number Fields (Doc #, Cert # . . .)


Check Facility Verification Info when Assigning VALs and Transmittal Certs


Document Copy # Starts At 1 See Row #21 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Keep Custodian When Xmit/Destr Docs See Row #30 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters





Keep the Received Date when assigning documents to custodians



Print Document Assignment Receipt See Row #42 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen See Row #47 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen See Row #48 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Single Document Assignment See Row #52 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Zero-Filled Document Copy Number Length See Row #68 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters


Data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module


Table 7-226. Facility Info module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Facility InfoList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Facility Info Screen

Clearance Physical/Mailing Address ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Country Classified Address Country List (see Table 7-41)

Country Granted By Address Country List (see Table 7-41)

Country (for Physical Address) Physical/Mailing Address Country List (see Table 7-41)

Country (for Mailing Address) Physical/Mailing Address Country List (see Table 7-41)

Facility Access(es) Physical/Mailing Address AccessType (see Table 7- 10)

Facility Code


Sequence Type (see Table 7-197)

Available facility code sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility .

Facility Type Physical/Mailing Address Facility Type (see Table 7-60)

Safeguard Physical/Mailing Address ClearClassifications (see Table 7- 28)

Safeguard Access(es) Physical/Mailing Address AccessType (see Table 7- 10)

Status Physical/Mailing Address CageCodeStat (see Table 7-20)

Gate Info Screen

Gate Status GateStatus (see Table 7-63)

Facility Inspection Info Screen

Inspection Type InspectType (see Table 7-77)

Inspection Organization Facility Inspection Organization (see Table 7-58)




Facility InfoList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Rating Facility Inspection Rating (see Table 7-59)

System Parameters







Table 7-227. Incoming Visit Request module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Incoming Visit RequestList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

New Visitor

Access Type (Special Access 1) Clearance/Access AccessType (see Table 7-10)





Badge Type Visitor Info VisitorBadgeType (see Table 7-216)

Branch Org . Service Branches (see Table 7-198)

Clearance Clearance/Access ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Granted By (Clearance) Clearance/Access Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22)

Granted By (Special Access 1) Clearance/Access Access Granted By (see Table 7-5)





Investigation Type (Clearance) Clearance/Access Investigation Types (see Table 7-131)

Investigation Type (Special Access 1) Clearance/Access Investigation Types (see Table 7-131)





Prefix Visitor Info Prefixes (see Table 7-153)

Sex Personal Sex (see Table 7-199)

Status Clearance/Access ClearStatus (see Table 7-29)

Status (Special Access 1) Clearance/Access ClearStatus (see Table 7-29)






Incoming Visit RequestList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile



Suffix Visitor Info Suffixes (see Table 7-206)

Incoming Visit Request Info Screen

Clearance ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Status VisitReqStatus (see Table 7-218)

Defaults to the visit’s status . Inactive - user cannot change .

Visiting Facility Code System generated

Visit Type VisitReqTypes (see Table 7-219)

Defaults to Incoming . Inactive - user cannot change .

System Parameters


Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expecting Visitors See Row #41 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters


Use the new Visitor input screen in Incoming VAL See Row #67 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters


Data entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module See Table 7-241 . User Defined Fields (UDFs) by Module

Table 7-228. Information Systems module list boxes/system parameters.

Information SystemsList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Information System Associated Doc . Info Screen

Type of Action IS_IS Associated Document Type (see Table 7-133)

Information System Info Screen

Accred . Status Main IS - Accred . Status (see Table 7-132)

Classification Main ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Encryption Main IS_Encryption (See Table 7-140)

Facility Code Main System generated

Protection Level Main IS_Protection Level (see Table 7-142)

Status Main IS Status (see Table 7-136)

System Type Main IS_System Type (see Table 7-144)

Type of Area Main IS_Area Type (see Table 7-138)

Information System SSP Info Screen

Type of Action IS_SSP Action Type (see Table 7-135)




Information SystemsList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Information System User Info Screen

User Type IS_Privilege User Type (see Table 7-134)

Platform Specific Info (One per OS)

Account is Re-enabled? IS_Reenable (see Table 7-143)

After # attempts IS_Failed Logins (see Table 7-141)

Sent to for Destruction IS_Destruction (see Table 7-139)

System Parameters




Table 7-229. International Incoming VAL module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

International Incoming VALList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Add New International Visitor Screen

Prefix Prefixes (see Table 7-153)

Clearance Level International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level (see Table 7-79)

NATO Briefed

Country of Citizenship Country List (see Table 7-41)

International Incoming VAL Info Screen

Country of Visit VAL Info Add New mode - no tabs

Country List (see Table 7-41)

Disclosure Level VAL Info Add New mode - no tabs

International Incoming VAL - Disclosure Level (see Table 7-80)

Host Facility Code VAL Info Add New mode - no tabs

May prepopulate . See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Type of Sponsorship VAL Info International Incoming VAL - Type Sponsorship (see Table 7-86)

Visit Status VAL Info International Incoming VAL - Visit Status (see Table 7-81)

Visit Type VAL Info International Incoming VAL - Visit Type (see Table 7-88)

System Parameters

Check Clearance When Assigning People to International Incoming VALs


Max Number of Records Allowed per International Incoming VAL(-1=unlimited)





International Incoming VALMax Upload File Size (MB) See Row #38 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System

Parameters



Use International Visitor Modules See Row #59 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters


Date, data entry, drop down and text entry UDFs are available for configuration within this module


Table 7-230. International Outgoing VAL module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

International Outgoing VALList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Contractor Facilities Screen

Facility System generated

International Visits Screen

The list boxes below display for all six visit request types:Classified ContractorClassified GovernmentClassified (Dual)Classified NATO ContractorClassified NATO GovernmentClassified NATO (Dual)

Country of Visit/Lead Time (default=37 working days)

Add New mode - no tabs Country List (see Table 7-41)

Facility Code Add New mode - no tabs May prepopulate . See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Initiative Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Initiative (see Table 7-105)

Initiated/Invited By Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Initiated/Invited by (see Table 7-104)

Programs Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Programs (see Table 7-106)

Security Disclosure Level Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Disclosure Level (see Table 7-98)

Visit Status Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Visit Status (see Table 7-108)

Default is Pending - cannot be changed by user .

Type of Visit Being Processed Add New mode - no tabs International Outgoing VAL - Visit Type (see Table 7-109)

System Parameters

Max Number of Employees Allowed per Internation Outgoing VAL(-1=unlimited)






International Outgoing VALSet Default CageCode in Selection Screen See Row #48 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System

Parameters





Table 7-231. International Visitor Control module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

International Visitor ControlList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

International Visit Info Info Screen

Country Representing Country List (see Table 7-41)

Visit Type International Non-VAL - Visit Type (see Table 7-96)

International Visitor Info Screen

Clearance Level Visitor Info International Incoming VAL - Clearance Level (see Table 7-79)

Country of Citizenship Visitor Info Country List (see Table 7-41)

NATO Briefed Visitor Info System generated Y/N field .


System Parameters





Table 7-232. Inventory Management module list boxes/system parameters.

Inventory ManagementList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Inventory Info Screen

Facility Code Inventory May prepopulate . See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Scanner Device Inventory

Status Inventory Inventory Status (see Table 7-128)

Type Inventory Inventory Type (see Table 7-129)

System Parameters






Table 7-233. Outgoing Visit Request module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Outgoing Visit RequestList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Outgoing Visit Request Info Screen

Access(es) AccessType (see Table 7-10)


From Facility Code May prepopulate . See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters


Defaults to the visit’s status . Inactive - user cannot change .


Defaults to Outgoing . Inactive - user cannot change .

System Parameters

Allow People Clearance/Access to be modified in VALS See Row #5 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Always PRINT Full Clearance(s) in VALs See Row #8 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Always PRINT Full Special Access(s) in VALs See Row #9 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters




Use the new Outgoing Visit Request screen See Row #65 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters




Table 7-234. Personnel Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Personnel ManagementList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Additional Badge(s) Info Screen

Issuing Agency Badge Agency (see Table 7-16)

Badge Type Additional Badge Type (see Table 7-13)

Badge Status Additional Badge Status (see Table 7-12)

Organization Badge Org (see Table 7-17)

Compartment Info Screen

Compartment AccessCompart profile (see Table 7-8)

Level AccessLevel (see Table 7-9)

Program ProgramList (see Table 7-155)

Request Type Special Access Request Type (see Table 7-201)

Status CompartStat (see Table 7-32)





Courier Info Screen


DOD Clearance Info Screen

Clearance Status DOD Clearance Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29)

Clearance DOD Clearance Info ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Facility Code DOD Clearance Info System generated

Granted By DOD Clearance Info Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22)

Investigation Completed By DOD Clearance Info InvestBy (see Table 7-130)

Investigation Type DOD Clearance Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131)

Reinvestigation Completed By DOD Clearance Info ReInvestBy (see Table 7-159)

Reinvestigation Type DOD Clearance Info Reinvestigation Types (see Table 7-160)

Request Type DOD Clearance Info Clearance Request Type (see Table 7-24)

Foreign Travel Info

Destination Country Trip Info Country List (see Table 7-41)

Origination Country Trip Info Country List (see Table 7-41)

Non-DOD Clearance Info Screen

By (Initial Investigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info InvestBy (see Table 7-130)

By (Polygraph 1) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151)


By (Reinvestigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info ReInvestBy (see Table 7-159)

Clearance Non-DOD Clearance Info ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Facility Code Non-DOD Clearance Info System generated

Granted By Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22)

Investigation Type Non-DOD Clearance Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131)

Request Type Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Request Type (see Table 7-24)

Sponsor Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Sponsors (see Table 7-25)

Status Non-DOD Clearance Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29)

Type (Polygraph 1) Non-DOD Clearance Info PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152)


Type (Reinvestigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info Reinvestigation Types (see Table 7-160)

Offense Info Screen

Type ViolationType (see Table 7-215)

Personnel Info Screen

Badge Type Badge(s) BadgeType (see Table 7-18)


Employee Type Employee EmployeeType (see Table 7-52)

Facility Code Org . May prepopulate . See Row #47, Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen, in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Prefix Employee Prefixes (see Table 7-153)






Status Employee EmployeeStat (see Table 7-51)

Suffix Employee Suffixes (see Table 7-206)

US Citizen Personal US Citizen Description (see Table 7-211)

Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request Screen



From Facility Code System generated


Defaults to Open . Inactive - user cannot change .


Defaults to Outgoing . Inactive - user cannot change .

Poly Info Screen

Facility Code System generated

Poly By PolyBy (see Table 7-151)

Poly Type PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152)

Status Poly Status (7-150)

Special Access Info Screen

Access Type Special Access Info AccessType (see Table 7-10)

Billet Number Program Info

Facility Code Special Access Info System generated

Granted By Special Access Info Access Granted By (see Table 7-5)

Investigation Type Special Access Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131)

Poly By Special Access Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151)

Poly Type Special Access Info PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152)

Program Program Info ProgramList (see Table 7-155)

Request Type Special Access Info Special Access Request Type (see Table 7-201)

Sponsor Special Access Info Access Sponsors (see Table 7-7)

Status Special Access Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29)

System Parameters

Check CageCode When Assign Property See Row #13 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Check special access(es) when assigning people to contract See Row #16 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Enable Post Assignment Access Check See Row #22 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen See Row #26 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters





Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen See Row #27 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Inactivate Clearance(s)/Special Access(es) when Inactivating Employee(s)


Keep the Received Date when asigning documents to custodians



Select default facility in Personnel Selection Screen See Row #46 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters


Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen See Row #50 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters


Single Property Assignment See Row #53 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Use FOCI_ITAR See Row #58 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen See Row #60 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Use the new Advanced Personnel Search screen See Row #63 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Use the new Special Access screen See Row #66 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters




Table 7-235. Property Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Property ManagementList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Decal Info

Facility Code Decal System generated

Status Decal PropSecuStat (see Table 7-158)

Incident Info

Incident Type IncidentType (see Table 7-76)

Property Info

Access(es) Property AccessType (see Table 7-10)

Classification Property ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Compart # Property AccessCompart (see Table 7-8)

Facility Code Property System generated




Property ManagementList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Ownership Property EquipOwner (see Table 7-55)

Safe/Item#

The list of available sequences displays only in Add New mode

Property Sequence Type (see Table 7-197)

Available safe/item number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility .

Status Property PropSecuStat (see Table 7-158)

Sub Type Property PropertySubType (see Table 7-156)

Type Property EquipType (see Table 7-57)

System Parameters



Check CageCode When Assign Property See Row #13 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters








Table 7-236. Report Profile module list box.

Report ProfileList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Report Profile Detail Info Screen

Report Category Report Category (see Table 7-161)

Table 7-237. Secured Area Management module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Secured Area ManagementList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Accreditation History Info Screen

Accreditation Status SAM Customer Approved Status (see Table 7-180)

Accreditation Type SAM Customer Approved Type (see Table 7-182)

Approved by Customer SAM Customer Approved By (see Table 7-179)

Built To Standard SAM Built To Standard (see Table 7-175)

Primary Sponsor SAM Primary Sponsor YN (see Table 7-191)

Storage Type SAM Customer Approved Storage Type (see Table 7-181)





Alarm/Access Control Info Screen

Access Control Type SAM Alarm Access Type (see Table 7-168)

Alarm Provider (UL Certificate Issuer)

SAM Alarm Provider (see Table 7-171)

Alarm Type SAM Alarm Type (see Table 7-172)

Equipment Type SAM Alarm Equipment Type (see Table 7-169)

Amenity Info

Type SAM Amenity Type (see Table 7-173)

Equipment Info Screen

Equipment Type SAM Equipment Type (see Table 7-184)

Status SAM Equipment Status (see Table 7-183)

Industry Partner Info Screen

Status SAM Industry Partner Status (see Table 7-186)

Secured Area Inspection Info Screen

Inspection Type SAM Inspection Type (see Table 7-189)

Inspecting Organization SAM Inspecting Organization (see Table 7-187)

Rating SAM Inspecton Rating (see Table 7-188)

Secured Area Management Info Screen

Access(es) Area Info SAM Access Types (see Table 7-167)

Area Type Area Info SAM Area Type (see Table 7-174)

Classification Area Info SAM Classifications (see Table 7-177)

Facility Code Area Info System generated

Processing Area Info SAM Processing (see Table 7-192)

Owner Area Info SAM Owner (see Table 7-190)

Area Type DSS147 SAM Area Type (see Table 7-174)

Class Type DSS147 SAM Class Type (see Table 7-176)

Alarm Monitor DSS147 SAM Alarm Monitor (see Table 7-170)

Alarm Type DSS147 SAM Alarm Type (see Table 7-172)

Guards DSS147 SAM Guards (see Table 7-185)

Waiver History Info Screen

Waiver Restriction SAM Waiver Restriction (see Table 7-194)

Standard SAM Waiver Restriction Standard (see Table 7-195)

System Parameters



SAM - Hide Faciilty Inspection See Row #13 in Table 7-222 . Web Session Parameters






Date, data entry and drop down UDFs are available for configuration within this module


Table 7-238. Training and Conferences module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Training and ConferencesList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Training/Conference Info Screen

Access Briefed/Refreshed Training & Conference Conference/Training for Access (see Table 7-34)

Access(es) Required Training & Conference AccessType (see Table 7-10)

Clearance Training & Conference ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Conference #


Training & Conference Sequence Type (see Table 7-197)

Available safe/item number sequences are configured by a System Administrator using the Maintain Sequences utility .

Facility Code Training & Conference System generated

Status Training & Conference Conference Status (see Table 7-33)

System Parameters


See Row #7 Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expected Visitors See Row #41 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters


Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen See Row #50 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters





Table 7-239. User Profile module list boxes/system parameters.

User ProfileList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

User Info Screen

Password must be changed in PasswordExpirationDays (see Table 7-147)

System Parameters

Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) Row #49 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)


Row #1 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-222)




User ProfileAdd facility read access to all users for each new Non-DOD facility


Table 7-240. Visitor Control module list boxes/system parameters/UDFs.

Visitor ControlList Box Name Tab, if applicable Corresponding System Profile

Compartment Info Screen

Compartment AccessCompart (see Table 7-8)

Level AccessLevel (see Table 7-9)

Program ProgramList (see Table 7-155)

Request Type Special Access Request Type (see Table 7-201)

Status CompartStat (see Table 7-32)

Courier Info Screen


DOD Clearance Info Screen

By (Initial Investigation) DOD Clearance Info InvestBy (see Table 7-130)

By (Polygraph 1) DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151)

By (Polygraph 2) DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151)

By (Reinvestigation) DOD Clearance Info ReInvestBy (see Table 7-159)

Clearance DOD Clearance Info ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Facility Code DOD Clearance Info System generated

Granted By DOD Clearance Info Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22)

Investigation Type (Initial) DOD Clearance Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131)

Request Type DOD Clearance Info Clearance Request Type (see Table 7-24)

Sponsor DOD Clearance Info Clearance Sponsors (see Table 7-25)

Status DOD Clearance Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29)

Type (Polygraph 1) DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151)

Type (Polygraph 2) DOD Clearance Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151)

Type (Reinvestigation) DOD Clearance Info Reinvestigation Types (see Table 7-160)

Foreign Travel Info

Destination Country Country List (see Table 7-41)

Origination Country Country List (see Table 7-41)

Non-DOD Clearance Info Screen

By (Initial Investigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info InvestBy (see Table 7-130)



By (Reinvestigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info ReInvestBy (see Table 7-159)

Clearance Non-DOD Clearance Info ClearClassifications (see Table 7-28)

Facility Code Non-DOD Clearance Info System generated

Granted By Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Granted By (see Table 7-22)





Investigation Type (Initial) Non-DOD Clearance Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131)

Request Type Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Request Type (see Table 7-24)

Sponsor Non-DOD Clearance Info Clearance Sponsors (see Table 7-25)

Status Non-DOD Clearance Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29)



Type (Reinvestigation) Non-DOD Clearance Info Reinvestigation Types (see Table 7-160)

Offense Info

Type ViolationType (see Table 7-215)

Special Access Info

Access Type Special Access Info AccessType (see Table 7-10)

Billet Number Program Info

Facility Code Special Access Info System generated

Granted By Special Access Info Access Granted By (see Table 7-5)

Investigation Type Special Access Info Investigation Types (see Table 7-131)

Poly By Special Access Info PolyBy (see Table 7-151)

Poly Type Special Access Info PolygraphTypes (see Table 7-152)

Program Program Info ProgramList (see Table 7-155)

Request Type Special Access Info Special Access Request Type (see Table 7-201)

Sponsor Special Access Info Access Sponsors (see Table 7-7)

Status Special Access Info ClearStatus (see Table 7-29)

Visit Info Screen

Badge Type Visit Info VisitorBadgeType (see Table 7-216)

Visit Type Visit Info VisitType (see Table 7-221)

Visiting Facility Visit Info System generated

Visitor Info Screen

Badge Type Visitor Info VisitorBadgeType (see Table 7-216)




Suffix Visitor Info Suffixes (see Table 7-206)

Visitor Listing - Assign to New Incoming Visit Request Screen



Visiting Facility Code System generated


Defaults to Open . Inactive - user cannot change .






Defaults to Incoming . Inactive - user cannot change .

System Parameters

Enable Post Assignment Access Check See Row #22 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen See Row #26 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen See Row #27 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Keep the Received Date when assigning documents to custodians






Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen See Row #60 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters

Use the new Special Access screen See Row #66 in Table 7-4 . Access Commander System Parameters






Back to this chapter’s TOCudFs CrOss reFerenCe taBle

User Defined Fields (UDFs) Cross Reference Table

Table 7-241. User Defined Fields (UDFs) by module.

User Defined Fields (UDFs) by ModuleList Box Name Screen Name,

Tab Name (if applicable)Corresponding System Profile

Contract Management

HIDDEN 1-12:5 date fields [DT#]7 data entry fields [FD#]

Contract Info screen, Contract tab

ContractUDF (see Table 7-39)

Document Management

Doc UDF1-5:5 data entry fields [FD#]

Document Info screen, Remarks/Other tab

DocUDF (see Table 7-48)

Facility Info

Facility UDF1 - 5:5 data entry fields [FD#]

Email Notificaiton Info (displays only for Host facilities)

FacilityUDF (see Table 7-61)


VisitReq UDF1 - 5:5 data entry fields [FD#]

Incoming Visit Request Info screen

VisitReqUDF (see Table 7-220)

International Incoming VAL

Hidden 1 - 26:10 date fields [DT#]10 data entry fields [FD#]5 drop down fields [DD#]1 text entry field [TX#]

International Incoming VAL Info screen, Val Info tab

International Incoming VAL UDF (see Table 7 - 89)

International Outgoing VAL


Contract Facilities Info screen International Outgoing VAL Contract Facility UDF (see Table 7-115)


Government Facilities and/or Agencies Info screen

International Outgoing VAL Government Facility UDF (see Table 7-121)


International Visits screen, VAL Info tab

International Outgoing VAL UDF (see Table 7-122)

International Visitor Control


International Visitor Info screen, Visitor Info tab

International Incoming Visitor UDF (see Table 7-90)



Back to this chapter’s TOC udFs CrOss reFerenCe taBle

User Defined Fields (UDFs) by ModuleHidden 1 - 26:10 date fields [DT#]10 data entry fields [FD#]5 drop down fields [DD#]1 text entry field [TX#]

International Visit Info Info screen

International Non-VAL UDF (see Table 7-97)


VisitReq UDF1-5:5 data entry fields [FD#]

Outgoing Visit Request Info screen

VisitReqUDF (see Table 7-220)


Special Access Date UDF 1 - 10 and Special Access UDF1 - 5:10 date fields [DT#]4 data entry fields [FD#]

Special Access Info screen, Special Access Info tab

AccessUDF (see Table 7-11)

NOTE: 7 of the date fields are preconfigured

Clearance Date UDF 1 - 10 and Clearance UDF1 - 5:10 date fields [DT#]5 data entry fields [FD#]

DOD Clearance Info screen,Remarks/Customized Info . tab

ClearanceDODUDF (see Table 7-26)



Non-DOD Clearance Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info . tab

ClearanceNonDODUDF (see Table 7-27)

Employee UDF1 - 5:5 data entry fields [FD#]

Personnel Info screen, Flag/Rem . tab

EmployeeUDF (see Table 7-53)

VisitReq UDF1-5:5 data entry fields [FD#]

Personnel Listing - Assign to New Outgoing Visit Request screen

Visit ReqUDF (see Table 7-220)

5 data entry fields [UDF#] Additional Badge(s) Info screen AdditionalBadgeUDF (see Table 7-14)

Property Management

Property UDF1 - 5:5 data entry fields [FD#]

Property Info screen, Property tab

PropertyUDF (see Table 7-157)

Secured Area Management

HIDDEN 1 - 25:10 date fields [DT#]10 data entry fields [FD#]5 drop down fields [DD#]

Secured Area Management Info screen, Area Info tab

SAM UDF (see Table 7-193)

Training and Conferences

Conference UDF1 - 5:5 data entry fields [FD#]

Training/Conference Info screen, Remarks/Other tab

Conference UDF (see Table 7-35)

Visitor Control

Special Access Date UDF 1 - 10 and Special Access UDF1 - 5:10 date fields [DT#]4 data entry fields [FD#]

Special Access Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info tab

AccessUDF (see Table 7-11)



DOD Clearance Info screen, Remarks/Customized Info . tab

ClearanceDODUDF (see Table 7-26)



Back to this chapter’s TOCudFs CrOss reFerenCe taBle

User Defined Fields (UDFs) by ModuleClearance Date UDF 1 - 10 and Clearance UDF1 - 5:10 date fields [DT#]5 data entry fields [FD#]

Non-DOD Clearance screen, InfoRemarks/Customized Info . tab

ClearanceNonDODUDF (see Table 7-27)

User Defined Field 1 - 5:5 data entry fields [FD#]

Visitor Info screen, Flag/Rem . tab

VisitorUDF (See Table 7-217)



Back to this chapter’s TOC system parameters By Features CrOss reFerenCe taBles

System Parameters by Features Cross Reference Tables

Table 7-242. Associated documents file size setting.

Associated Documents File Size SettingParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Max Upload File Size (MB) Row #38 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-243. Clearance settings.

Clearance SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Always PRINT Full Clearance(s) in VALS Row #8 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Check Clearance When Assigning People to International Incoming VALs

Row #14 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Clearance Granted By See Table 7-22 .

Clearance Owner See Table 7-23 .

Clearance Request Type See Table 7-24 .

Clearance Sponsors See Table 7-25 .

ClearanceDODUDF See Table 7-26 .

ClearanceNonDODUDF See Table 7-27 .

ClearClassifications See Table 7-28 .



Table 7-244. Database settings.

Database SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

default (Value = DB_IP) in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-222)

DB Version Row #5 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-222)

Table 7-245. Email Notification setting.

Email Notification SettingParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Email Notification Configuration Table 7-50

Table 7-246. Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request setting.

Employee Generated Outgoing VAL Request SettingParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Use LDAP for authentication Row #15 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-222)

Enterprise Authentication Table 7-54



Back to this chapter’s TOCsystem parameters By Features CrOss reFerenCe taBles

Table 7-247. Facility code segmentatation setting.

Facility Code Segmentation SettingParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Force CageCode Segmentation Row #24 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-248. Facility update/read access/verification settings.

Facility Update and Read Access SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table



Add facility read access to all users for each new Non-DOD facility




Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s)


Table 7-249. Help setting.

Help SettingParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Disable Help Link Row #7 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213)

Table 7-250. Info screens settings.

Info Screens SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Confirm when leaving Detail Data Entry screens Row #17 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Enable Setup Screen Fields Row #9 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213)

Set Default CageCode in Detailed Screen Row #47 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-251. International modules activation setting.

International Modules Activation SettingParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Use International Visitor Modules Row #59 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-252. JPAS related settings.

JPAS Related SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Update PI information from JPAS Row #56 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Use New JPAS like Clearance Screen Row #60 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)




Table 7-253. Listing Screen settings.

Listing Screen SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Max # of Records/Page in Listing Row #33 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-254. Password settings.

Password SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Allow Flexible Password Row #4 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

ReUse Password Row #45 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-255. Polygraph settings.

Polygraph SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Hide Poly section in the Clearance Screen Row #26 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Hide Poly section in the Special Access Screen Row #27 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-256. Reinvestigation date automatic update in Rebrief Date field setting.

Reinvestigation Date Automatic Update in Rebrief Date Field SettingParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen Row #50 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-257. Reminder settings.

Reminder SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Email Notification Configuration Table 7-50

Table 7-258. Reporting settings.

Reporting SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

default Row #1 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

[installed drive]:\AccessCommander_V2(or V3)/Reports Row #11 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Stop Using RAS Server Row #14 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213)



Back to this chapter’s TOCsystem parameters By Features CrOss reFerenCe taBles

Table 7-259. Search screens settings.

Search Screen SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Set Default CageCode in Selection Screen Row #48 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Use the new Advanced Personnel Search screen Row #63 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-260. Search for Assignment screens setting.

Search for Assignment Screen SettingParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Max # of Records Allowed in Listing Row #32 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Table 7-261. Short-cut menu (right-click) setting.

Short-Cut Menu SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Allow Right Click Row #3 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213)

Table 7-262. Special Access settings.

Special Access SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Always PRINT Full Clearance(s) in VALS Row #8 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Access Granted By See Table 7-5 .

Access Sponsors See Table 7-7 .

AccessType See Table 7-10 .

AccessUDF See Table 7-11 .

Check special access(es) when assigning people to contract


Clearance Granted By See Table 7-22 .

Enable Post Assignment Access Check Row #22 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Ignored Accesses See Table 7-65 through 7-75 .



Show Clearance Reinvestigation Info In Personnel Screen


Use new special access rules Row #61 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Use the new Special Access screen Row #66 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)




Table 7-263. Timeout, refresh interval, and auto logoff settings.

Timeout, Refresh and Auto Logoff Interval SettingsParameter Description/Profile Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Auto Logoff User When Connection Need Row #4 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213)

Default Session Timeout (in seconds) Row #6 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213)

Inactive Interval (in seconds) Required for Auto Logoff


Max DB Block Timeout (seconds) Row #34 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Applies systemwide and should not be modified .

Refresh Interval (in seconds) for Main Menu Row #43 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Refresh Interval (in seconds) for User Monitor Row #12 in Web Session Parameters (see Table 7-213)

Applies to User Monitor only .

Table 7-264. ViSi Commander settings.

ViSi Commander SettingsParameter Description Row # on Profile Detail Listing Screen/Table

Pass Conference Attendees to VisiCommander Expecting Visitors Row #40 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Pass Incoming Visitors to VisiCommander Expecting Visitors Row #41 in Access Commander System Parameters (see Table 7-4)

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide User Monitor 8-1

Chapter 8

User Monitor

In This Chapter

9 Module Overview

9 Active User Listing Info

9 Database Transaction Info

9 User Monitor How To’s

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2User Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Accessing User Monitor Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

Active User Listing Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Active User Listing Section Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4

Database Transactions Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Database Transactions Section Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

User Monitor How To’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Refresh the List of Active Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Close the Active User Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Log a User Off the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8


User Monitor Access Commander™ System Administration Guide 8-2



Overview

The User Monitor module within Access Commander™ is accessed from the System Administration menu . It is used to:

� View a list of current Access Commander™ users that are connected (logged on) to the system � Log off a user, when necessary � View database transaction information

The Active User Listing section displays the following information for each user:

� Name � Host facility code � Remote host, if applicable � IP address for the session � Time the user logged on to the system � Number of seconds since the user’s last keystroke � Number of seconds of inactivity until the system logs the user off � User’s Email and phone number, if entered on the Personnel Info screen � Read-only or licensed connection access

Also displayed is the maximum number of connections allowed, and the number of those connections currently being used . Users logged in via read-only access do not count toward the number of connections .

The Database Transactions section displays the following information for each user:

� Name � Start Time � Time Passed (seconds) � Transaction time � Time Passed (seconds) � Current SQL Statement � Location

Overview

User MonitorAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide 8-3

user mOnitOr sCreenBack to the Main TOC


User Monitor Screen

Overview

The User Monitor screen displays when you click the:

� User Monitor icon on the System Administration menu screen � Active User Monitor option from the System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports,

Main Menu screens)

Figure 8-1. The User Monitor screen.

This screen displays both:

� Active User Listing information � Database Transactions information

Also displayed is the maximum number of connections allowed, and the number of those connections currently being used .

Accessing User Monitor Screen

Depending on where you are in the Access Commander™ system, there are two ways to access the User Monitor screen:

� System Administration screen, User Monitor icon � System Admin link (on Search, Listing, Info, Reports, Main Menu screens), Active User

Monitor option

To use the User Monitor icon:

1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need help? See Accessing System Administration





2 . Click the User Monitor icon . The Active User Listing screen displays .

To use the Active User Monitor option:1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen .


2 . Click the Active User Monitor option .The Active User Listing screen displays .

Active User Listing InfoThe Active User Listing section displays the following information for each user:

� Name � Host facility code � Remote host, if applicable � IP address for the session � Time the user logged on to the system � Number of seconds since the user’s last keystroke � Number of seconds of inactivity until the system logs the user off

The System Administrator can log a user off of the system, if necessary .

Figure 8-2. The Active User Listing section on the User Monitor screen.

Active User Listing Section Columns

There are eleven columns in the Active User Listing section . Table 8-1 lists and describes the data in the columns .

Table 8-1. Columns on the Active User Listing screen.

Command Description

User Displays the user’s name .

Facility Displays the user’s host facility code .




IP/Remote Host Displays the user’s IP address .

Logon At Displays the time the user logged on to the system .

Last Access Displays, in seconds, how long it has been since the user’s last keystroke or mouse movement .

Max Inactive Interval (sec) Displays, in seconds, how long before the user is logged out of the system due to inactivity .

Email Displays the user’s email, if entered on the Personnel Info screen .

Phone Displays the user’s email, if entered on the Personnel Info screen .

Login From

R/O Displays Y if the user is logged in using read-only access . Read-only users do not count toward the maximum number of connections allowed .

Displays N if the user is not logged in using read-only access .

Logoff Link that logs the user out of the system .

Database Transactions InfoThe Database Transactions section displays the following information for each user:

� Name � Time the user logged on to the database � Number of seconds since the user’s last keystroke � Time used for each transaction � Current SQL statement used � Location

Figure 8-3. The Database Transactions section on the User Monitor screen.

Database Transactions Section Columns

There are seven columns on the Database Transactions section . Table 8-2 lists and describes the data in the columns .

Table 8-2. Columns on the Active User Listing screen.

Command Description

DBUser Displays the user’s name .

Start Time Displays the time the user logged on to the database .

Time Passed (seconds) Displays in seconds, how long before the user is logged off .




Transaction Time Displays the time for each transaction .

Time Passed (seconds) Displays, in seconds, how long the transaction took .

Current SQL Statement Displays the most recent SQL statement .

Location Displays the location .


user mOnitOr hOw’s tOBack to the Main TOC


User Monitor How To’s


9 Refresh the List of Active Users

9 Close the Active User Monitor

9 Log a User Off the System

Refresh the List of Active Users

g The automatic refresh interval displays under the Refresh Immediately and Stop Monitor buttons (e .g ., This screen will refresh every 30 seconds .)

To refresh the list of active users:

� Active User Listing screen, Refresh Immediately button

To use the Refresh Immediately button:

Figure 8-4. The Refresh Immediately button.

1 . Access the Active User Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Active User Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Refresh Immediately button . The list refreshes and displays any current users .




Close the Active User Monitor

To close the user monitor:

� User Monitor screen, Active User Listing section, Stop Monitor button

To use the Stop Monitor button:

Figure 8-5. The Stop Monitor button.

1 . Click the Stop Monitor button on the User Monitor screen . The screen closes .The screen from which you accessed the monitor displays .

Log a User Off the System

To log a user off the system:

� User Monitor screen, Active User Listing section, Logoff link




To use the Logoff link:

Figure 8-6. The Logoff link.

1 . Click the Logoff link for the logged on user in the last column in the Active User Listing section . The user is logged off the system and no longer displays on the Active User Listing screen .

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide User Profile 9-1

Chapter 9

User Profile

In This Chapter

9 Module Overview

9 User Profile Screens

9 User Info

9 User Security

9 Facility Access

9 User Activities

Contents

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3User Selection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Accessing User Selection Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

User Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7User Listing Screen Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Accessing User Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8

User Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10User Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Commands on the User Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Accessing User Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12User Info Screen - Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Employee Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14Select Employee(s) to Assign Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15Basic User Profile How To’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16

Assign a User to the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16Unassign a User from the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17Modify a User’s System Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

User Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Assign User’s Security Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Buttons on the Assign User’s Security Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Accessing Assign User’s Security Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Assign or Modify a User’s Security Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Assign User’s Security Screen - Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25

Facility Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-48Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49Command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49Accessing Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-50Facility View/Update Access Info Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51


User Profile Access Commander™ System Administration Guide 9-2



Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Add New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53Facility Update/View Access Search Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54Facility Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55Add a Facility Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55Update a User’s Facility Access (Update/View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56Delete a Facility Access from a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57View (Read-Only) a Facility Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58

User Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60User’s Login Sessions Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-60Columns on the User’s Login Sessions Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61Accessing User’s Login Sessions Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61User’s Session Activities Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62Columns on the User’s Sessions Activities Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62Accessing User’s Sessions Activities Listing Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63View (Read-Only) a User’s Session Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63

User ProfileAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide 9-3


Back to this chapter’s TOC Overview

Overview

The User Profile module within Access Commander™ is accessed from the System Administration menu . It is used to:

� Assign users to the system and set their basic access elements (e .g ., password, logon ID, user type)

� Designate the modules to which the user has access and his/her permissions within each module and module subsystem

� Designate the facilities to which the user has system access (this applies only when facility ID segmentation is active)

� Modify a user’s permissions � Unassign (remove) users from the system � View a user’s session activities

On the User Info screen, users are assigned a/an:

� ID � Password � User type (i .e ., System Admin, Security Admin, Contract Admin, Shared User, International

Outgoing VAL Requestor) � Allowed IP � Password setting � Timeout setting

The Assign User’s Security screen is used to designate the:

� Modules to which the user has access (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, View, Reports) � User’s permissions within each module and module subsystem (e .g ., assign visit requests within

the Personnel Management module)

The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen applies when facility ID segmentation is active . This screen is used to:

� Add facilities to which the user has access . He/She can be given Update or View access to the facility’s records . The user can also be given Update or View access to all host facilities .

� Update the user’s access from Update to View, or vice versa � View a user’s facility access(es) � Delete a user’s facility access(es)

For the selected login session, the User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays:

� Activity that took place during the session (e .g ., Login, Logout) � Time at which the Action occurred � File � Record# � Web Session ID




When assigning a new user to the system, complete these steps in the following order:

� Assign him/her to the system (see the User Info section in this chapter) � Grant the applicable permissions (see the User Security section in this chapter) � If facility segmentation is active, grant View or Update access to the appropriate facilities (see

the Facility Access section in this chapter)



Back to this chapter’s TOC user seleCtiOn sCreen

User Selection Screen

Overview

The User Selection screen displays when you click the:

� User Profile icon on the System Administration menu screen � User Profile Management option from the System Admin link � Search link on the User Listing screen � Search link on the User Info screen

The User Selection screen contains the fields that can be filled in and/or selected as search criteria . This allows you to narrow down the search for a specific user, or group of users .

Figure 9-1. The User Selection screen.

Accessing User Selection Screen

Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are two ways to access the User Selection screen:

� System Administration menu screen, User Profile icon � System Admin link, User Profile Management option



Back to this chapter’s TOCuser seleCtiOn sCreen

To use the User Profile icon: 1 . Access the System Administration menu screen . (Need Help? See Accessing System Administration


2 . Click the User Profile icon . The User Listing screen displays .

To use the User Profile Management option:1 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link on the Search, Listing, Info, Reports, or Main Menu screen .


2 . Click the User Profile Management option .The User Listing screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOC User Listing screen

User Listing Screen

Overview

The User Listing screen displays when you click the:

� Find button on the User Selection screen � Back to User Listing command on the User Info screen � Cancel & Return or Save & Return button on the Assign User’s Security screen � User Listing command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen � Return button on the User’s Login Sessions Listing screen

The User Listing screen displays the results of your search on the User Selection screen . The users assigned to the system and the available IDs to which a user has not yet been assigned display in table format .

Figure 9-2. The User Listing screen.

User Listing Screen Commands

When one record is selected on the User Listing screen, 5 commands display, as shown in Figure 9-3 .



Back to this chapter’s TOCUser Listing screen

Figure 9-3. The commands on the User Listing screen.

Table 9-1 lists and describes the commands .

Table 9-1. Commands on the User Listing screen.

Command Screen Accessed Use the command toUpdate User Info User Info Update a user’s:

User IDPasswordUser type (i .e ., System Admin, Security Admin, Contract Admin, Shared User, International Outgoing VAL Requestor)Allowed IPPassword settingTimeout setting

Assign Security Assign User’s Security Designate the modules to which a new user has access and his/her permissions within those modules .

Assign Facility Code Facility View/Update Access Listing Designate the facilities to which the user has system access . This applies only when facility ID segmentation is active .

UnAssign User Remove a user from the system .

User Activities User’s Login Sessions Listing View a user’s system activities .

Accessing User Listing Screen

Depending on where you are in Access Commander, there are five ways to access the User Listing screen:

� User Selection screen, Find button � User Info screen, Back to User Listing command � Assign User’s Security screen, Cancel & Return or Save & Return button � Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, User Listing command � User’s Login Sessions Listing screen, Return button



Back to this chapter’s TOC User Listing screen

To use the Find button: 1 . Access the User Selection screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Selection Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Enter search criteria to narrow down the search for the specific user, or group of users .

3 . Click the Find button .The User Listing screen displays with the results of your search .

g If no records are found matching the entered search criteria, a blank User Listing screen displays .

To use the Back to User Listing command:1 . On the User Info screen, place the cursor on the Command link .


2 . Click the Back to User Listing command .The User Listing screen displays .

To use the Cancel & Return or Save & Return button:1 . On the Assign User’s Security screen, click the Cancel & Return or Save & Return button, as applicable .

The User Listing screen displays .

To use the User Listing command:1 . On the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, place the cursor on the Command link .


2 . Click the User Listing command .The User Listing screen displays .

To use the Return button:1 . On the User’s Login Sessions Listing screen, click the Return button .

The User Listing screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOCUser Info screen

User Info Screen

Overview

The User Info screen is used to assign users to the system and set their basic access elements (e .g ., password, logon ID) . See Table 9-3 for a list and description of the data elements on the User Info screen .

User Info Screen

The User Info screen displays in Update mode when you click the:

� Update User Info command after selecting a user on the User Listing screen

The User Info screen is used to add or update a user’s:

� ID � Password � User type (e .g ., System Admin, Security Admin, Contract Admin, Shared User, International

Outgoing VAL Requestor) � Allowed IP � Password setting � Timeout setting

Figure 9-4. The User Info screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOC User Info screen

Commands on the User Info Screen

When one assigned profile is selected on the User Listing screen, six commands display, as shown in Figure 9-5 .

Figure 9-5. The commands on the User Info screen.

When an unassigned profile is selected, only two commands display:

� Assign User � Back to User Listing

Table 9-2 lists and describes the commands .

Table 9-2. Commands on the User Info screen.


Assign User User Info assign a user to an unassigned profile .

Back to User Listing User Listing return to the User Listing screen without saving any revised data .

Update User Info User Info add or update an assigned user’s:User IDPasswordUser type (I .e ., System Admin, Security Admin, Contract Admin, Shared User, International Outgoing VAL Requestor)Allowed IPPassword settingTimeout setting

Assign Security Assign User’s Security designate the modules to which a new user has access and his/her permissions within those modules .

Assign Facility Code Facility View/Update Access Listing

designate the facilities to which the user has system access . This applies only when facility ID segmentation is active .

UnAssign User remove a user from the system .

User Activities User’s Login Sessions Listing view a user’s system activities .



Back to this chapter’s TOCUser Info screen

Accessing User Info Screen

To access the User Info screen:

� User Listing screen, Update User Info command

To use the Update User Info command:1 . Access the User Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox for the desired user .The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .


4 . Click the Update User Info command .The User Listing screen displays .

User Info Screen - Data Fields

The data fields on the User Info screen are listed in Table 9-3 .

Table 9-3. User Info screen data fields.

Field Name ExplanationAssign User ID REQUIRED . This is populated from the User Listing screen . Revise it when

appropriate .

Password REQUIRED . Enter the password .

Password Again REQUIRED . Enter the password again .

System Admin Click if this applies . Should be given only to users who will be System Administrators .

No default permissions are granted . The System Administrator must assign the System Administrator’s permissions on the Assign User’s Security screen .

This user has Update access to all facilities .

Security Admin . PROTECTED . Default is checked .

No default permissions are granted . The System Administrator must assign the user’s permissions on the Assign User’s Security screen .

This user has Update access to his/her own employment facility if the Set Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) is set to Y (see Table 7-4, Row #46 in Chapter 7, System Profile) .

Contract Admin . Click if this applies .

Gives the user full access to the Contracts subsystem (e .g ., permission to reopen a closed contract) .

No default permissions are granted . The System Administrator must assign the user’s permissions on the Assign User’s Security screen .



Back to this chapter’s TOC User Info screen

Field Name ExplanationShared User For web portal administrator use . Configures the “user” as A/C View Only for all

web portal users . Intended for enterprise A/C use .

No default permissions are granted . The System Administrator must assign the Shared User’s permissions on the Assign User’s Security screen .

Always see SSN even Hidden in View mode

Click if this applies .

Gives the user permission to see the Social Security Number for a record even if it has been hidden in View mode .

Int . Out VAL Requestor (non-security user) Click if this applies .

Gives the user access to submit/resubmit international outgoing VALs, modify the request data before it becomes active, and when the user logs in, he/she is taken directly to the International Outgoing VAL module (no access is given to any other modules within Access Commander) .

If this is selected, check only the VAL Requestor Only checkbox (International Outgoing VAL section) on the Assign User’s Security screen .

Allowed IP REQUIRED . Prepopulates with * .* .* .*

To specify the IP of the computer the user is allowed to log onto, enter it in this field .

Password Must Be Changed In Change to the desired number of days after which the user will be prompted to change the password, if other than the default .

User Must Change Password On Next Logon

Click if this applies .

Assign Employee REQUIRED . Click to search for, select, and assign the employee .

Max Inactive Interval (sec) Change to the desired timeout duration, if other than the default .



Back to this chapter’s TOCEmployEE SEarch ScrEEn

Employee Search ScreenThe Employee Search screen displays when you click the:

� Assign Employee button on the User Info screen

The search criteria for the employee being assigned are entered on this screen .

Figure 9-6. The Employee Search screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOC seleCt emplOyee(s) tO assign sCreen

Select Employee(s) to Assign ScreenThe Select Employee(s) to Assign screen displays when you click the:

� Find button on the Employee Search screen � Search command on the Employee Listing screen

The user being assigned is selected on this screen .

Figure 9-7. The Select Employee(s) to Assign screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOCBasic User Profile How To’s

Basic User Profile How To’s


9 Assign a User to the System

9 Unassign a User from the System

9 Modify a User’s System Profile

Assign a User to the System

To assign a user to the system:

� User Listing screen, Assign User command

To use the Assign User command: 1 . Access the User Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox for an UNASSIGNED profile .The screen refreshes . The selected profile displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .


4 . Click the Assign User command . A blank User Info screen displays .

5 . Enter the password in the Password field, and then the same password again in the Password Again field .

6 . Click the appropriate checkbox(es) . Refer to Table 9-3 .

7 . Enter the IP address of the computer onto which the user is allowed to log on in the Allowed IP field .

8 . Change the default value in the Password must be changed in field, if needed .

9 . Click the User must change password on next logon checkbox, if needed .

10 . Click the Assign Employee button .The Employee Search screen displays .


12 . Click the Find button .The Select Employee to Assign screen displays .

13 . Click the Select checkbox next to the employee to assign . The screen refreshes . The selected employee record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .




Back to this chapter’s TOC Basic User Profile How To’s

15 . Click the Assign selected record(s) command . The User Info screen displays .The assigned user’s name displays in the Assign Employee field .

16 . Change the default value in the Max Inactive Interval (sec) field, if needed .


g You can now add the new user’s security profile by selecting the Assign Security command .

18 . To return to the User Listing screen, click the Done button . The User Listing screen displays . The newly assigned user displays in the list highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its Select checkbox .

g If you have not already done so, add the new user’s security profile by selecting the Assign Security command . See the User Security section of this chapter for step-by-step instructions .

Unassign a User from the System

g When a user is unassigned, the User ID, Password, and access type checkboxes (e .g ., System Admin, Security Admin) are reset .

To unassign a user from the system:

� User Listing screen, UnAssign User command

To use the UnAssign User command:1 . Access the User Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox next to the user profile you’re unassigning .The screen refreshes . The selected profile displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .


4 . Click the UnAssign User command . A pop-up window with the message, “Successfully unassign: [user name] .” displays .

5 . Click the OK button . The User Listing screen displays . The profile now displays zz-UUNASSIGNED in the Assigned to column .The profile is now available to be assigned to another user .



Back to this chapter’s TOCBasic User Profile How To’s

Modify a User’s System Profile

To modify a user’s system profile:

� User Listing screen, Update User Info command

To use the Update User Info command: 1 . Access the User Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox for the desired user’s profile .The screen refreshes . The selected profile displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .


4 . Click the Update User Info command . The User Info screen displays .

5 . Make the necessary revisions .


7 . Click the Done button . The User Listing screen displays . The modified profile displays in the list highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its Select checkbox .

8 . To modify another user’s profile, repeat from step 2 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOC User secUrity

User Security


9 Assign or Modify a User’s Security Profile

Overview

The Assign User’s Security screen is used to select the modules to which the user has access and his/her permissions within each module . Tables 9-5 through 9-29 in this section list and describe the modules and their permissions .

Assign User’s Security Screen

The Assign User’s Security screen displays when you click the:

� Assign Security command after selecting a user on the User Listing screen � Update User Info command on the User Info screen

The Assign User’s Security screen is used to designate the:

� Modules to which the user has access, and the type of access (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, View) � User’s permissions within each module and module subsystem (e .g ., assign visit requests within

the Personnel Management module)

Figure 9-8. Personnel section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOCUser secUrity

Figure 9-9. Property section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-10. Secured Area section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-11. Document section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-12. Visit Request section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-13. Visitor section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.




Figure 9-14. Contract section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-15. Training and Conference section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-16. Information Systems section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-17. International Incoming VAL section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-18. International Visitor section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-19. International Outgoing VAL section < Main Menu < Assign User’s Security screen.




Figure 9-20. Facility Info section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-21. User Profile section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-22. System Profile section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-23. Report Profile section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-24. Reminder section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-25. Monitor section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-26. Adhoc Query section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-27. Inventory section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-28. Maintain Sequence(s) section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-29. JPAS section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.




Figure 9-30. HRDW Load section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Figure 9-31. Maintain Skill(s) section < System Administration < Assign User’s Security screen.

Buttons on the Assign User’s Security Screen

Six buttons display at the top and bottom of the Assign User’s Security screen, as shown in Figure 9-32 .

Figure 9-32. Buttons at the top of the Assign User’s Security screen.

Table 9-4 lists and describes the buttons .

Table 9-4. Buttons at the top of the Assign User’s Security screen.

Button Description

Save & Return Saves the changes that were made and returns you to the User Listing screen .

Read Only Gives the user only “View” permission (cannot add, update, or delete records, or access reports) .

Set All User is given add, update, delete, view and reporting permissions for every module .

Clear All No checkboxes are checked . No permissions are granted within any module .

Reset Populates the screen with the most recently saved settings .

Cancel & Return No changes are saved and you’re taken back to the User Listing screen .

Accessing Assign User’s Security Screen

Depending on where you are within the Access Commander™ system, there are two ways to access the Assign User’s Security screen:

� User Listing screen, Assign Security command � User Info screen, Assign Security command

To use the Assign Security command from the User Listing screen:1 . Access the User Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter .)






4 . Click the Assign Security command .The Assign User’s Security screen displays .

To use the Assign Security command from the User Info screen:1 . Access the User Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Info Screen in this chapter .)


g If you have made any changes on the User Info screen, click the Update button before selecting the Assign Security command or the changes will not be saved .

3 . Click the Assign Security command .The Assign User’s Security screen displays .

Assign or Modify a User’s Security Profile

To assign or modify a user’s security profile:

� User Listing screen, Assign Security command

To use the Assign Security command: 1 . Access the User Listing screen . (Need help? See User Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox next to the user profile for which you’re entering/modifying the security profile .


4 . Click the Assign Security command . The Assign User’s Security screen displays .

5 . Using the buttons and/or checkboxes, assign/modify the user’s permissions . � Use the buttons at the top of the screen to set permissions globally . See Table 9-4 for a description of

the buttons . � Use the buttons and/or checkboxes within each module section to set the permissions within

individual modules, as needed . Tables 9-5 through 9-29 describe the permissions within each module .

6 . Click the Save & Return button .The User Listing screen displays . The updated user profile displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .




g The next step for a new user is to assign his/her applicable facility code(s) . If segmentation does not apply to your facility, you do not need to assign facility codes .

User’s for whom the System Admin checkbox was checked on the User Info screen will automatically be given Update access to all facilities .

Assign User’s Security Screen - Permissions

The modules on the Assign User’s Security screen are listed in Table 9-5 through Table 9-22 . Each module’s permissions are listed and explained in the corresponding table .

Table 9-5. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, Personnel Management module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

Personnel section Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Personnel Management module .

Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Personnel Management module .

Clear All - click to remove the user’s permission to access the Personnel Management module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new employee records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update employee records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete employee records .

View Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) employee records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate employee reports .

Assign Visit Request Click to give the user permission to assign employees to outgoing visit requests .

Assign Contract Click to give the user permission to assign employees to contracts .

Assign Conference Click to give the user permission to assign a conference .

Assign Skill(s) Click to give the user permission to assign skills set .

Assign Document Click to give the user permission to assign documents to employees .

Assign Property Click to give the user permission to assign property to employees .

Transfer Document Click to give the user permission to transfer document .

Transfer Property Click to give the user permission to transfer property .

Personnel SubsystemsAccess Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add special accesses for an employee .Update - update an employee’s special access(es) .Delete - delete an employee’s special access(es) .View - view (read-only) an employee’s special access(es) .Report – generate an employee’s special access(es) reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Access permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Access permissions .




Field Name ExplanationClearance (DOD) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add DOD clearances for an employee .Update - update an employee’s DOD clearances .Delete - delete an employee’s DOD clearances .View - view (read-only) an employee’s DOD clearances .Report – generate an employee’s DOD clearances reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Clearance (DOD) permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Clearance (DOD) permissions .

Clearance (Non-DOD) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add Non-DOD clearances for an employee .Update - update an employee’s Non-DOD clearances .Delete - delete an employee’s Non-DOD clearances .View - view (read-only) an employee’s Non-DOD clearances .Report – generate an employee’s Non-DOD clearances reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Clearance (Non-DOD) permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Clearance (Non-DOD) permissions .

Courier Info Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add courier information for an employee .Update - update an employee’s courier information .Delete - delete an employee’s courier information .View - view (read-only) an employee’s courier information .Report – generate an employee’s courier information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Courier Info permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Courier Info permissions .

Foreign Travel Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add foreign travel information for an employee .Update - update an employee’s foreign travel information .Delete - delete an employee’s foreign travel information .View - view (read-only) an employee’s foreign travel information .Report – generate an employee’s foreign travel information reports .Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Foreign Travel permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Foreign Travel permissions .

Note Pad Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add notepad information for an employee .Update - update an employee’s notepad information .Delete - delete an employee’s notepad information .View - view (read-only) an employee’s notepad information .Report – generate an employee’s notepad information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Note Pad permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Note Pad permissions .




Field Name ExplanationOffense Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add offense information for an employee .Update - update an employee’s offense information .Delete - delete an employee’s offense information .View - view (read-only) an employee’s offense information .Report – generate an employee’s offense information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Offense permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Offense permissions .

Compartment Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add compartment information for an employee .Update - update an employee’s compartment information .Delete - delete an employee’s compartment information .View - view (read-only) an employee’s compartment information .Report – generate an employee’s compartment information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Compartment permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Compartment permissions .

Poly Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add polygraph information for an employee .Update - update an employee’s polygraph information .Delete - delete an employee’s polygraph information .View - view (read-only) an employee’s polygraph information .Report – generate an employee’s polygraph information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Polygraph permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .


Associated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Upload - upload associated document(s) .Remove - remove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document .

Associated Doc(s) - No PII Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Upload - upload associated document(s) that do not contain Personally Identifiable Information (PII) .Remove - remove associated document(s) that do not contain Personally Identifiable Information (PII) .View - view only the associated document that do not contain Personally Identifiable Information (PII) .




Table 9-6. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, Property Management module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

Property section Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Property Management module .

Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Property Management module .

Clear All - click to remove the user’s permission to access the Property Management module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new property records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update property records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete property records .

View Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) property records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate property reports .

Assign Access Click to give the user permission to assign access .

Assign Contract Click to give the user permission to assign property to a contract .

Assign People Click to give the user permission to assign people .

Property SubsystemIncident Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add incidents for an employee .Update - update an employee’s incidents .Delete - delete an employee’s incidents .View - view (read-only) an employee’s incidents .Report - generate an employee’s incident reports .Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Incident permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, View and Report) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Incident permissions .

Associated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Upload - upload document(s) .Remove - rmove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i .e ., Updload, Remove, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Associated Doc(s) permissions .

Table 9-7. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, Secured Area Management module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

Secured Area section Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Secured Area Management module .

Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Secured Area Management module .

Clear All - click to remove the user’s permission to access the Secured Area Management module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .




Field Name ExplanationAdd Click to give the user permission to add new secured area records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update secured area records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete secured area records .

View Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) secured area records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate secured area reports .

Assign Contract Click to give the user permission to assign secured area to contracts .

Assign IS Click to give the user permission to assign an information system to a secured area .

Assign Property Click to give the user permission to assign property to a secured area .

Secured Area SubsystemsAlarm & Access Control Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add alarm and access control information for a secured area .Update - update a secured area’s alarm and access control information .Delete - delete a secured area’s alarm and access control information .View - view (read-only) a secured area’s alarm and access control information .Report – generate a secured area’s alarm and access control reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Alarm/Access Control permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Alarm/Access Control permissions .

Amenity Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add amenity information for a secured area .Update - update a secured area’s amenity information .Delete - delete a secured area’s amenity information .View - view (read-only) a secured area’s amenity information .Report – generate a secured area’s amenity reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Amenity permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Amenity permissions .

Accreditation History Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add accreditation history information for a secured area .Update - update a secured area’s accreditation history information .Delete - delete a secured area’s accreditation history information .View - view (read-only) a secured area’s accreditation history information .Report – generate a secured area’s accreditation history reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Accreditation History permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Accreditation History permissions .




Field Name ExplanationEquipment Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add equipment information for a secured area .Update - update a secured area’s equipment information .Delete - delete a secured area’s equipment information .View - view (read-only) a secured area’s equipment information .Report – generate a secured area’s equipment reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Equipment permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Equipment permissions .

Facility Inspection Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add facility inspection information for a secured area .Update - update a secured area’s facility inspection information .Delete - delete a secured area’s facility inspection information .View - view (read-only) a secured area’s facility inspection information .Report – generate a secured area’s facility inspection reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Facility Inspection permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Facility Inspection permissions .

Secured Area Inspection Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add inspection information for a secured area .Update - update a secured area’s inspection information .Delete - delete a secured area’s inspection information .View - view (read-only) a secured area’s inspection information .Report – generate a secured area’s inspection reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Inspection permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Inspection permissions .

Industry Partner Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add industry partner information for a secured area .Update - update a secured area’s industry partner information .Delete - delete a secured area’s industry partner information .View - view (read-only) a secured area’s industry partner information .Report – generate a secured area’s industry partner reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Industry Partner permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Industry Partner permissions .

Waiver History Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add waiver history information for a secured area .Update - update a secured area’s waiver history information .Delete - delete a secured area’s waiver history information .View - view (read-only) a secured area’s waiver history information .Report – generate a secured area’s waiver history reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all secured area Waiver History permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Waiver History permissions .




Field Name ExplanationAssociated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Upload - upload associated document(s) .Remove - rmove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document .

Table 9-8. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, Document Management module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

Document section Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Document Management module .

Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Document Management module .

Clear All - click to remove the user’s permission to access the Document Management module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new document records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update document records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete document records .

View Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) document records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate document reports .

Assign People Click to give the user permission to assign employees to documents .

Assign Contract Click to give the user permission to assign contracts to documents .

Incorporate Document Click to give the user permission to incorporate documents .

Revise Document Click to give the user permission to review documents .

Copy Document Click to give the user permission to copy documents .

Transmittal - Internal Receipt Click to give the user permission to acknowledge receipt of internal transmittals .

Document SubsystemsAssociated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Upload - upload associated document(s) .Remove - remove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document(s) .






Field Name ExplanationDestruction Certificate Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add a destruction certificate .Update - update a destruction certificate .Delete - delete a destruction certificate .View - view (read-only) a destruction certificate .Report - generate destruction certificate reports .Assign Doc – assign documents to a destruction certificate .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Destruction Certificate permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Destruction Certificate permissions .

Associated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Upload - upload associated document(s) for the Destruction Certificate .Remove - remove associated document(s) for the Destruction Certificate .View - view only the associated document(s) for the Destruction Certificate .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Destruction Certificate Associated Doc(s) permissions (i .e ., Updload, Remove, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Destruction Certificate Associated Doc(s) permissions .

Transmittal Certificate Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add a transmittal certificate .Update - update a transmittal certificate .Delete - delete a transmittal certificate .View - view (read-only) a transmittal certificate .Report - generate transmittal certificate reports .Assign Doc – assign documents to a transmittal certificate .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Transmittal Certificate permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Transmittal Certificate permissions .

Associated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Upload - upload associated document(s) for the Transmittal Certificate .Remove - remove associated document(s) for the Transmittal Certificate .View - view only the associated document(s) for the Transmittal Certificate .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Transmittal Certificate Associated Doc(s) permissions (i .e ., Updload, Remove, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Transmittal Certificate Associated Doc(s) permissions .




Table 9-9. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, Incoming Visit Request and Outgoing Visit Request modules permissions.


MAIN MENU:

Visit Request Read Only button - click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Incoming Visit Request and Outgoing Visit Request modules .

Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Incoming Visit Request and Outgoing Visit Request modules .

Clear All - click to remove the user’s permission to access the Incoming Visit Request and Outgoing Visit Request modules . The icons appear greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to: Incoming Visit Request: add new incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: add new outgoing visit requests

Update Click to give the user permission to: Incoming Visit Request: update incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: update outgoing visit requests

Delete Click to give the user permission to:Incoming Visit Request: delete incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: delete outgoing visit requests

View Click to give the user permission to:Incoming Visit Request: view (read-only) incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: view (read-only) outgoing visit requests

Report Click to give the user permission to:Incoming Visit Request: generate incoming visit request reports Outgoing Visit Request: generate outgoing visit request reports

Assign Access Click to give the user permission to: assign employees to outgoing visit requests . Incoming Visit Request: assign access(es) to incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: assign access(es) to outgoing visit requests

Assign Contract Click to give the user permission to:Incoming Visit Request: assign contracts to incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: assign contracts to outgoing visit requests

Assign People Click to give the user permission to:Incoming Visit Request: assign visitors to incoming visit requests Outgoing Visit Request: assign employees to outgoing visit requests

Visit Request SubsystemsAssociated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Upload - upload document(s) .Remove - rmove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document(s) .






Table 9-10. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, Visitor Control module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

Visitor section Read Only button – click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Visitor Control module .

Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the Visitor Control module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the Visitor Control module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new visitor records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update visitor records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete visitor ployee records .

View Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) visitor records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate visitor reports .

Assign Visit Request Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to incoming visit requests .

Assign Contract Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to contracts .

Assign Conference Does not apply .

Assign Document Click to give the user permission to assign documents to visitors .

Assign Property Click to give the user permission to assign property to visitors .

Transfer Document Does not apply .

Transfer Property Does not apply .

Visitor SubsystemsAccess Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add – add special accesses for a visitor .Update – update a visitor’s special access(es) .Delete – delete a visitor’s special access(es) .View – view (read-only) a visitor’s special access(es) .Report – generate a visitor’s special access reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Visitor permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Visitor permissions .

Clearance (DOD) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add DOD clearances for a visitor .Update – update a visitor’s DOD clearances .Delete – delete a visitor’s DOD clearances .View – view (read-only) a visitor’s DOD clearances .Report – generate a visitor’s DOD clearance reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Clearance (DOD) permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Clearance (DOD) permissions .




Field Name ExplanationClearance (Non-DOD) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add – add Non-DOD clearances for a visitor .Update – update a visitor’s Non-DOD clearances .Delete – delete a visitor’s Non-DOD clearances .View – view (read-only) a visitor’s Non-DOD clearances .Report – generate a visitor’s Non-DOD clearance reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Clearance (Non-DOD) permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Clearance (Non-DOD) permissions .

Courier Info Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add courier information for a visitor .Update – update a visitor’s courier information .Delete – delete a visitor’s courier information .View – view (read-only) a visitor’s courier information .Report – generate a visitor’s courier information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Courier Info permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Courier Info permissions .

Foreign Travel Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add foreign travel information for a visitor .Update – update a visitor’s foreign travel information .Delete – delete a visitor’s foreign travel information .View – view (read-only) a visitor’s foreign travel information .Report – generate a visitor’s foreign travel information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Foreign Travel permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Foreign Travel permissions .

Note Pad Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add notepad information for a visitor .Update – update a visitor’s notepad information .Delete – delete v notepad information .View – view (read-only) a visitor’s notepad information .Report – generate a visitor’s note pad information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Note Pad permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Note Pad permissions .

Offense Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add offense information for a visitor .Update – update a visitor’s offense information .Delete – delete a visitor’s offense information .View – view (read-only) a visitor’s offense information .Report – generate a visitor’s offense information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Offense permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Offense permissions .




Field Name ExplanationCompartment Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add – add compartment information for a visitor .Update – update a visitor’s compartment information .Delete – delete a visitor’s compartment information .View – view (read-only) a visitor’s compartment information .Report – generate a visitor’s compartment information reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Compartment permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .


Visit History Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add visit history for a visitor .Update – update a visitor’s visit history information .Delete – delete a visitor’s visit history information .View – view (read-only) a visitor’s visit history information .Report – generate a visitor’s visit history reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Visit History permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Visit History permissions .

Associated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Upload - upload document(s) .Remove - rmove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document(s) .Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i .e ., Updload, Remove, and View) .


Table 9-11. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, Contract Administration module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

Contract section Read Only button – click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Contract Administration module .

Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the Contract Administration module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the Contract Administration module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new contract records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update contract records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete contract records .

View Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) contract records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate contract reports .

Assign Property Click to give the user permission to assign property(ies) to a contract .

Assign Document Click to give the user permission to assign documents to a contract .

Assign Access Click to give the user permission to assign accesses to a contract .




Field Name ExplanationAssign Employee Click to give the user permission to assign employees to a contract .

Assign Visitor Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to a contract .

Contract SubsystemsSubContract Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add – add subcontracts for a contract .Update – update a contract’s subcontract(s) .Delete – delete a contract’s subcontract(s) .View – view (read-only) a contract’s subcontract(s) .Report – generate a contract’s subcontract(s) reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all SubContract permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all SubContract permissions .

Perf . Facility Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add performance facilities for a contract .Update – update a contract’s performance facility(ies) .Delete – delete a contract’s performance facility(ies) .View – view (read-only) a contract’s performance facility(ies) .Report – generate a contract’s performance facility(ies) reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Perf. Facility permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Perf. Facility permissions .

DD254 Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add DD254 forms for a contract .Update – update a contract’s DD254 form(s) .Delete – delete a contract’s DD254 form(s) .View – view (read-only) a contract’s DD254 form(s) .Report – generate a contract’s DD254 reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all DD254 permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all DD254 permissions .

Associated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Upload - upload document(s) .Remove - rmove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document(s) .






Table 9-12. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, Training & Conferences module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

Training & Conference section

Read Only button – click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Training & Conferences module .

Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the Training & Conferences module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the Training & Conferences module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new training/conference events .

Update Click to give the user permission to update training/conference events .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete training/conference events .

View Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) training/conference events .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate training/conference event reports .

Assign Access Click to give the user permission to assign accesses to training/conference events .

Assign Employee Click to give the user permission to assign employees to training/conference events .

Assign Visitor Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to training/conference events .

Training & Conference SubsystemsAssociated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Upload - upload document(s) .Remove - rmove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document(s) .



Table 9-13. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, Information Systems module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

Information Systems section

Read Only button – click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Information Systems module .

Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the Information Systems module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the Information Systems module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new information systems .

Update Click to give the user permission to update information system records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete information system records .

View Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) information system records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate information system reports .

Information Systems Subsystems




Field Name ExplanationHardware Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add – add hardware for an IS .Update – update an IS’s hardware .Delete – delete an IS’s hardware .View – view (read-only) an IS’s hardware .Report – generate an IS’s hardware reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Hardware permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Hardware permissions .

Software Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add software for an IS .Update – update an IS’s software .Delete – delete an IS’s software .View – view (read-only) an IS’s software .Report – generate an IS’s software reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Software permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Software permissions .

Seal Log Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add a seal log record for an IS .Update – update an IS’s seal log record(s) .Delete – delete an IS’s seal log record(s) .View – view (read-only) an IS’s seal log record(s) .Report – generate an IS’s seal log record(s) reports .Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Seal Log permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Seal Log permissions .

CTG Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add a CTG record for an IS .Update – update an IS’s CTG record(s) .Delete – delete an IS’s CTG record(s) .View – view (read-only) an IS’s CTG record(s) .Report – generate an IS’s CTG record(s) reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all CTG permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all CTG permissions .

Review Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add a Review record for an IS .Update – update an IS’s Review record(s) .Delete – delete an IS’s Review record(s) .View – view (read-only) an IS’s Review record(s) .Report – generate an IS’s Review record(s) reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Review permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Review permissions .




Field Name ExplanationOS Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add – add an OS record for an IS .Update – update an IS’s OS record(s) .Delete – delete an IS’s OS record(s) .View – view (read-only) an IS’s OS record(s) .Report – generate an IS’s OS record(s) report .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all OS permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all OS permissions .

Associated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add an associated document for an IS .Update – update an IS’s associated document(s) .Delete – delete an IS’s associated document(s) .View – view (read-only) an IS’s associated document(s) .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Associated Doc(s) permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .


SSP Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add – add an SSP record for an IS .Update – update an IS’s SSP record(s) .Delete – delete an IS’s SSP record(s) .View – view (read-only) an IS’s SSP record(s) .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all SSP permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all SSP permissions .

User(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Assign – assign an employee or visitor to an IS .Unassign – unassign an IS’s employee/visitor record(s) .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all User(s) permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all User(s) permissions .

Contract(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Assign – assign a contract to an IS .Unassign – unassign contract(s) .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Contract(s) permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Contract(s) permissions .




Table 9-14. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, International Incoming VAL module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

International Incoming VAL section

Read Only button – click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the International Incoming VAL module .

Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the International Incoming VAL module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the International Incoming VAL module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new international incoming VAL records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update international incoming VAL records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete international incoming VAL records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate international incoming VAL reports .

Assign People Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to an international incoming VAL .

View Click to give the user permission to view international incoming VALs .

International Incoming VAL SubsystemAssociated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:




Table 9-15. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, International Visitor Control module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

International Visitor section

Read Only button – click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the International Visitor Control module .

Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the International Visitor Control module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the International Visitor Control module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new international visitor records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update international visitor records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete international visitor records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate international visitor reports .

Assign Visit Request Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to an international VAL .

View Click to give the user permission to view international visitor records .





International Visitor Control SubsystemAssociated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Upload - upload document(s) .Remove - remove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document(s) .



Table 9-16. Assign User’s Security screen, Main Menu, International Outgoing VAL module permissions.


MAIN MENU:

International Outgoing VAL section

Read Only button – click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the International Outgoing VAL module .

Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the International Outgoing VAL module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the International Outgoing VAL module . The icon appears greyed out on the Main Menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new international outgoing VAL records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update international outgoing VAL records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete international outgoing VAL records .

VAL Requestor Only Click to give the user permission to only submit/resubmit requests and only modify the request data before it becomes active . Only effective when selected alone in this group . Also, the Int. Out VAL Requester (non-security user) checkbox must be checked on the User Info screen .

Assign People Click to give the user permission to assign visitors to an international outgoing VAL .

View Click to give the user permission to view international outgoing VALs .

International Outgoing VAL SubsystemAssociated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:







Table 9-17. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, Facility Info module permissions.


SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION:

Facility Info section Read Only button – click to give the user view (read-only) permission to all the features in the Facility Info module .

Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the Facility Info module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the Facility Info module . The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen .

Add Click to give the user permission to add new facility records .

Update Click to give the user permission to update facility records .

Delete Click to give the user permission to delete facility records .

View Click to give the user permission to view (read-only) facility records .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate facility reports .

Assign Safeguard Access Click to give the user permission to assign safeguard access(es) to the facility .

Assign Facility Access Click to give the user permission to assign access(es) to the facility .

Assign Gate Click to give the user permission to assign gate(s) to the facility .

Facility SubsystemsVerification Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add verifications for a facility .Update - update a facility’s verification(s) .Delete - delete a facility’s verification(s) .View - view (read-only) a facility’s verification(s) .Report - generate facility’s verification(s) reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Verification permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Verification permissions .

Inspection Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add inspections for a facility .Update - update a facility’s inspection(s) .Delete - delete a facility’s inspection(s) .View - view (read-only) a facility’s inspection(s) .Report - generate facility’s inspection(s) reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Inspection permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Inspection permissions .

Maintain Gate Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:Add - add gates for a facility .Update - update a facility’s gate(s) .Delete - delete a facility’s gate(s) .View - view (read-only) a facility’s gate(s) .Report - generate facility’s gate(s) reports .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Maintain Gate permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Maintain Gate permissions .




Field Name ExplanationAssociated Doc(s) Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Upload - upload associated document(s) .Remove - rmove associated document(s) .View - view only the associated document(s) .



Table 9-18. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, User Profile module permissions.


SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION

User Profile section Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the User Profile module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the User Profile module . The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen .

Assign Employee Click to give the user permission to assign employees to the Access Commander™ system .

Unassign Employee Click to give the user permission to unassign employees from the Access Commander™ system .

Assign Security Click to give the user permission to assign a user’s permissions within the Access Commander™ modules .

User Profile SubsystemAssign Facility Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add facility access(es) for a user .Update - update a user’s facility access(es) .Delete - delete a user’s facility access(es) .View - view (read-only) a user’s facility access(es) .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Assign Facility permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Assign Facility permissions .

Table 9-19. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, System Profile module permissions.



System Profile Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the System Profile module .

Clear All - click to remove the user’s permission to access the System Profile module . The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate System Profile reports .

System Profile Subsystem




Field Name ExplanationDetail Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add a detail item to a profile .Update - update a profile’s detail item(s) .Delete - delete a profile’s detail item(s) .View - view (read-only) a profile’s detail item(s) .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Detail permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Detail permissions .

Table 9-20. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, Report Profile module permissions.



Report Profile section Set All – click to give the user all permissions within the Report Profile module .

Clear All – click to remove the user’s permission to access the Report Profile module . The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen .

Report Click to give the user permission to generate Report Profile reports .

Report Profile SubsystemDetail Click the corresponding checkboxes to give the user permission to:

Add - add a report to a module .Update - update a module’s report(s) .Delete - delete a profile’s report(s) .View - view (read-only) a profile’s report(s) .

Click the Set All link at the end of the row to give the user all Detail permissions (i .e ., Add, Update, Delete, and View) .

Click the Clear link at the end of the row to remove all Detail permissions .

Table 9-21. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, Reminder Setup module permissions.



Reminder section Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the Reminder Setup module .

Clear All - click to remove the user’s permission to access the Reminder Setup module . The icon appears greyed out on the System Administration menu screen .

Set Notified User(s) Click to give the user permission to select the users to receive reminder notifications .When clicked, the user will see the Reminder icon for reminder fields on the corresponding Info screen .

Setup Click to give the user permission to change a reminder task’s status (i .e ., Active or Inactive) and notification period .




Table 9-22. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, User Monitor module permissions.



Monitor section Set All - click to give the user all permissions within the User Monitor module .

Clear All - click to remove the user’s permission to access the User Monitor module . The icons appear greyed out on the System Administration menu screen .

Active User Monitor Click to give the user permission to access the User Monitor module .

Visitor Monitor No longer applies .

Table 9-23. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, Adhoc Query module permissions.



Adhoc Query sectionAdhoc Query Click to give the user permission to access the Adhoc Query module .

Table 9-24. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, Adhoc Report module permissions.



Adhoc Report sectionAuto Refresh Click to give the user permission to access the Adhoc Report module directly from the

System Administration menu . The linked tables are removed every time the users close the MS Access database and re-linked when the user opens ADHOC Report the next time .

Manually Refresh Click to give the user permission to access the Adhoc Report module directly from the System Administration menu . The linked tables are not removed every time the users close the MS Access database and not re-linked when the user opens the ADHOC Report the next time . Users have the option to remove/re-link/refresh the tables manually .

Table 9-25. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, Inventory Management module permissions.



Inventory sectionInventory Click to give the user access to the Inventory Management module .

When not checked, the Inventory Management module icon displays greyed out on the Main Menu screen .




Table 9-26. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, Maintain Sequences permissions.



Maintain Sequence(s) sectionMaintain Sequence(s) Click to give user permission to maintain sequences .

Table 9-27. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, JPAS permissions.



JPAS sectionJPAS - Import/Refresh Click to give the user permission to import or refresh JPAS .

Table 9-28. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, HRDW Load permissions.



HRDW Load sectionHRDW Load - Approve Change(s) Click to give the user permission to access the utility and approve changes from a

nightly HR database (e .g ., PeopleSoft) to A/C uploads .

Table 9-29. Assign User’s Security screen, System Administration, Maintain Skills permissions.



Maintain Skill(s) sectionMaintain Skill(s) Click to give the user permission to update maintain skill(s) .



Back to this chapter’s TOCFacility access

Facility Access


9 Add a Facility Access

9 Update a User’s Facility Access (Update/View)

9 Delete a Facility Access

9 View (Read-Only) a Facility Access

Overview

From the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, the System Administrator can:

� Add facilities to which the user has access . He/She can be given Update or View access to the facility’s records . The user can also be given Update or View access to all host facilities .

� Update the user’s access from Update to View, or vice versa � View a user’s facility access(es) � Delete a user’s facility access(es)

When a new user is assigned, facility accesses are added using the following algorithm:

� If the user is a System Administrator, he/she will have Update access to all facilities � If the user is not a System Administrator, but the A/C system profile parameter Set

Employment Facility Updatable When Assign User(s) is set to Y (see Table 6-3 in Chapter 6, System Profile), then he/she will have Update access to his/her own employment facility (in employee record) .

g Based on customer requirements, changes may have been made to these rules .

When a new host facility is added:

� All System Administrators are given Update access to the newly added host facility � Depending on customer requirement, all non-System Administrators may also be given View

access to the newly added host facility

When a host facility is updated:

� If the facility code is changed, all accesses assigned to the old facility are transferred to the new one

� If the host facility is changed to a customer facility, all accesses assigned to users will be removed for the facility

When a host facility is deleted:

� All accesses assigned to users for the facility are removed



Back to this chapter’s TOC Facility access

When a customer facility is updated:

� If the customer facility is changed to a host facility, the accesses to the facility are added to the users as a newly inserted host facility

Facility ID segmentation is set in the System Profile module (System Profile Listing screen, Access Commander System Parameters profile, Force CageCode Segmentation parameter) . See Table 6-3 in Chapter 6, System Profile, for more information .

For more information about facility configuration, see:

� Chapter 3, Facility Info

Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen

The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays when you click the:

� Assign Facility Code command after selecting a user on the User Listing screen � Cancel, Done or Exit button on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen

The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen:

� Displays the facilities to which the user has access � Displays, for each facility, the Facility Code, Organization, Division, City, State, and Access Type,

Facility Status and DOD (yes or no) � Provides the + Add New, View, Update and Delete buttons

Figure 9-33. The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen.

Command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen

There is one command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, as shown in Figure 9-34 .




Figure 9-34. The command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen.


Table 9-30. Command on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen.


User Listing User Listing return to the User Listing screen .

Accessing Facility View/Update Access Listing Screen

To access the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen:

� User Listing screen, Assign Facility command � Facility View/Update Access Info screen, Cancel or Exit button � Facility View/Update Access Info screen, Done button

To use the Assign Facility command:1 . Access the User Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter .)



4 . Click the Assign Facility command .The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays .

To use the Cancel or Exit button:1 . On the Facility View/Update Access Info screen, click the Cancel or Exit button . (Need help? See

Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen in this chapter .)The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays .The selected facility displays in the list highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .




To use the Done button:1 . On the Facility View/Update Access Info screen, click the Add or Update button . (Need help? See

Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen in this chapter .)The message, “The information has been added .” or “The information has been updated .” and the Done button display .

2 . Click the Done button . The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays . The added or updated facility displays in the list highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

Facility View/Update Access Info Screen

The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays when you click the:

� + Add New link, View button, or Update button on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen

The Facility View/Update Access Info screen is used to:

� Add facility access for a user when in Add New mode � Modify a user’s Update/View access to a facility when in Update mode � View the facility access data elements when in View (read-only) mode

Figure 9-35. The Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Add New mode.

When in Add New mode, the Facility View/Update Access Info screen, as shown in Figure 9-35, displays:

� Add and Cancel buttons � Facility Code button � Organization, Division, City, and State fields (populate after the facility is chosen on the

Facility Listing screen) � Update checkbox




Figure 9-36. The Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Update mode.

When in Update mode, the Facility View/Update Access Info screen, as shown in Figure 9-37, displays:

� Update and Cancel buttons � Facility Code, Organization, Division, City, and State fields in view (read-only) mode � Update checkbox

Figure 9-37. The Facility View/Update Access Info screen in View mode.

When in View mode, the Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays the Exit button and all fields are read-only, as shown in Figure 9-38 .

Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Add New

To access the Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Add New mode:

� Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, + Add New link




To use the + Add New link: 1 . Access the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility View/

Update Access Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the + Add New link .The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays in Add New mode .

Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Update

To access the Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Update mode:

� Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, Update button

To use the Update button: 1 . Access the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility View/


2 . Click the Update button in the column next to the facility code .The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays in Update mode .

Accessing Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - View

To access the Facility View/Update Access Info screen in View mode:

� Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, View button

To use the View button: 1 . Access the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing Facility View/


2 . Click the View button in the column next to the facility code .The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays in View (read-only) mode .

Facility View/Update Access Info Screen - Data Fields

The data fields on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen are listed in Table 9-31 .

Table 9-31. Facility View/Update Access Info screen data fields.


Facility Code REQUIRED.

Enter *ALL to give access to all host facilities .

Click the Facility Code button to search for and select a facility .

Organization Populates with the organization name of the selected facility .





Division Populates with the division name of the selected facility .

City Populates with the city of the selected facility’s location .

State Populates with the state of the selected facility’s location .

Update When checked, the user is given Update access to the facility’s records .

When not checked, the user is given only View access to the facility’s records .

Facility Update/View Access Search Screen

The Facility Update/View Access Search screen displays when you click the:

� Facility Code button on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen in Update mode

The search criteria for the facility to which the user needs access are entered on this screen .

Figure 9-38. The Facility Update/View Access Search screen.




Facility Listing Screen

The Facility Listing screen displays when you click the:

� Find Facility button on the Facility Update/View Access Search screen � Search command on the Facility Listing screen

The facility to which the user needs access is selected on this screen .

Figure 9-39. The Facility Listing screen.

Add a Facility Access

To add a facility access:

� Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, + Add New link

g User’s for whom the System Admin checkbox was checked on the User Info screen will automatically be given Update access to all facilities .



1 . Access the User Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter .)

2 . Click the Select checkbox for the desired user .The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox .

3 . Place the cursor on the Commands link .A pop-up menu displays .

4 . Click the Assign Facility Code command .The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen for the user displays .

5 . Click the + Add New link .The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays in Add New mode .




6 . Complete the Facility Code field (it is required as indicated in red): � Type in the facility code, if known, or � Click the Facility Code button, search for the code, and select the code, or � Type in ALL (this gives the user access to all host facilities)

7 . Ensure that the Update checkbox is correctly checked or unchecked . � If checked, the user will have Update access to the facility (if *ALL was entered in the Facility Code

field, he/she will have Update access to all host facilities) � If the checkbox is not checked, the user will have View access to the facility (if *ALL was entered in the

Facility Code field, he/she will have Update access to all host facilities)

8 . Click the Add button . The message, “The information has been added .” displays .

9 . Click the Done button . The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays . The new facility access displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

10 . To give the user access to another facility, repeat from step 5 above .

11 . To return to the User Listing screen, place the cursor on the Commands link .The commands display .

12 . Click the User Listing command .The User Listing screen displays .The user for whom you added the new facility access displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

13 . To add a facility access for another user, repeat from step 2 above .

Update a User’s Facility Access (Update/View)

To update a user’s facility access (Update access or View access):

� Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, Update button




2 . Check the Select checkbox for the desired user .The screen refreshes and the record displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox .






5 . Click the Update button next to the desired facility .The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays .

6 . Click the Update checkbox, as needed . � If checked, the user will have Update access to the facility (if *ALL was entered in the Facility Code

field, he/she will have Update access to all host facilities) � If the checkbox is not checked, the user will have View access to the facility (if *ALL was entered in the

Facility Code field, he/she will have Update access to all host facilities)


8 . Click the Done button . The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays . The updated facility access displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

9 . To update another facility access, repeat from step 5 above .


11 . Click the User Listing command .The User Listing screen displays .The user for whom you updated a facility access(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

12 . To update facility access for another user, repeat from step 2 above .

Delete a Facility Access from a User

To delete a facility access:

� Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, Delete button










5 . Click the Delete button next to the desired facility .The Facility View/Update Access Listing - Delete Confirmation screen displays .

6 . Click the Go button (the Yes, delete command is the default) .A pop-up window with the message, “The selected record(s) was/were successfully deleted .” displays .

7 . Click the OK button .The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays . The facility access no longer displays .

8 . To delete another facility access, repeat from step 5 above .


10 . Click the User Listing command .The User Listing screen displays .The user from whom you deleted a facility access(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in the checkbox .

11 . To delete a facility access from another user, repeat from step 2 above .

View (Read-Only) a Facility Access

All of the data fields for a facility access display in the columns on the Facility View/Update Access Listing screen . You can also view them on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen by following the steps below .

To view a facility access on the Facility View/Update Access Info screen:

� Facility View/Update Access Listing screen, View button






4 . Click the Assign Facility command .The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen for the user displays .




5 . Click the View button next to the desired facility .The Facility View/Update Access Info screen displays .


7 . Click the Exit button .The Facility View/Update Access Listing screen displays . The viewed facility access displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

8 . To view another facility access, repeat from step 5 above .


10 . Click the User Listing command .The User Listing screen displays .The user record for which you viewed a facility access(s) displays highlighted (in black) with a checkmark in its checkbox .

11 . To view a facility access for another user, repeat from step 2 above .



Back to this chapter’s TOCUser Activities

User Activities


9 View (Read-Only) a User’s Session Activities

Overview

For the selected login session, the User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays the:

� Activity that took place during the session (e .g ., Login, Logout) � Time at which the Action occurred � File � Record# � Web Session ID

User’s Login Sessions Listing Screen

The User’s Login Sessions Listing screen displays when you click the:

� User Activities command after selecting a user on the User Listing screen � User Activities command on the User Info screen � Return to Login Sessions Listing command on the User’s Session Activities Listing screen

The User’s Login Sessions Listing screen displays:

� The user’s login sessions � Detail button

Figure 9-44. The User’s Login Sessions Listing screen.



Back to this chapter’s TOC User Activities

Columns on the User’s Login Sessions Listing Screen

Five columns display on the User’s Login Sessions Listing screen, as listed and described in Table 9-32 .

Table 9-32. Columns on the User’s Login Sessions Listing screen.

Column DescriptionRow # The number of the record in the list .

Detail Button that displays the User’s Session Activities Listing screen for the selected session .

Login User The user’s name .

Login Time The date and time at which the session began .

Session ID Displays the session id for that login .

Accessing User’s Login Sessions Listing Screen

To access the User’s Login Sessions Listing screen:

� User Listing screen, User Activities command � User Info screen, User Activities command � User’s Session Activities Listing screen, Return to Login Sessions Listing command

To use the User Activities command on the User Listing screen:1 . Access the User Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Listing Screen in this chapter .)



4 . Click the User Activities command .The User’s Login Sessions Listing screen displays .

To use the User Activities command from the User Info screen:1 . Access the User Info screen . (Need help? See Accessing User Info Screen in this chapter .)


g If you have made any changes on the User Info screen, click the Update button before selecting the User Activities command or the changes will not be saved .

3 . Click the User Activities command .The User’s Login Sessions Listing screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOCUser Activities

To use the Return to Login Sessions Listing command:1 . On the User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen, click the Go button (the default command is Return to

Login Sessions Listing) . The User’s Login Sessions Listing screen displays .

User’s Session Activities Listing Screen

The User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays when you click the:

� Detail button on the User’s Login Sessions Listing screen

The User’s Login Sessions Listing screen displays:

� The user’s actions during the selected login session

Figure 9-45. The User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen.

Columns on the User’s Sessions Activities Listing Screen

Five columns display on the User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen, as listed and described in Table 9-33 .

Table 9-33. Columns on the User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen.

Column Description

Time The time at which the Action occurred .

Action The activity that took place during the session . E .g ., Login, Logout .

File Displays the accessing file .

Record # Displays the record number .

Web Session ID Displays the web session id .



Back to this chapter’s TOC User Activities

Accessing User’s Sessions Activities Listing Screen

To access the User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen:

� User’s Login Sessions Listing screen, Detail button

To use the Detail button:1 . Access the User’s Login Sessions Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User’s Login Sessions


2 . Click the Detail button for the desired login session .The User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays .

View (Read-Only) a User’s Session Activities

To view a user’s activities during a session:

� User’s Login Sessions Listing screen, Detail button

To use the Detail button:1 . Access the User’s Login Sessions Listing screen . (Need help? See Accessing User’s Login Sessions


2 . Click the Detail button for the desired login session .The User’s Sessions Activities Listing screen displays .

3 . After viewing the desired information, click the Go button (the default command is Return to Login Sessions Listing) . The User’s Login Sessions Listing screen displays .

4 . To view the details for another login session, repeat from step 2 above .

Access Commander™ System Administration Guide A-1JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration

appendix a

Joint Personnel Adjudication System (JPAS) Data Import/Refresh Configuration

JPAS Import Utility Version 2.0

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2Generation of the JPAS File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3JPAS to Access Commander™ Column Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4A/C Customizations to Run JPAS Import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5

JPAS to Access Commander™ Data Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5Sample JPASImport .exe .config File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10Modify a User’s Security Profile for JPAS Permission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10User Facility Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12


JPAS Data Import/Refresh ConfigurationA-2 Access Commander™ System Administration Guide



Overview

The JPAS Import utility allows the Access Commander™ (A/C) user to import new and/or update existing Joint Personnel Adjudication System (JPAS) data to A/C . The imported data includes employee information, clearances, and special accesses .

Facility Security Officers (FSOs) and Special Security Officers (SSOs), who have permission to the JPAS system, use the report command to export the JPAS data into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet . The data in this file is then imported, previewed, approved, and imported into the A/C database . Users who have been granted persmission to the utility see the JPAS Import/Refresh option on the System Admin link on the Main Menu screen, as shown in Figure A-1 .

g For customers with 30+ concurrent Access Commander users, it is highly recommended that this utility be used during low traffic periods . This process can import a large amount of employees, clearances, and special accesses data to A/C . As a result, it can slow down the system significantly or even lock the system if other users are running the A/C Personnel Management module at the same time .

Figure A-1. The JPAS Import/Refresh option on a user’s Main Menu.

There is one parameter for JPAS Import that is set up within Access Commander ™ (A/C):

� JPAS to A/C data mappings

In addition, the System Administrator must grant the user:

� Permission to the JPAS Import/Refresh utility � Update access to all the facilities for which he or she will import/refresh JPAS data

JPAS Data Import/Refresh Configuration A-3Access Commander™ System Administration Guide


Back to this chapter’s TOC Generation of the JPaS file

Generation of the JPAS File

The JPAS system is administered by the Defense Security Service (DSS) to track clearances of cleared personnel in the industrial security program . Facility Security Officers (FSOs) and Special Security Officers (SSOs) must be registered with DSS to have permission to use the JPAS system . Upon successful login to the JPAS system, users must use the report command to export the JPAS data into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet .

Figure A-2. Sample JPAS file.



Back to this chapter’s TOCJpas tO aCCess COmmander COlumn mappings

JPAS to Access Commander™ Column MappingsThe column mappings from JPAS data to A/C are shown in Table 1 .

Table A-1. JPAS to Access Commander™ column mappings.

JPAS Column A/C Employee A/C Clearance A/C Special AccessOffice Symbol

SSN SSN

Name Last, First, Middle Names

Eligibility

Eligibility Date Granted Date Granted Date

Invest . Type Investigation Type Investigation Type

Ongoing Investigation Open Date

Previous Investigation Close Date

Initial Investigation Date

Initial Investigation Date

Person Category

Grade

Position Code

Position Sensitivity

Non-SCI Clearance Level Special Accesses

SCI SCI Special Accesses

Place of Birth The data will be parsed to Birth City, Birth State and Birth Country . Depending on the way the data entered, it may not be parsed correctly, and required users to correct . The formats should be: Country2-Letter StateFull State NameCity, StateCity, CountryCity, State, Country

NDA Date NDA Date NDA Date



Back to this chapter’s TOC A/C CustomizAtions to Run JPAs imPoRt

A/C Customizations to Run JPAS ImportThere is one parameter for JPAS Import that is set up within Access Commander ™ (A/C):

� JPAS to A/C data mappings

JPAS to Access Commander™ Data Mappings

The mappings between JPAS and A/C clearance/access levels need to be set up prior to running the utility . The setup is completed within the A/C System Profile module .

A sample clearance mapping setup for Interim Secret:

�JPAS Mapping profile for Interim S has PDVALUE=DDBZ �ClearClassifications profile for Interim Secret has PDVALUE=DDBZ

Since the value for both clearances is the same, the JPAS Interim S is mapped to Access Commander Interim Secret .

A sample access mapping setup for NATO Secret:

� JPAS Mapping profile for NATO S has PDVALUE=NAT2 � AccessType profile for NATO Secret has PDVALUE=NAT2

Since the value for both accesses is the same, the JPAS NATO S is mapped to Access Commander NATO Secret .

To complete the clearance mappings:1 . Log in to Access Commander .

2 . Click the System Admin link .The System Administration menu screen displays .

3 . Click the System Profile icon .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOCA/C CustomizAtions to Run JPAs imPoRt

Figure A-3. The Profile Header Listing screen with ClearClassifications selected.

4 . Click the Select checkbox for the ClearClassifications profile group header .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

Figure A-4. The Profile Detail Listing screen with the Interim Secret clearance selected.

5 . Review the classifications for accuracy and completeness .

6 . Make revisions and/or additions, as applicable . (Need help? See Chapter 6, System Profile .)




7 . Print the screen to refer to when completing the JPAS mappings .

8 . Select the Back to Profile Listing command .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .

9 . Click the Select checkbox for the JPAS Mapping profile group header .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

Figure A-5. The Profile Header Listing screen with JPAS Mapping selected.

Figure A-6. The Profile Detail Listing screen with the Interim S clearance selected.

10 . Compare the values for the classifications in this list with those on the Profile Detail Listing screen for the ClearClassifications profile . The values must be the same in order for the data to import correctly .


12 . Click the Commands link .The command(s) displays .

13 . Click the Back to Profile Listing command .




The Profile Header Listing screen displays .

To complete the access mappings:1 . Click the Select checkbox for the AccessType profile group header .

The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

Figure A-7. The Profile Header Listing screen with AccessType selected.

Figure A-8. The Profile Detail Listing screen with the NATO Secret access selected.




2 . Review the accesses for accuracy and completeness .


4 . Print the screen to refer to when completing the JPAS mappings .

5 . Select the Back to Profile Listing command .The Profile Header Listing screen displays .

6 . Click the Select checkbox for the JPAS Mapping profile group header .The Profile Detail Listing screen displays .

Figure A-9. The Profile Header Listing screen with JPAS Mapping selected.

Figure A-10. The Profile Detail Listing screen with the NATO S access selected.

7 . Compare the values for the accesses in this list with those on the Profile Detail Listing screen for the AccessType profile . The values must be the same in order for the data to import correctly .





Sample JPASImport.exe.config File

Figure A-11. Sample JPASImport.exe.config file.

All the keys are reserved for MathCraft, except when <add key=”server_is_valid” value=”0” /> . If this is the case, the system asks the user to validate the SQL server and set the default system password .

If the database portion of Access Commander™ was not installed with the default password, the user may be asked to enter the server name and the password . Please check with your System Administrator/DBA for this password . This is the password he/she entered when installing the database portion of Access Commander™ .

Modify a User’s Security Profile for JPAS Permission

When a user is given permission to import and refresh JPAS data to Access Commander, the JPAS - Import/Refresh command displays on the Main Menu .




Figure A-12. The JPAS Import/Refresh option on a user’s Main Menu.

To give a user JPAS permission: � User Profile module, Assign User’s Security screen, JPAS - Import/Refresh checkbox

To use the JPAS - Import/Refresh checkbox: 1 . Access the User Profile module . (Need help? See User Listing Screen in this chapter .)

The User Selection screen displays .

2 . Enter search criteria for the user .

3 . Click the Find button .The User Listing screen displays the results of the search .

4 . Click the Select checkbox next to the user’s profile .


6 . Click the Assign Security command . The Assign User’s Security screen displays .

7 . Scroll down to the System Administration section .

8 . Click the JPAS Import/Refresh checkbox .A checkmark displays in the checkbox .




Figure A-13. The JPAS Import/Refresh checkbox on the Assign User’s Security screen.

9 . Click the Save & Return button .The User Listing screen displays . The updated user profile displays highlighted (in black) and its checkbox is checked .

User Facility Access

In addition to giving a user permission to import and refresh JPAS data to Access Commander, he or she will also need Update access to all facilities for which JPAS data is being imported/refreshed .

For step-by-step instructions for granting users facility accesses, see the Facility Access section in Chapter 9, User Profile .

Email Notification ConfigurationAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide B-1

appendix B

Email Notification Configuration

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2Step 1: Set up the Reminder/Email Notification Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3

Reminder Setup Screen - Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3Sample Notification Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-5

Step 2: Set up the Facility(ies) for Reminder/Email Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-9Step 3: Set up the Recipients for Reminder/Email Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11Testing Reminder/Email Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13


Email Notification Configuration Access Commander™ System Administration Guide



B-2

Overview

OverviewTwo reminder events in Access CommanderTM can be configured for email notification:

1 . Personnel - Clearance - Next ReInvestigate Due (Row #40 on the Reminder Setup Listing screen) . The corresponding reminder fields are the Next Reinvestigation Date reminder fields on the DOD Clearance Info and Non-DOD Clearance Info screens .

2 . Visit Request - Visit Request End Date Due (Row #70 on the Reminder Setup Listing screen) . The corresponding reminder field is the End Date field on the Outgoing Visit Request Info screen .

Only users with System Administrator access to the Access Commander system can configure reminder events for email notification .

To activate these events, the System Admin must set up the:

1 . Reminder/Email Notification job on the Reminder Setup Info screen

2 . Facilities which will have the events activated to receive email notifications

3 . Security Officers to be carbon copied on the email notifications

Email Notification ConfigurationAccess Commander™ System Administration Guide


Back to this chapter’s TOC Step 1: Set Up RemindeR Job

B-3

Step 1: Set up the Reminder/Email Notification JobThe first step when setting up reminder email notification is to select the task and:

� Activate the task � Specify the notification period (minimum number of days before the due date) � Specify the format of the email (i .e ., HTML or Text) � Select how often the job will run (i .e ., once, daily, weekly, monthly) � Specify the day of the month or week the job will run, when applicable � Specify the start and end date of the job, when applicable

These settings are designated on the Reminder Setup Info screen, an example of which is shown in Figure B-1 .

Figure B-1. The Reminder Setup Info screen for the Next Reinvestigation Date reminder task.

Reminder Setup Screen - Data Fields

The data fields on the Reminder Setup Info screen are listed in Table B-1 .



Back to this chapter’s TOCStep 1: Set Up RemindeR Job

B-4

Table B-1. Reminder Setup Info screen data fields.

Field Name ExplanationReminder Task READ ONLY. Displays the name of the reminder task . Users see this description on the

Reminder Listing screen and/or in the notification e-mail .

Active checkbox Click the checkbox to activate an inactive reminder task . Uncheck the checkbox to make an active reminder task inactive .

When checked, the reminder task displayed in the Reminder Task field will display on the Reminder Listing screen according to the settings on this screen .

Min # Days Before Event Due/Occurred

REQUIRED. Enter the desired notification period in number of days . For example, if users should be notified of an event due date one week prior to the date, enter 7 in this field .

Email Notification Enable checkbox

Click the checkbox to activate an inactive reminder task for Email notification . Uncheck the checkbox to make an active reminder task inactive for Email notification .

When checked, the reminder task displayed in the Reminder Task field will send an email notification according to the settings on this screen .

Email HTML format? checkbox

Check to send the Email notifications for this reminder task in HTML format .

HTML format template Displays the default HTML coding for the text of the email notification when the Email HTML format? checkbox is checked .


Text format template Displays the default text of the email notification when the Email HTML format? checkbox is not checked .


Frequency occurs Select how often the reminder job runs:1-Once2-Daily3-Weekly4-Monthly

Day of the month This field is active only when the Frequency occurs is 4-Monthly .

The default is 28 . Change the day of the month, 1 through 28, on which the reminder job runs, if applicable .

Day of the week This field is active only when the Frequency occurs is 3-Weekly .

The default is 1-Sunday . Change the day of the week on which the reminder job runs, if applicable .

At (HHMMSS) Enter the time at which the reminder job runs in HourMinuteSecond format . For example, to run the job at 11:45 pm, enter 234500 .

Start Date Enter/select the date on which the reminder job runs .

End Date Enter/select the last date on which the reminder job runs, if applicable .

Leave blank to continue running the job at the designated frequency .




B-5

Sample Notification Email

Figure B-2. Default HTML format template for the VAL End Date reminder task.

Figure B-3. Sample email notification for the VAL End Date reminder task.




B-6

Figure B-4. Default Text email notification for the VAL End Date reminder task.

To configure the email notification job:1 . Log in to Access Commander .

The Main Menu displays .

2 . Place the cursor on the System Admin link .The options display .

Figure B-5. The Reminder/Email Notification option.




B-7

3 . Click the Reminder/Email Notification option .The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays .

Figure B-6. The Reminder Setup Listing screen.

4 . Scroll down or navigate to one of the following reminder tasks: � Row #40 for Personnel - Clearance - Next ReInvestigate Due � Row #70 for Visit Request - Visit Request End Date Due

5 . Click the Select check box for the event .In Figure B-2, row #70 for Visit Request - Visit Request End Date Due events is selected . The Reminder Setup Info screen for the selected task displays .




B-8

Figure B-7. The Reminder Setup Info screen.

6 . Complete the fields as needed . (Need help? See Table B-1. Reminder Setup Info screen data fields .) In Figure B-7, selected users will be notified by email of all the visits which will expire from the 1st until the 30th of next month:

� The job is activated for Email notification (Email Notification Enable is checked) � The job will run monthly on the 23rd at 1AM starting on 12/22/2008 (Frequency is Monthly, Day of

the month is 23, At (HHMMSS) is 010000, Start Date is 12/22/08) � Emails will be sent using HTML format (Email HTML format? is checked) � The reminder will also be generated and display on the Reminder Listing screen (Active checkbox is

checked)


8 . Click the Done button .The Reminder Setup Listing screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Step 2: Set Up Facility(ieS) For email NotiFicatioN

Step 2: Set up the Facility(ies) for Reminder/Email NotificationAfter a reminder task(s) has been set up for email notification on the Reminder Setup Info screen, the facility(ies) to receive the email notifications must be activated .

Table B-2. Facility Info screen, Email Notification Info tab data fields.

Field Name ExplanationEmail Address Enter the Email address to which the notifications will be sent for the facility .

Email Display Name Enter the name to display in the From field in the email receivers In Box .

Email User Name Enter the userid of the account to be used to login into the SMTP server if the email server requires authentication .


Email Password Enter the password of the account to be used to login into the SMTP server .


Email Password Again If a password was entered in the Email Password field, enter the same password again in this field . for confirmation .

SMTP Email Server Name/IP

Enter the DNS SMTP server name or server IP address .

Email Server Port Enter the SMTP port to be used by the server (typically 25) .

Enable SSL Check if your server requires secured SSL protocol .

Enable Email Notification Check to activate Email notification for this facility .

Notify Employee(s) Check to send the corresponding email notification to the employee(s) involved in the notification . For example, Sam Smith’s VAL to visit Company XYZ expires in 20 days . If this checkbox is checked, Sam Smith will receive the notification .

To set up the facility for email notification:1 . Access the Facility Search screen .

2 . Enter the search criterion for the desired facility .

3 . Click the Find Facilities button .The Facility Listing screen displays .

4 . Click the Update button for the facility .The facility’s Facility Info screen, Physical Address tab displays .

5 . Click the Email Notification Info tab .The screen refreshes and the Email notification fields display .




B-10

Step 2: Set Up Facility(ieS) For email NotiFicatioN

Figure B-8. The Email Notification Info tab on the Facility Info screen.

6 . Complete the fields as applicable . (Need help? See Table B-2. Facility Info screen, Email notification Info tab data fields.)

g Please check with your email Admin or check in your email program’s sending account for the actual smtp email server name .

In this example, the notifications will be sent for facility code FAC-2008-0006: � Using cindyjones@abcd .com (Email Address field) � Without authentication to sign on to the email account (no Email Password entry)

� To email server smtp .abcd .com (SMTP Email Server Name/IP field) � The email notification feature is enabled (Enable Email Notification is checked) � No notification will be sent to the employees (Notify Employee(s) is unchecked)


8 . Click the Done button .The Facility Listing screen displays .



Back to this chapter’s TOC Step 3: Set Up RecipientS FoR email notiFication

Step 3: Set up the Recipients for Reminder/Email NotificationAfter the reminder task(s) has been set up on the Reminder Setup Info screen and the facility(ies) to receive the email notifications are activated, the users who should receive a carbon copy of the notifications must be set up .

The users to receive the email reminder are selected on the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen . This screen is accessed by clicking the Reminder icon next to the corresponding reminder field on the Info screen on which the reminder field is located:

� Outgoing Visit Request Info screen, End Date reminder field � DOD Clearance Info and Non-DOD Clearance Info screens (accessed from the Personnel Info

screen, Employee tab), Next Reinvestigation Date reminder fields

To set up email notification recipients:1 . Access the Info screen on which the reminder field is located:

� Outgoing Visit Request Info screen in Add New or Update mode (Outgoing Visit Request module) � DOD Clearance Info screen in Update mode (Personnel Management module, Personnel Info screen,

Employee tab) � Non-DOD Clearance Info screen in Update mode (Personnel Management module, Personnel Info

screen, Employee tab)

g It does not matter which record is selected on the Listing screen . The Reminder icon displays for the field on the Info screen for all records .

Figure B-9. The reminder icon for the End Date field on the Outgoing Visit Request Info screen.

Figure B-9 shows the Outgoing Visit Request Info screen in Update mode . The cursor is on the Reminder Setup button next to the End Date field .




B-12

Step 3: Set Up RecipientS FoR email notiFication

2 . Click on the Reminder button next to the reminder field .The corresponding Setup Reminder Notified User(s) screen displays .The users, if any, who are set up to receive the reminder display at the top of the screen . If no users are assigned, the message “No user currently assigned to this reminder notification .” displays .

Figure B-10. The Setup Reminder Notified User(s) - End Date screen.

Figure B-10 shows the Setup Reminder Notified User(s) - End Date screen that displays when the reminder setup button for the End Date reminder field is clicked .

3 . From the User drop down list box, select the user to receive email notifications for the reminder . To narrow down the list of names in the User drop down list, enter his or her last and/or first name in the corresponding fields, then click Find .

4 . From the Facility Code drop down list box, select the user’s facility .

5 . Click the Add button .A pop-up box with the message, “Successfully Added” displays .Click the OK button .The box closes .The screen refreshes and the user’s name, facility code, and email display in the table above .

6 . Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5 to add additional users .

7 . Click the Cancel button .The Info screen displays .




B-13

TesTing email noTificaTion

Testing Reminder/Email NotificationTo test the functionality of Email notification:

1 . Add a host facility .

2 . Add a few employees for this facility .

3 . Setup email notification for this facility as described above .

4 . Add a couple of Outgoing VAL(s) for that facility which include those above added employees . These VAL(s) should expire within the next 30 days .

5 . You can come in the email/reminder notification setup to run the job one time, and the time to start is within a couple of minutes later . You should see the emails sent to the security officers (not employees involved in the VAL(s) unless the Notify Employee(s) is unchecked) .